]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/systemd.git/blob - NEWS
Merge pull request #15958 from layderv/master
[thirdparty/systemd.git] / NEWS
1 systemd System and Service Manager
2
3 CHANGES WITH 246 in spe:
4
5 * The various programs included in systemd can now optionally output
6 their log messages on stderr prefixed with a timestamp, controlled by
7 the $SYSTEMD_LOG_TIME environment variable.
8
9 * A new boolean kernel command line option systemd.swap= has been
10 added, which may be used to turn off automatic activation of swap
11 devices, as listed in /etc/fstab.
12
13 * The CPUAffinity= setting in service unit files now supports a new
14 special value "numa". If used, the NUMA mask is copied into the CPU
15 affinity mask.
16
17 * The man pages for the sd-bus and sd-hwdb APIs have been completed.
18
19 * networkctl gained the new "forcerenew" command for forcing all DHCP
20 server clients to renew their lease. The interface "status" output
21 will now show numerous additional fields of information about an
22 interface. There are new "up" and "down" commands to bring specific
23 interfaces up or down.
24
25 * systemd-networkd's [IPv6Prefix] section in .network files gained a
26 new boolean setting Assign=. If enabled an address from the prefix is
27 automatically assigned to the interface.
28
29 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section gained a new setting
30 IPv6PDSubnetId= that allows explicit configuration of the preferred
31 subnet that networkd's Prefix Delegation logic assigns to an
32 interfaces.
33
34 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the HTB queuing
35 discipline in the [HierarchyTokenBucket] and
36 [HierarchyTokenBucketClass] sections. Similar the "pfifo" qdisc may
37 be configured in the [PFIFO] section, "GRED" in
38 [GenericRandomEarlyDetection], "SFB" in [StochasticFairBlue], "cake"
39 in [CAKE], "PIE" in [PIE], "DRR" in [DeficitRoundRobinScheduler] and
40 [DeficitRoundRobinSchedulerClass], "BFIFO" in [BFIFO],
41 "PFIFOHeadDrop" in [PFIFOHeadDrop], "PFIFOFast" in [PFIFOFast] and
42 "HHF" in [HeavyHitterFilter].
43
44 * systemd-networkd gained support for a new Termination= setting in the
45 [CAN] section for configuring the termination resistor. It also
46 gained a new ListenOnly= setting for controlling whether to only
47 listen on CAN interfaces, without interfering with traffic otherwise
48 (which is useful for debugging/monitoring CAN network
49 traffic). DataBitRate=, DataSamplePoint=, FDMode=, FDNonISO= have
50 been added to configure various CAN-FD aspects.
51
52 * .link files managed by systemd-udevd gained options RxFlowControl=,
53 TxFlowControl=, AutoNegotiationFlowControl= in the [Link] section, in
54 order to configure various flow control parameters. They also gained
55 RxMiniBufferSize= and RxJumboBufferSize= in order to configure jumbo
56 frame ring buffer sizes.
57
58 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv6] section gained a new WithoutRA= boolean
59 setting. If enabled, DHCPv6 will be attempted right-away without
60 requiring an Router Advertisement packet suggesting it
61 first. Conversely, the [IPv6AcceptRA] gained a boolean option
62 DHCPv6Client= that may be used to turn off the DHCPv6 client even if
63 the RA packets suggest it.
64
65 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] section gained a new setting UseGateway=
66 which may be used to turn off use of the gateway information provided
67 by the DHCP lease. A new FallbackLeaseLifetimeSec= setting may be
68 used to configure how to process leases that lack a lifetime option.
69
70 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPv4] and [DHCPServer] sections gained a new
71 setting SendVendorOption= allowing configuration of additional vendor
72 options to send in the DHCP requests/responses. The [DHCPv6] section
73 gained a new SendOption= setting for sending arbitrary DHCP
74 options. RequestOptions= has been added to request arbitrary options
75 from the server. UserClass= has been added to set the DHCP user class
76 field.
77
78 * systemd-networkd's [DHCPServer] section gained a new set of options
79 POP3Servers=, SMTPServers=, LPRServers= for including server
80 information about these three protocols in the DHCP lease. It also
81 gained support for including "MUD" URLs ("Manufacturer Usage
82 Description"). Support for "MUD" URLs was also added to the LLDP
83 stack, configurable in the [LLDP] section in .network files.
84
85 * systemd-resolved's DNS= configuration option now optionally accepts
86 DNS server addresses suffixed by "#" followed by a host name. If
87 used, the DNS-over-TLS certificate is validated to match the
88 specified hostname.
89
90 * The fs.suid_dumpable sysctl is set to 2 / "suidsafe". This allows
91 systemd-coredump to save core files for suid processes. When saving
92 the core file, systemd-coredump will use the effective uid and gid of
93 the process that faulted.
94
95 * "systemctl list-units" and "systemctl list-machines" no longer hide
96 their first output column with --no-legend. To hide the first column,
97 use --plain.
98
99 * The service manager gained basic support for cgroup v2 freezer. Units
100 can now be suspended or resumed either using new systemctl verbs,
101 freeze and thaw respectively, or via D-Bus.
102
103 * A new sd-path.h API has been added to libsystemd. It provides a
104 simple API for retrieving various search paths and primary
105 directories for various resources.
106
107 * The sd-bus API gained a number of convenience functions that take
108 va_list arguments rather than "...". For example, there's now
109 sd_bus_call_methodv() to match sd_bus_call_method(). Previously,
110 these were missing since the calls are convenience calls only and
111 could be put together from the more low-level functions they build
112 on.
113
114 * sd-bus vtable entries learnt a new flag SD_BUS_VTABLE_ABSOLUTE_OFFSET
115 which alters how the userdata pointer to pass to the callbacks is
116 determined. If the flag is set the offset field is converted as-is
117 into a pointer, without adding it to the object pointer the vtable is
118 associated with.
119
120 * sd-bus now exposed four new functions:
121 sd_bus_interface_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_service_name_is_valid() +
122 sd_bus_member_name_is_valid() + sd_bus_object_path_is_valid() will
123 validate strings to check if they qualify as various D-Bus concepts.
124
125 * systemctl gained a new "-P" switch that is a shortcut for "--value
126 --property=…".
127
128 * The expectations on user/group name syntax are now documented in
129 detail; documentation how classic home directories may be converted
130 into home directories managed by homed has been added; documentation
131 regarding integration of homed/userdb functionality in desktops has
132 been added:
133
134 https://systemd.io/USER_NAMES
135 https://systemd.io/CONVERTING_TO_HOMED
136 https://systemd.io/USERDB_AND_DESKTOPS
137
138 * systemd-run gained a new switch --slice-inherit. If specified the
139 unit it generates is placed in the same slice as the systemd-run
140 process itself.
141
142 * service unit files now accept a new setting CoredumpFilter= which
143 allows configuration of the memory sections coredumps of the
144 service's processes shall include.
145
146 * coredumpctl gained a new --file= switch, matching the same one in
147 journalctl: a specific journal file may be specified to read the
148 coredump data from.
149
150 * Various D-Bus APIs of systemd daemons now have man pages that
151 document the methods, signals and properties.
152
153 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting Audit= that may be used to
154 control whether systemd-journald will enable audit during
155 initialization.
156
157 * A new default .network file is now shipped that matches TUN/TAP
158 devices that begin with "vt-" in their name. Such interfaces will
159 have IP routing onto the host links set up automatically. This is
160 supposed to be used by VM managers to trivially acquire a network
161 interface which is fully set up for host communication, simply by
162 carefully picking an interface name to use.
163
164 * All D-Bus services shipped in systemd now implement the generic
165 LogControl1 D-Bus API which allows clients to change log level +
166 target of the service during runtime.
167
168 * systemd-nspawn's --resolv-conf= switch gained a number of new
169 supported values. Specifically, options starting with "replace-" are
170 like those prefixed "copy-" but replace any existing resolv.conf
171 file. And options ending in "-uplink" and "-stub" can now be used to
172 propagate other flavours of resolv.conf into the container (as
173 defined by systemd-resolved).
174
175 * systemd-binfmt gained a new switch --unregister for unregistering all
176 registered entries at once. This is now invoked automatically at
177 shutdown, so that binary formats registered with the "F" flag will
178 not block clean file system unmounting.
179
180 * Unit files, tmpfiles.d/ snippets, sysusers.d/ snippets and other
181 configuration files that support specifier expansion learnt six new
182 specifiers: %a resolves to the current architecture, %o/%w/%B/%W
183 resolve to the various ID fields from /etc/os-release, %l resolves to
184 the "short" hostname of the system, i.e. the kernel configured
185 hostname, truncated at the first dot.
186
187 * systemd-notify's --pid= switch gained new values: "parent", "self",
188 "auto" for controlling which PID to send to the service managing: the
189 systemd-notify process' PID, or the one of the process invoking it.
190
191 * When sending a file descriptor (fd) to the service manager to keep
192 track of, using the sd_notify() mechanism, a new parameter FDPOLL=0
193 may be specified. If passed the service manager will refrain from
194 poll()ing on the file descriptor. Traditionally (and when the
195 parameter is not specified), the service manager will poll it for
196 POLLHUP or POLLERR events, and immediately close the fds in that
197 case.
198
199 * A new call sd_notify_barrier() has been added to the sd-daemon.h
200 API. The call will block until all previously sent sd_notify()
201 messages have been processed by the service manager. This is useful
202 to remove races caused by a process already having disappeared at the
203 time a notification message is processed by the service manager,
204 making correct attribution impossible. The systemd-notify tool will
205 now make use of this call implicitly, but this can be turned off again
206 via the new --no-block switch.
207
208 * systemd-logind's Session bus object learnt a new method call
209 SetType() for temporarily updating the session type of an already
210 allocated session. This is useful for upgrading tty sessions to
211 graphical ones once a compositor is invoked.
212
213 * .mount units gained a new ReadWriteOnly= boolean option. If set the
214 it will not be attempted to mount a file system read-only if mounting
215 it read-write mode doesn't succeed. An option x-systemd.rw-only is
216 available in /etc/fstab to control the same.
217
218 * coredumps collected by systemd-coredump may now be compressed using
219 the zstd algorithm.
220
221 * journalctl's "-o cat" output mode will now show one or more journal
222 fields specified with --output-fields= instead of unconditionally
223 MESSAGE=. This is useful to retrieve a very specific set of fields
224 without any decoration.
225
226 * systemd-socket-proxy gained a new switch --exit-idle-time= for
227 configuring an exit-on-idle time.
228
229 * systemd-homed's LUKS backend gained the ability to discard empty file
230 system blocks automatically when the user logs out. This is enabled
231 by default to ensure that home directories take minimal space when
232 logged out but get full size guarantees when logged in. This may be
233 controlled with the new --luks-offline-discard= switch to homectl.
234
235 * If systemd-homed detects that /home/ is encrypted as a whole it will
236 now default to the directory or subvolume backends instead of the
237 LUKS backend, in order to avoid double encryption. The default
238 storage and file system may now be configured explicitly, too, via
239 the new /etc/systemd/homed.conf configuration file.
240
241 * when systemd-journald's log stream is broken up into multiple lines
242 because the PID of the sender changed this is indicated in the
243 generated log records via the _LINE_BREAK=pid-change field.
244
245 * systemd-networkd's .netdev files now support a new setting
246 VLANProtocol= in the [Bridge] section that allows configuration of
247 the VLAN protocol to use.
248
249 * systemd-repart's --empty= setting gained a new value "create". If
250 specified a new empty regular disk image file is created under the
251 specified name. It's size may be specified with the new --size=
252 option. The latter is also supported without the "create" mode, in
253 order to grow existing disk image files to the specified size. These
254 two new options make are useful when creating or manipulating
255 disk images instead of operating on actual block devices.
256
257 * systemd-repart drop-ins now support a new UUID= setting to control
258 the UUID to assign to a newly created partition.
259
260 * StandardError= and StandardOutput= in unit files no longer support
261 the "syslog" and "syslog-console" switches. They were long removed
262 from the documentation, but will now result in warnings when used,
263 and be converted to "journal" and "journal+console" automatically.
264
265 * systemd-networkd supports a new Group= setting in the [Link] section
266 of the .network files, to control the link group.
267
268 * Two new unit file settings
269 ConditionPathIsEncrypted=/AssertPathIsEncrypted= have been
270 added. They may be used to check whether a specific file system path
271 resides on a block device that is encrypted on the block level
272 (i.e. using dm-crypt/LUKS).
273
274 * Another pair of new settings ConditionEnvironment=/AssertEnvironment=
275 has been added that may be used for simple environment checks. This
276 is particularly useful when passing in environment variables from a
277 container manager (or from PAM in case of the systemd --user
278 instance).
279
280 * The /sys/module/kernel/parameters/crash_kexec_post_notifiers file is
281 not automatically set to "Y" at boot, in order to enable pstore
282 generation for collection with systemd-pstore.
283
284 * New kernel command line options systemd.condition-needs-update= and
285 systemd.condition-first-boot= have been added, which override the
286 result of the ConditionNeedsUpdate= and ConditionFirstBoot=
287 conditions.
288
289 * A new kernel command line option systemd.clock-usec= has been added
290 that allows setting the system clock to the specified time in µs
291 since Jan 1st, 1970 early during boot. This is in particular useful
292 in order to make test cases more reliable.
293
294 * A new kernel command line option systemd.hostname= has been added
295 that allows controlling the hostname that is initialized early during
296 boot.
297
298 * The /etc/crypttab tmp option now optionally takes an argument
299 selecting the file system to use. Moreover, the default is now
300 changed from ext2 to ext4.
301
302 * There's a new /etc/crypttab option "keyfile-erase". If specified the
303 key file listed in the same line is removed after use, regardless if
304 volume activation was successful or not. This is useful if the key
305 file is only acquired transiently at runtime and shall be erased
306 before the system continues to boot.
307
308 * There's also a new /etc/crypttab option "try-empty-password". If
309 specified, before asking the user for a password it is attempted to
310 unlock the volume with an empty password. This is useful for
311 installing encrypted images whose password shall be set on first boot
312 instead of at installation time.
313
314 * systemd-cryptsetup will now attempt to load the keys to unlock
315 volumes with automatically from files in
316 /etc/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key and
317 /run/cryptsetup-keys.d/<volume>.key, if any of these files exist.
318
319 * logind.conf gained a new RuntimeDirectoryInodesMax= setting to
320 control the inode limit for the per-user $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR tmpfs
321 instance.
322
323 * systemd-firstboot gained a new --root-password-hashed= parameter for
324 setting the root user's password as UNIX password hash. There's a new
325 --delete-root-password switch which instead of setting a password for
326 the root user, removes it so that log-in without a password is
327 permitted. There's now --force which if specified means any existing
328 configuration is overwritten by the specified settings. It also
329 gained a new --kernel-command-line= parameter which may be used to
330 set the /etc/kernel/cmdline file of an OS image.
331
332 * A new generator systemd-xdg-autostart-generator has been added. It
333 automatically generates systemd unit files from XDG autostart
334 .desktop files, and is useful for allowing systemd to manage services
335 defined that way safely and automatically.
336
337 * systemd will now log about all left-over processes remaining in a
338 unit when the unit is stopped. It will now warn about services using
339 KillMode=none, as this is generally an unsafe thing to make use of.
340
341 * .socket units gained a new boolean setting PassPacketInfo=. If
342 enabled, the kernel will attach additional per-packet metadata to all
343 packets read from the socket, as ancillary message. This controls the
344 IP_PKTINFO, IPV6_RECVPKTINFO, NETLINK_PKTINFO socket options,
345 depending on socket type.
346
347 * A new boolean option AssignAcquiredDelegatedPrefixAddress= has been
348 added to the [DHCPv6] section of .network files. If enabled (which is
349 the default) an address from any acquire delegated prefix is
350 automatically chosen and assigned to the interface.
351
352 * "systemctl reboot" takes the option "--reboot-argument=".
353 The optional positional argument to "systemctl reboot" is now
354 being deprecated in favor of this option.
355
356 CHANGES WITH 245:
357
358 * A new tool "systemd-repart" has been added, that operates as an
359 idempotent declarative repartitioner for GPT partition tables.
360 Specifically, a set of partitions that must or may exist can be
361 configured via drop-in files, and during every boot the partition
362 table on disk is compared with these files, creating missing
363 partitions or growing existing ones based on configurable relative
364 and absolute size constraints. The tool is strictly incremental,
365 i.e. does not delete, shrink or move partitions, but only adds and
366 grows them. The primary use-case is OS images that ship in minimized
367 form, that on first boot are grown to the size of the underlying
368 block device or augmented with additional partitions. For example,
369 the root partition could be extended to cover the whole disk, or a
370 swap or /home partitions could be added on first boot. It can also be
371 used for systems that use an A/B update scheme but ship images with
372 just the A partition, with B added on first boot. The tool is
373 primarily intended to be run in the initrd, shortly before
374 transitioning into the host OS, but can also be run after the
375 transition took place. It automatically discovers the disk backing
376 the root file system, and should hence not require any additional
377 configuration besides the partition definition drop-ins. If no
378 configuration drop-ins are present, no action is taken.
379
380 * A new component "userdb" has been added, along with a small daemon
381 "systemd-userdb.service" and a client tool "userdbctl". The framework
382 allows defining rich user and group records in a JSON format,
383 extending on the classic "struct passwd" and "struct group"
384 structures. Various components in systemd have been updated to
385 process records in this format, including systemd-logind and
386 pam-systemd. The user records are intended to be extensible, and
387 allow setting various resource management, security and runtime
388 parameters that shall be applied to processes and sessions of the
389 user as they log in. This facility is intended to allow associating
390 such metadata directly with user/group records so that they can be
391 produced, extended and consumed in unified form. We hope that
392 eventually frameworks such as sssd will generate records this way, so
393 that for the first time resource management and various other
394 per-user settings can be configured in LDAP directories and then
395 provided to systemd (specifically to systemd-logind and pam-system)
396 to apply on login. For further details see:
397
398 https://systemd.io/USER_RECORD
399 https://systemd.io/GROUP_RECORD
400 https://systemd.io/USER_GROUP_API
401
402 * A small new service systemd-homed.service has been added, that may be
403 used to securely manage home directories with built-in encryption.
404 The complete user record data is unified with the home directory,
405 thus making home directories naturally migratable. Its primary
406 back-end is based on LUKS volumes, but fscrypt, plain directories,
407 and other storage schemes are also supported. This solves a couple of
408 problems we saw with traditional ways to manage home directories, in
409 particular when it comes to encryption. For further discussion of
410 this, see the video of Lennart's talk at AllSystemsGo! 2019:
411
412 https://media.ccc.de/v/ASG2019-164-reinventing-home-directories
413
414 For further details about the format and expectations on home
415 directories this new daemon makes, see:
416
417 https://systemd.io/HOME_DIRECTORY
418
419 * systemd-journald is now multi-instantiable. In addition to the main
420 instance systemd-journald.service there's now a template unit
421 systemd-journald@.service, with each instance defining a new named
422 log 'namespace' (whose name is specified via the instance part of the
423 unit name). A new unit file setting LogNamespace= has been added,
424 taking such a namespace name, that assigns services to the specified
425 log namespaces. As each log namespace is serviced by its own
426 independent journal daemon, this functionality may be used to improve
427 performance and increase isolation of applications, at the price of
428 losing global message ordering. Each instance of journald has a
429 separate set of configuration files, with possibly different disk
430 usage limitations and other settings.
431
432 journalctl now takes a new option --namespace= to show logs from a
433 specific log namespace. The sd-journal.h API gained
434 sd_journal_open_namespace() for opening the log stream of a specific
435 log namespace. systemd-journald also gained the ability to exit on
436 idle, which is useful in the context of log namespaces, as this means
437 log daemons for log namespaces can be activated automatically on
438 demand and will stop automatically when no longer used, minimizing
439 resource usage.
440
441 * When systemd-tmpfiles copies a file tree using the 'C' line type it
442 will now label every copied file according to the SELinux database.
443
444 * When systemd/PID 1 detects it is used in the initrd it will now boot
445 into initrd.target rather than default.target by default. This should
446 make it simpler to build initrds with systemd as for many cases the
447 only difference between a host OS image and an initrd image now is
448 the presence of the /etc/initrd-release file.
449
450 * A new kernel command line option systemd.cpu_affinity= is now
451 understood. It's equivalent to the CPUAffinity= option in
452 /etc/systemd/system.conf and allows setting the CPU mask for PID 1
453 itself and the default for all other processes.
454
455 * When systemd/PID 1 is reloaded (with systemctl daemon-reload or
456 equivalent), the SELinux database is now reloaded, ensuring that
457 sockets and other file system objects are generated taking the new
458 database into account.
459
460 * systemd/PID 1 accepts a new "systemd.show-status=error" setting, and
461 "quiet" has been changed to imply that instead of
462 "systemd.show-status=auto". In this mode, only messages about errors
463 and significant delays in boot are shown on the console.
464
465 * The sd-event.h API gained native support for the new Linux "pidfd"
466 concept. This permits watching processes using file descriptors
467 instead of PID numbers, which fixes a number of races and makes
468 process supervision more robust and efficient. All of systemd's
469 components will now use pidfds if the kernel supports it for process
470 watching, with the exception of PID 1 itself, unfortunately. We hope
471 to move PID 1 to exclusively using pidfds too eventually, but this
472 requires some more kernel work first. (Background: PID 1 watches
473 processes using waitid() with the P_ALL flag, and that does not play
474 together nicely with pidfds yet.)
475
476 * Closely related to this, the sd-event.h API gained two new calls
477 sd_event_source_send_child_signal() (for sending a signal to a
478 watched process) and sd_event_source_get_child_process_own() (for
479 marking a process so that it is killed automatically whenever the
480 event source watching it is freed).
481
482 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring Token Bucket Filter
483 (TBF) parameters in its qdisc configuration support. Similarly,
484 support for Stochastic Fairness Queuing (SFQ), Controlled-Delay
485 Active Queue Management (CoDel), and Fair Queue (FQ) has been added.
486
487 * systemd-networkd gained support for Intermediate Functional Block
488 (IFB) network devices.
489
490 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring multi-path IP routes,
491 using the new MultiPathRoute= setting in the [Route] section.
492
493 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 client has been updated to support a new
494 SendDecline= option. If enabled, duplicate address detection is done
495 after a DHCP offer is received from the server. If a conflict is
496 detected, the address is declined. The DHCPv4 client also gained
497 support for a new RouteMTUBytes= setting that allows to configure the
498 MTU size to be used for routes generated from DHCPv4 leases.
499
500 * The PrefixRoute= setting in systemd-networkd's [Address] section of
501 .network files has been deprecated, and replaced by AddPrefixRoute=,
502 with its sense inverted.
503
504 * The Gateway= setting of [Route] sections of .network files gained
505 support for a special new value "_dhcp". If set, the configured
506 static route uses the gateway host configured via DHCP.
507
508 * New User= and SuppressPrefixLength= settings have been implemented
509 for the [RoutingPolicyRule] section of .network files to configure
510 source routing based on UID ranges and prefix length, respectively.
511
512 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_sensitive() that marks a
513 D-Bus message object as "sensitive". Those objects are erased from
514 memory when they are freed. This concept is intended to be used for
515 messages that contain security sensitive data. A new flag
516 SD_BUS_VTABLE_SENSITIVE has been introduced as well to mark methods
517 in sd-bus vtables, causing any incoming and outgoing messages of
518 those methods to be implicitly marked as "sensitive".
519
520 * sd-bus gained a new API call sd_bus_message_dump() for dumping the
521 contents of a message (or parts thereof) to standard output for
522 debugging purposes.
523
524 * systemd-sysusers gained support for creating users with the primary
525 group named differently than the user.
526
527 * systemd-resolved's DNS-over-TLS support gained SNI validation.
528
529 * systemd-growfs (i.e. the x-systemd.growfs mount option in /etc/fstab)
530 gained support for growing XFS partitions. Previously it supported
531 only ext4 and btrfs partitions.
532
533 * The support for /etc/crypttab gained a new x-initrd.attach option. If
534 set, the specified encrypted volume is unlocked already in the
535 initrd. This concept corresponds to the x-initrd.mount option in
536 /etc/fstab.
537
538 * systemd-cryptsetup gained native support for unlocking encrypted
539 volumes utilizing PKCS#11 smartcards, i.e. for example to bind
540 encryption of volumes to YubiKeys. This is exposed in the new
541 pkcs11-uri= option in /etc/crypttab.
542
543 * The /etc/fstab support in systemd now supports two new mount options
544 x-systemd.{required,wanted}-by=, for explicitly configuring the units
545 that the specified mount shall be pulled in by, in place of
546 the usual local-fs.target/remote-fs.target.
547
548 * The https://systemd.io/ web site has been relaunched, directly
549 populated with most of the documentation included in the systemd
550 repository. systemd also acquired a new logo, thanks to Tobias
551 Bernard.
552
553 * systemd-udevd gained support for managing "alternative" network
554 interface names, as supported by new Linux kernels. For the first
555 time this permits assigning multiple (and longer!) names to a network
556 interface. systemd-udevd will now by default assign the names
557 generated via all supported naming schemes to each interface. This
558 may be further tweaked with .link files and the AlternativeName= and
559 AlternativeNamesPolicy= settings. Other components of systemd have
560 been updated to support the new alternative names wherever
561 appropriate. For example, systemd-nspawn will now generate
562 alternative interface names for the host-facing side of container
563 veth links based on the full container name without truncation.
564
565 * systemd-nspawn interface naming logic has been updated in another way
566 too: if the main interface name (i.e. as opposed to new-style
567 "alternative" names) based on the container name is truncated, a
568 simple hashing scheme is used to give different interface names to
569 multiple containers whose names all begin with the same prefix. Since
570 this changes the primary interface names pointing to containers if
571 truncation happens, the old scheme may still be requested by
572 selecting an older naming scheme, via the net.naming-scheme= kernel
573 command line option.
574
575 * PrivateUsers= in service files now works in services run by the
576 systemd --user per-user instance of the service manager.
577
578 * A new per-service sandboxing option ProtectClock= has been added that
579 locks down write access to the system clock. It takes away device
580 node access to /dev/rtc as well as the system calls that set the
581 system clock and the CAP_SYS_TIME and CAP_WAKE_ALARM capabilities.
582 Note that this option does not affect access to auxiliary services
583 that allow changing the clock, for example access to
584 systemd-timedated.
585
586 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new "show" verb for listing or
587 resolving a number of well-known UUIDs/128bit IDs, currently mostly
588 GPT partition table types.
589
590 * The Discoverable Partitions Specification has been updated to support
591 /var and /var/tmp partition discovery. Support for this has been
592 added to systemd-gpt-auto-generator. For details see:
593
594 https://systemd.io/DISCOVERABLE_PARTITIONS
595
596 * "systemctl list-unit-files" has been updated to show a new column
597 with the suggested enablement state based on the vendor preset files
598 for the respective units.
599
600 * "systemctl" gained a new option "--with-dependencies". If specified
601 commands such as "systemctl status" or "systemctl cat" will now show
602 all specified units along with all units they depend on.
603
604 * networkctl gained support for showing per-interface logs in its
605 "status" output.
606
607 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained support for specifying the maximum
608 operational state to wait for, and to wait for interfaces to
609 disappear.
610
611 * The [Match] section of .link and .network files now supports a new
612 option PermanentMACAddress= which may be used to check against the
613 permanent MAC address of a network device even if a randomized MAC
614 address is used.
615
616 * The [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section in .network files has
617 been renamed to [NetworkEmulator] with the "NetworkEmulator" prefix
618 dropped from the individual setting names.
619
620 * Any .link and .network files that have an empty [Match] section (this
621 also includes empty and commented-out files) will now be
622 rejected. systemd-udev and systemd-networkd started warning about
623 such files in version 243.
624
625 * systemd-logind will now validate access to the operation of changing
626 the virtual terminal via a polkit action. By default, only users
627 with at least one session on a local VT are granted permission.
628
629 * When systemd sets up PAM sessions that invoked service processes
630 shall run in, the pam_setcred() API is now invoked, thus permitting
631 PAM modules to set additional credentials for the processes.
632
633 * portablectl attach/detach verbs now accept --now and --enable options
634 to combine attachment with enablement and invocation, or detachment
635 with stopping and disablement.
636
637 * UPGRADE ISSUE: a bug where some jobs were trimmed as redundant was
638 fixed, which in turn exposed bugs in unit configuration of services
639 which have Type=oneshot and should only run once, but do not have
640 RemainAfterExit=yes set. Without RemainAfterExit=yes, a one-shot
641 service may be started again after exiting successfully, for example
642 as a dependency in another transaction. Affected services included
643 some internal systemd services (most notably
644 systemd-vconsole-setup.service, which was updated to have
645 RemainAfterExit=yes), and plymouth-start.service. Please ensure that
646 plymouth has been suitably updated or patched before upgrading to
647 this systemd release. See
648 https://bugzilla.redhat.com/show_bug.cgi?id=1807771 for some
649 additional discussion.
650
651 Contributions from: AJ Bagwell, Alin Popa, Andreas Rammhold, Anita
652 Zhang, Ansgar Burchardt, Antonio Russo, Arian van Putten, Ashley Davis,
653 Balint Reczey, Bart Willems, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Charles
654 (Chas) Williams, cheese1, Chris Down, Chris Murphy, Christian Ehrhardt,
655 Christian Göttsche, cvoinf, Daan De Meyer, Daniele Medri, Daniel Rusek,
656 Daniel Shahaf, Dann Frazier, Dan Streetman, Dariusz Gadomski, David
657 Michael, Dimitri John Ledkov, Emmanuel Bourg, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
658 ezst036, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Florian Klink, Franck
659 Bui, Fran Dieguez, Frantisek Sumsal, Greg "GothAck" Miell, Guilhem
660 Lettron, Guillaume Douézan-Grard, Hans de Goede, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iain
661 Lane, James Buren, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jérémy Rosen, Jin
662 Park, Jun'ichi Nomura, Kai Krakow, Kevin Kuehler, Kevin P. Fleming,
663 Lennart Poettering, Leonid Bloch, Leonid Evdokimov, lothrond, Luca
664 Boccassi, Lukas K, Lynn Kirby, Mario Limonciello, Mark Deneen, Matthew
665 Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletár, Mike Auty, Mike
666 Gilbert, mtron, nabijaczleweli, Naïm Favier, Nate Jones, Norbert Lange,
667 Oliver Giles, Paul Davey, Paul Menzel, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Rafa
668 Couto, Raphael, rhn, Robert Scheck, Rocka, Romain Naour, Ryan Attard,
669 Sascha Dewald, Shengjing Zhu, Slava Kardakov, Spencer Michaels, Sylvain
670 Plantefeve, Stanislav Angelovič, Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas
671 Schmitt, Timo Schlüßler, Timo Wilken, Tobias Bernard, Tobias Klauser,
672 Tobias Stoeckmann, Topi Miettinen, tsia, WataruMatsuoka, Wieland
673 Hoffmann, Wilhelm Schuster, Will Fleming, xduugu, Yong Cong Sin, Yuri
674 Chornoivan, Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeyu
675 DONG
676
677 – Warsaw, 2020-03-06
678
679 CHANGES WITH 244:
680
681 * Support for the cpuset cgroups v2 controller has been added.
682 Processes may be restricted to specific CPUs using the new
683 AllowedCPUs= setting, and to specific memory NUMA nodes using the new
684 AllowedMemoryNodes= setting.
685
686 * The signal used in restart jobs (as opposed to e.g. stop jobs) may
687 now be configured using a new RestartKillSignal= setting. This
688 allows units which signals to request termination to implement
689 different behaviour when stopping in preparation for a restart.
690
691 * "systemctl clean" may now be used also for socket, mount, and swap
692 units.
693
694 * systemd will also read configuration options from the EFI variable
695 SystemdOptions. This may be used to configure systemd behaviour when
696 modifying the kernel command line is inconvenient, but configuration
697 on disk is read too late, for example for the options related to
698 cgroup hierarchy setup. 'bootctl systemd-efi-options' may be used to
699 set the EFI variable.
700
701 * systemd will now disable printk ratelimits in early boot. This should
702 allow us to capture more logs from the early boot phase where normal
703 storage is not available and the kernel ring buffer is used for
704 logging. Configuration on the kernel command line has higher priority
705 and overrides the systemd setting.
706
707 systemd programs which log to /dev/kmsg directly use internal
708 ratelimits to prevent runaway logging. (Normally this is only used
709 during early boot, so in practice this change has very little
710 effect.)
711
712 * Unit files now support top level dropin directories of the form
713 <unit_type>.d/ (e.g. service.d/) that may be used to add configuration
714 that affects all corresponding unit files.
715
716 * systemctl gained support for 'stop --job-mode=triggering' which will
717 stop the specified unit and any units which could trigger it.
718
719 * Unit status display now includes units triggering and triggered by
720 the unit being shown.
721
722 * The RuntimeMaxSec= setting is now supported by scopes, not just
723 .service units. This is particularly useful for PAM sessions which
724 create a scope unit for the user login. systemd.runtime_max_sec=
725 setting may used with the pam_systemd module to limit the duration
726 of the PAM session, for example for time-limited logins.
727
728 * A new @pkey system call group is now defined to make it easier to
729 whitelist memory protection syscalls for containers and services
730 which need to use them.
731
732 * systemd-udevd: removed the 30s timeout for killing stale workers on
733 exit. systemd-udevd now waits for workers to finish. The hard-coded
734 exit timeout of 30s was too short for some large installations, where
735 driver initialization could be prematurely interrupted during initrd
736 processing if the root file system had been mounted and init was
737 preparing to switch root. If udevd is run without systemd and workers
738 are hanging while udevd receives an exit signal, udevd will now exit
739 when udev.event_timeout is reached for the last hanging worker. With
740 systemd, the exit timeout can additionally be configured using
741 TimeoutStopSec= in systemd-udevd.service.
742
743 * udev now provides a program (fido_id) that identifies FIDO CTAP1
744 ("U2F")/CTAP2 security tokens based on the usage declared in their
745 report and descriptor and outputs suitable environment variables.
746 This replaces the externally maintained whitelists of all known
747 security tokens that were used previously.
748
749 * Automatically generated autosuspend udev rules for whitelisted
750 devices have been imported from the Chromium OS project. This should
751 improve power saving with many more devices.
752
753 * udev gained a new "CONST{key}=value" setting that allows matching
754 against system-wide constants without forking a helper binary.
755 Currently "arch" and "virt" keys are supported.
756
757 * udev now opens CDROMs in non-exclusive mode when querying their
758 capabilities. This should fix issues where other programs trying to
759 use the CDROM cannot gain access to it, but carries a risk of
760 interfering with programs writing to the disk, if they did not open
761 the device in exclusive mode as they should.
762
763 * systemd-networkd does not create a default route for IPv4 link local
764 addressing anymore. The creation of the route was unexpected and was
765 breaking routing in various cases, but people who rely on it being
766 created implicitly will need to adjust. Such a route may be requested
767 with DefaultRouteOnDevice=yes.
768
769 Similarly, systemd-networkd will not assign a link-local IPv6 address
770 when IPv6 link-local routing is not enabled.
771
772 * Receive and transmit buffers may now be configured on links with
773 the new RxBufferSize= and TxBufferSize= settings.
774
775 * systemd-networkd may now advertise additional IPv6 routes. A new
776 [IPv6RoutePrefix] section with Route= and LifetimeSec= options is
777 now supported.
778
779 * systemd-networkd may now configure "next hop" routes using the
780 [NextHop] section and Gateway= and Id= settings.
781
782 * systemd-networkd will now retain DHCP config on restarts by default
783 (but this may be overridden using the KeepConfiguration= setting).
784 The default for SendRelease= has been changed to true.
785
786 * The DHCPv4 client now uses the OPTION_INFORMATION_REFRESH_TIME option
787 received from the server.
788
789 The client will use the received SIP server list if UseSIP=yes is
790 set.
791
792 The client may be configured to request specific options from the
793 server using a new RequestOptions= setting.
794
795 The client may be configured to send arbitrary options to the server
796 using a new SendOption= setting.
797
798 A new IPServiceType= setting has been added to configure the "IP
799 service type" value used by the client.
800
801 * The DHCPv6 client learnt a new PrefixDelegationHint= option to
802 request prefix hints in the DHCPv6 solicitation.
803
804 * The DHCPv4 server may be configured to send arbitrary options using
805 a new SendOption= setting.
806
807 * The DHCPv4 server may now be configured to emit SIP server list using
808 the new EmitSIP= and SIP= settings.
809
810 * systemd-networkd and networkctl may now renew DHCP leases on demand.
811 networkctl has a new 'networkctl renew' verb.
812
813 * systemd-networkd may now reconfigure links on demand. networkctl
814 gained two new verbs: "reload" will reload the configuration, and
815 "reconfigure DEVICE…" will reconfigure one or more devices.
816
817 * .network files may now match on SSID and BSSID of a wireless network,
818 i.e. the access point name and hardware address using the new SSID=
819 and BSSID= options. networkctl will display the current SSID and
820 BSSID for wireless links.
821
822 .network files may also match on the wireless network type using the
823 new WLANInterfaceType= option.
824
825 * systemd-networkd now includes default configuration that enables
826 link-local addressing when connected to an ad-hoc wireless network.
827
828 * systemd-networkd may configure the Traffic Control queueing
829 disciplines in the kernel using the new
830 [TrafficControlQueueingDiscipline] section and Parent=,
831 NetworkEmulatorDelaySec=, NetworkEmulatorDelayJitterSec=,
832 NetworkEmulatorPacketLimit=, NetworkEmulatorLossRate=,
833 NetworkEmulatorDuplicateRate= settings.
834
835 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new w+ setting to append to files.
836
837 * systemd-analyze dump will now report when the memory configuration in
838 the kernel does not match what systemd has configured (usually,
839 because some external program has modified the kernel configuration
840 on its own).
841
842 * systemd-analyze gained a new --base-time= switch instructs the
843 'calendar' verb to resolve times relative to that timestamp instead
844 of the present time.
845
846 * journalctl --update-catalog now produces deterministic output (making
847 reproducible image builds easier).
848
849 * A new devicetree-overlay setting is now documented in the Boot Loader
850 Specification.
851
852 * The default value of the WatchdogSec= setting used in systemd
853 services (the ones bundled with the project itself) may be set at
854 configuration time using the -Dservice-watchdog= setting. If set to
855 empty, the watchdogs will be disabled.
856
857 * systemd-resolved validates IP addresses in certificates now when GnuTLS
858 is being used.
859
860 * libcryptsetup >= 2.0.1 is now required.
861
862 * A configuration option -Duser-path= may be used to override the $PATH
863 used by the user service manager. The default is again to use the same
864 path as the system manager.
865
866 * The systemd-id128 tool gained a new switch "-u" (or "--uuid") for
867 outputting the 128bit IDs in UUID format (i.e. in the "canonical
868 representation").
869
870 * Service units gained a new sandboxing option ProtectKernelLogs= which
871 makes sure the program cannot get direct access to the kernel log
872 buffer anymore, i.e. the syslog() system call (not to be confused
873 with the API of the same name in libc, which is not affected), the
874 /proc/kmsg and /dev/kmsg nodes and the CAP_SYSLOG capability are made
875 inaccessible to the service. It's recommended to enable this setting
876 for all services that should not be able to read from or write to the
877 kernel log buffer, which are probably almost all.
878
879 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alcaro, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey,
880 Bastien Nocera, Baybal Ni, Benjamin Bouvier, Benjamin Gilbert, Carlo
881 Teubner, cbzxt, Chen Qi, Chris Down, Christian Rebischke, Claudio
882 Zumbo, ClydeByrdIII, crashfistfight, Cyprien Laplace, Daniel Edgecumbe,
883 Daniel Gorbea, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Stuart, Dan Streetman, David
884 Pedersen, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominique Martinet, Donald
885 A. Cupp Jr, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabian Henneke, Filipe Brandenburger,
886 Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Haochen
887 Tong, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Iwan Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Kundrát, Jan
888 Synacek, Jan Tojnar, Jay Strict, Jérémy Rosen, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
889 Jonas Jelten, Jonas Thelemann, Justin Trudell, J. Xing, Kai-Heng Feng,
890 Kenneth D'souza, Kevin Becker, Kevin Kuehler, Lennart Poettering,
891 Léonard Gérard, Lorenz Bauer, Luca Boccassi, Maciej Stanczew, Mario
892 Limonciello, Marko Myllynen, Mark Stosberg, Martin Wilck, matthiasroos,
893 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tretter, Michal Sekletar,
894 Michal Sekletár, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Mike Kazantsev, Nicolas
895 Douma, nikolas, Norbert Lange, pan93412, Pascal de Bruijn, Paul Menzel,
896 Pavel Hrdina, Peter Wu, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle,
897 Renaud Métrich, Riccardo Schirone, RoadrunnerWMC, Ronan Pigott, Ryan
898 Attard, Sebastian Wick, Serge, Siddharth Chandrasekara, Steve Ramage,
899 Steve Traylen, Susant Sahani, Thibault Nélis, Tim Teichmann, Tom
900 Fitzhenry, Tommy J, Torsten Hilbrich, Vito Caputo, ypf791, Yu Watanabe,
901 Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
902
903 – Warsaw, 2019-11-29
904
905 CHANGES WITH 243:
906
907 * This release enables unprivileged programs (i.e. requiring neither
908 setuid nor file capabilities) to send ICMP Echo (i.e. ping) requests
909 by turning on the "net.ipv4.ping_group_range" sysctl of the Linux
910 kernel for the whole UNIX group range, i.e. all processes. This
911 change should be reasonably safe, as the kernel support for it was
912 specifically implemented to allow safe access to ICMP Echo for
913 processes lacking any privileges. If this is not desirable, it can be
914 disabled again by setting the parameter to "1 0".
915
916 * Previously, filters defined with SystemCallFilter= would have the
917 effect that any calling of an offending system call would terminate
918 the calling thread. This behaviour never made much sense, since
919 killing individual threads of unsuspecting processes is likely to
920 create more problems than it solves. With this release the default
921 action changed from killing the thread to killing the whole
922 process. For this to work correctly both a kernel version (>= 4.14)
923 and a libseccomp version (>= 2.4.0) supporting this new seccomp
924 action is required. If an older kernel or libseccomp is used the old
925 behaviour continues to be used. This change does not affect any
926 services that have no system call filters defined, or that use
927 SystemCallErrorNumber= (and thus see EPERM or another error instead
928 of being killed when calling an offending system call). Note that
929 systemd documentation always claimed that the whole process is
930 killed. With this change behaviour is thus adjusted to match the
931 documentation.
932
933 * On 64 bit systems, the "kernel.pid_max" sysctl is now bumped to
934 4194304 by default, i.e. the full 22bit range the kernel allows, up
935 from the old 16bit range. This should improve security and
936 robustness, as PID collisions are made less likely (though certainly
937 still possible). There are rumours this might create compatibility
938 problems, though at this moment no practical ones are known to
939 us. Downstream distributions are hence advised to undo this change in
940 their builds if they are concerned about maximum compatibility, but
941 for everybody else we recommend leaving the value bumped. Besides
942 improving security and robustness this should also simplify things as
943 the maximum number of allowed concurrent tasks was previously bounded
944 by both "kernel.pid_max" and "kernel.threads-max" and now effectively
945 only a single knob is left ("kernel.threads-max"). There have been
946 concerns that usability is affected by this change because larger PID
947 numbers are harder to type, but we believe the change from 5 digits
948 to 7 digits doesn't hamper usability.
949
950 * MemoryLow= and MemoryMin= gained hierarchy-aware counterparts,
951 DefaultMemoryLow= and DefaultMemoryMin=, which can be used to
952 hierarchically set default memory protection values for a particular
953 subtree of the unit hierarchy.
954
955 * Memory protection directives can now take a value of zero, allowing
956 explicit opting out of a default value propagated by an ancestor.
957
958 * systemd now defaults to the "unified" cgroup hierarchy setup during
959 build-time, i.e. -Ddefault-hierarchy=unified is now the build-time
960 default. Previously, -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid was the default. This
961 change reflects the fact that cgroupsv2 support has matured
962 substantially in both systemd and in the kernel, and is clearly the
963 way forward. Downstream production distributions might want to
964 continue to use -Ddefault-hierarchy=hybrid (or even =legacy) for
965 their builds as unfortunately the popular container managers have not
966 caught up with the kernel API changes.
967
968 * Man pages are not built by default anymore (html pages were already
969 disabled by default), to make development builds quicker. When
970 building systemd for a full installation with documentation, meson
971 should be called with -Dman=true and/or -Dhtml=true as appropriate.
972 The default was changed based on the assumption that quick one-off or
973 repeated development builds are much more common than full optimized
974 builds for installation, and people need to pass various other
975 options to when doing "proper" builds anyway, so the gain from making
976 development builds quicker is bigger than the one time disruption for
977 packagers.
978
979 Two scripts are created in the *build* directory to generate and
980 preview man and html pages on demand, e.g.:
981
982 build/man/man systemctl
983 build/man/html systemd.index
984
985 * libidn2 is used by default if both libidn2 and libidn are installed.
986 Please use -Dlibidn=true if libidn is preferred.
987
988 * The D-Bus "wire format" of the CPUAffinity= attribute is changed on
989 big-endian machines. Before, bytes were written and read in native
990 machine order as exposed by the native libc __cpu_mask interface.
991 Now, little-endian order is always used (CPUs 0–7 are described by
992 bits 0–7 in byte 0, CPUs 8–15 are described by byte 1, and so on).
993 This change fixes D-Bus calls that cross endianness boundary.
994
995 The presentation format used for CPUAffinity= by "systemctl show" and
996 "systemd-analyze dump" is changed to present CPU indices instead of
997 the raw __cpu_mask bitmask. For example, CPUAffinity=0-1 would be
998 shown as CPUAffinity=03000000000000000000000000000… (on
999 little-endian) or CPUAffinity=00000000000000300000000000000… (on
1000 64-bit big-endian), and is now shown as CPUAffinity=0-1, matching the
1001 input format. The maximum integer that will be printed in the new
1002 format is 8191 (four digits), while the old format always used a very
1003 long number (with the length varying by architecture), so they can be
1004 unambiguously distinguished.
1005
1006 * /usr/sbin/halt.local is no longer supported. Implementation in
1007 distributions was inconsistent and it seems this functionality was
1008 very rarely used.
1009
1010 To replace this functionality, users should:
1011 - either define a new unit and make it a dependency of final.target
1012 (systemctl add-wants final.target my-halt-local.service)
1013 - or move the shutdown script to /usr/lib/systemd/system-shutdown/
1014 and ensure that it accepts "halt", "poweroff", "reboot", and
1015 "kexec" as an argument, see the description in systemd-shutdown(8).
1016
1017 * When a [Match] section in .link or .network file is empty (contains
1018 no match patterns), a warning will be emitted. Please add any "match
1019 all" pattern instead, e.g. OriginalName=* or Name=* in case all
1020 interfaces should really be matched.
1021
1022 * A new setting NUMAPolicy= may be used to set process memory
1023 allocation policy. This setting can be specified in
1024 /etc/systemd/system.conf and hence will set the default policy for
1025 PID1. The default policy can be overridden on a per-service
1026 basis. The related setting NUMAMask= is used to specify NUMA node
1027 mask that should be associated with the selected policy.
1028
1029 * PID 1 will now listen to Out-Of-Memory (OOM) events the kernel
1030 generates when processes it manages are reaching their memory limits,
1031 and will place their units in a special state, and optionally kill or
1032 stop the whole unit.
1033
1034 * The service manager will now expose bus properties for the IO
1035 resources used by units. This information is also shown in "systemctl
1036 status" now (for services that have IOAccounting=yes set). Moreover,
1037 the IO accounting data is included in the resource log message
1038 generated whenever a unit stops.
1039
1040 * Units may now configure an explicit timeout to wait for when killed
1041 with SIGABRT, for example when a service watchdog is hit. Previously,
1042 the regular TimeoutStopSec= timeout was applied in this case too —
1043 now a separate timeout may be set using TimeoutAbortSec=.
1044
1045 * Services may now send a special WATCHDOG=trigger message with
1046 sd_notify() to trigger an immediate "watchdog missed" event, and thus
1047 trigger service termination. This is useful both for testing watchdog
1048 handling, but also for defining error paths in services, that shall
1049 be handled the same way as watchdog events.
1050
1051 * There are two new per-unit settings IPIngressFilterPath= and
1052 IPEgressFilterPath= which allow configuration of a BPF program
1053 (usually by specifying a path to a program uploaded to /sys/fs/bpf/)
1054 to apply to the IP packet ingress/egress path of all processes of a
1055 unit. This is useful to allow running systemd services with BPF
1056 programs set up externally.
1057
1058 * systemctl gained a new "clean" verb for removing the state, cache,
1059 runtime or logs directories of a service while it is terminated. The
1060 new verb may also be used to remove the state maintained on disk for
1061 timer units that have Persistent= configured.
1062
1063 * During the last phase of shutdown systemd will now automatically
1064 increase the log level configured in the "kernel.printk" sysctl so
1065 that any relevant loggable events happening during late shutdown are
1066 made visible. Previously, loggable events happening so late during
1067 shutdown were generally lost if the "kernel.printk" sysctl was set to
1068 high thresholds, as regular logging daemons are terminated at that
1069 time and thus nothing is written to disk.
1070
1071 * If processes terminated during the last phase of shutdown do not exit
1072 quickly systemd will now show their names after a short time, to make
1073 debugging easier. After a longer timeout they are forcibly killed,
1074 as before.
1075
1076 * journalctl (and the other tools that display logs) will now highlight
1077 warnings in yellow (previously, both LOG_NOTICE and LOG_WARNING where
1078 shown in bright bold, now only LOG_NOTICE is). Moreover, audit logs
1079 are now shown in blue color, to separate them visually from regular
1080 logs. References to configuration files are now turned into clickable
1081 links on terminals that support that.
1082
1083 * systemd-journald will now stop logging to /var/log/journal during
1084 shutdown when /var/ is on a separate mount, so that it can be
1085 unmounted safely during shutdown.
1086
1087 * systemd-resolved gained support for a new 'strict' DNS-over-TLS mode.
1088
1089 * systemd-resolved "Cache=" configuration option in resolved.conf has
1090 been extended to also accept the 'no-negative' value. Previously,
1091 only a boolean option was allowed (yes/no), having yes as the
1092 default. If this option is set to 'no-negative', negative answers are
1093 not cached while the old cache heuristics are used positive answers.
1094 The default remains unchanged.
1095
1096 * The predictable naming scheme for network devices now supports
1097 generating predictable names for "netdevsim" devices.
1098
1099 Moreover, the "en" prefix was dropped from the ID_NET_NAME_ONBOARD
1100 udev property.
1101
1102 Those two changes form a new net.naming-policy-scheme= entry.
1103 Distributions which want to preserve naming stability may want to set
1104 the -Ddefault-net-naming-scheme= configuration option.
1105
1106 * systemd-networkd now supports MACsec, nlmon, IPVTAP and Xfrm
1107 interfaces natively.
1108
1109 * systemd-networkd's bridge FDB support now allows configuration of a
1110 destination address for each entry (Destination=), as well as the
1111 VXLAN VNI (VNI=), as well as an option to declare what an entry is
1112 associated with (AssociatedWith=).
1113
1114 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 support now understands a new MaxAttempts=
1115 option for configuring the maximum number of DHCP lease requests. It
1116 also learnt a new BlackList= option for blacklisting DHCP servers (a
1117 similar setting has also been added to the IPv6 RA client), as well
1118 as a SendRelease= option for configuring whether to send a DHCP
1119 RELEASE message when terminating.
1120
1121 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv4 and DHCPv6 stacks can now be configured
1122 separately in the [DHCPv4] and [DHCPv6] sections.
1123
1124 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support will now optionally create an
1125 implicit host route to the DNS server specified in the DHCP lease, in
1126 addition to the routes listed explicitly in the lease. This should
1127 ensure that in multi-homed systems DNS traffic leaves the systems on
1128 the interface that acquired the DNS server information even if other
1129 routes such as default routes exist. This behaviour may be turned on
1130 with the new RoutesToDNS= option.
1131
1132 * systemd-networkd's VXLAN support gained a new option
1133 GenericProtocolExtension= for enabling VXLAN Generic Protocol
1134 Extension support, as well as IPDoNotFragment= for setting the IP
1135 "Don't fragment" bit on outgoing packets. A similar option has been
1136 added to the GENEVE support.
1137
1138 * In systemd-networkd's [Route] section you may now configure
1139 FastOpenNoCookie= for configuring per-route TCP fast-open support, as
1140 well as TTLPropagate= for configuring Label Switched Path (LSP) TTL
1141 propagation. The Type= setting now supports local, broadcast,
1142 anycast, multicast, any, xresolve routes, too.
1143
1144 * systemd-networkd's [Network] section learnt a new option
1145 DefaultRouteOnDevice= for automatically configuring a default route
1146 onto the network device.
1147
1148 * systemd-networkd's bridging support gained two new options ProxyARP=
1149 and ProxyARPWifi= for configuring proxy ARP behaviour as well as
1150 MulticastRouter= for configuring multicast routing behaviour. A new
1151 option MulticastIGMPVersion= may be used to change bridge's multicast
1152 Internet Group Management Protocol (IGMP) version.
1153
1154 * systemd-networkd's FooOverUDP support gained the ability to configure
1155 local and peer IP addresses via Local= and Peer=. A new option
1156 PeerPort= may be used to configure the peer's IP port.
1157
1158 * systemd-networkd's TUN support gained a new setting VnetHeader= for
1159 tweaking Generic Segment Offload support.
1160
1161 * The address family for policy rules may be specified using the new
1162 Family= option in the [RoutingPolicyRule] section.
1163
1164 * networkctl gained a new "delete" command for removing virtual network
1165 devices, as well as a new "--stats" switch for showing device
1166 statistics.
1167
1168 * networkd.conf gained a new setting SpeedMeter= and
1169 SpeedMeterIntervalSec=, to measure bitrate of network interfaces. The
1170 measured speed may be shown by 'networkctl status'.
1171
1172 * "networkctl status" now displays MTU and queue lengths, and more
1173 detailed information about VXLAN and bridge devices.
1174
1175 * systemd-networkd's .network and .link files gained a new Property=
1176 setting in the [Match] section, to match against devices with
1177 specific udev properties.
1178
1179 * systemd-networkd's tunnel support gained a new option
1180 AssignToLoopback= for selecting whether to use the loopback device
1181 "lo" as underlying device.
1182
1183 * systemd-networkd's MACAddress= setting in the [Neighbor] section has
1184 been renamed to LinkLayerAddress=, and it now allows configuration of
1185 IP addresses, too.
1186
1187 * systemd-networkd's handling of the kernel's disable_ipv6 sysctl is
1188 simplified: systemd-networkd will disable the sysctl (enable IPv6) if
1189 IPv6 configuration (static or DHCPv6) was found for a given
1190 interface. It will not touch the sysctl otherwise.
1191
1192 * The order of entries is $PATH used by the user manager instance was
1193 changed to put bin/ entries before the corresponding sbin/ entries.
1194 It is recommended to not rely on this order, and only ever have one
1195 binary with a given name in the system paths under /usr.
1196
1197 * A new tool systemd-network-generator has been added that may generate
1198 .network, .netdev and .link files from IP configuration specified on
1199 the kernel command line in the format used by Dracut.
1200
1201 * The CriticalConnection= setting in .network files is now deprecated,
1202 and replaced by a new KeepConfiguration= setting which allows more
1203 detailed configuration of the IP configuration to keep in place.
1204
1205 * systemd-analyze gained a few new verbs:
1206
1207 - "systemd-analyze timestamp" parses and converts timestamps. This is
1208 similar to the existing "systemd-analyze calendar" command which
1209 does the same for recurring calendar events.
1210
1211 - "systemd-analyze timespan" parses and converts timespans (i.e.
1212 durations as opposed to points in time).
1213
1214 - "systemd-analyze condition" will parse and test ConditionXYZ=
1215 expressions.
1216
1217 - "systemd-analyze exit-status" will parse and convert exit status
1218 codes to their names and back.
1219
1220 - "systemd-analyze unit-files" will print a list of all unit
1221 file paths and unit aliases.
1222
1223 * SuccessExitStatus=, RestartPreventExitStatus=, and
1224 RestartForceExitStatus= now accept exit status names (e.g. "DATAERR"
1225 is equivalent to "65"). Those exit status name mappings may be
1226 displayed with the systemd-analyze exit-status verb describe above.
1227
1228 * systemd-logind now exposes a per-session SetBrightness() bus call,
1229 which may be used to securely change the brightness of a kernel
1230 brightness device, if it belongs to the session's seat. By using this
1231 call unprivileged clients can make changes to "backlight" and "leds"
1232 devices securely with strict requirements on session membership.
1233 Desktop environments may use this to generically make brightness
1234 changes to such devices without shipping private SUID binaries or
1235 udev rules for that purpose.
1236
1237 * "udevadm info" gained a --wait-for-initialization switch to wait for
1238 a device to be initialized.
1239
1240 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now look for resumeflags= on
1241 the kernel command line, which is similar to rootflags= and may be
1242 used to configure device timeout for the hibernation device.
1243
1244 * sd-event learnt a new API call sd_event_source_disable_unref() for
1245 disabling and unref'ing an event source in a single function. A
1246 related call sd_event_source_disable_unrefp() has been added for use
1247 with gcc's cleanup extension.
1248
1249 * The sd-id128.h public API gained a new definition
1250 SD_ID128_UUID_FORMAT_STR for formatting a 128bit ID in UUID format
1251 with printf().
1252
1253 * "busctl introspect" gained a new switch --xml-interface for dumping
1254 XML introspection data unmodified.
1255
1256 * PID 1 may now show the unit name instead of the unit description
1257 string in its status output during boot. This may be configured in
1258 the StatusUnitFormat= setting in /etc/systemd/system.conf or the
1259 kernel command line option systemd.status_unit_format=.
1260
1261 * PID 1 now understands a new option KExecWatchdogSec= in
1262 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set a watchdog timeout for kexec reboots.
1263 Previously watchdog functionality was only available for regular
1264 reboots. The new setting defaults to off, because we don't know in
1265 the general case if the watchdog will be reset after kexec (some
1266 drivers do reset it, but not all), and the new userspace might not be
1267 configured to handle the watchdog.
1268
1269 Moreover, the old ShutdownWatchdogSec= setting has been renamed to
1270 RebootWatchdogSec= to more clearly communicate what it is about. The
1271 old name is still accepted for compatibility.
1272
1273 * The systemd.debug_shell kernel command line option now optionally
1274 takes a tty name to spawn the debug shell on, which allows a
1275 different tty to be selected than the built-in default.
1276
1277 * Service units gained a new ExecCondition= setting which will run
1278 before ExecStartPre= and either continue execution of the unit (for
1279 clean exit codes), stop execution without marking the unit failed
1280 (for exit codes 1 through 254), or stop execution and fail the unit
1281 (for exit code 255 or abnormal termination).
1282
1283 * A new service systemd-pstore.service has been added that pulls data
1284 from /sys/fs/pstore/ and saves it to /var/lib/pstore for later
1285 review.
1286
1287 * timedatectl gained new verbs for configuring per-interface NTP
1288 service configuration for systemd-timesyncd.
1289
1290 * "localectl list-locales" won't list non-UTF-8 locales anymore. It's
1291 2019. (You can set non-UTF-8 locales though, if you know their name.)
1292
1293 * If variable assignments in sysctl.d/ files are prefixed with "-" any
1294 failures to apply them are now ignored.
1295
1296 * systemd-random-seed.service now optionally credits entropy when
1297 applying the seed to the system. Set $SYSTEMD_RANDOM_SEED_CREDIT to
1298 true for the service to enable this behaviour, but please consult the
1299 documentation first, since this comes with a couple of caveats.
1300
1301 * systemd-random-seed.service is now a synchronization point for full
1302 initialization of the kernel's entropy pool. Services that require
1303 /dev/urandom to be correctly initialized should be ordered after this
1304 service.
1305
1306 * The systemd-boot boot loader has been updated to optionally maintain
1307 a random seed file in the EFI System Partition (ESP). During the boot
1308 phase, this random seed is read and updated with a new seed
1309 cryptographically derived from it. Another derived seed is passed to
1310 the OS. The latter seed is then credited to the kernel's entropy pool
1311 very early during userspace initialization (from PID 1). This allows
1312 systems to boot up with a fully initialized kernel entropy pool from
1313 earliest boot on, and thus entirely removes all entropy pool
1314 initialization delays from systems using systemd-boot. Special care
1315 is taken to ensure different seeds are derived on system images
1316 replicated to multiple systems. "bootctl status" will show whether
1317 a seed was received from the boot loader.
1318
1319 * bootctl gained two new verbs:
1320
1321 - "bootctl random-seed" will generate the file in ESP and an EFI
1322 variable to allow a random seed to be passed to the OS as described
1323 above.
1324
1325 - "bootctl is-installed" checks whether systemd-boot is currently
1326 installed.
1327
1328 * bootctl will warn if it detects that boot entries are misconfigured
1329 (for example if the kernel image was removed without purging the
1330 bootloader entry).
1331
1332 * A new document has been added describing systemd's use and support
1333 for the kernel's entropy pool subsystem:
1334
1335 https://systemd.io/RANDOM_SEEDS
1336
1337 * When the system is hibernated the swap device to write the
1338 hibernation image to is now automatically picked from all available
1339 swap devices, preferring the swap device with the highest configured
1340 priority over all others, and picking the device with the most free
1341 space if there are multiple devices with the highest priority.
1342
1343 * /etc/crypttab support has learnt a new keyfile-timeout= per-device
1344 option that permits selecting the timeout how long to wait for a
1345 device with an encryption key before asking for the password.
1346
1347 * IOWeight= has learnt to properly set the IO weight when using the
1348 BFQ scheduler officially found in kernels 5.0+.
1349
1350 * A new mailing list has been created for reporting of security issues:
1351 systemd-security@redhat.com. For mode details, see
1352 https://systemd.io/CONTRIBUTING#security-vulnerability-reports.
1353
1354 Contributions from: Aaron Barany, Adrian Bunk, Alan Jenkins, Albrecht
1355 Lohofener, Andrej Valek, Anita Zhang, Arian van Putten, Balint Reczey,
1356 Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benjamin Robin, camoz, Chen Qi, Chris
1357 Chiu, Chris Down, Christian Göttsche, Christian Kellner, Clinton Roy,
1358 Connor Reeder, Daniel Black, Daniel Lublin, Daniele Medri, Dan
1359 Streetman, Dave Reisner, Dave Ross, David Art, David Tardon, Debarshi
1360 Ray, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominick Grift, Donald Buczek, Douglas
1361 Christman, Eric DeVolder, EtherGraf, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Feldwor,
1362 Felix Riemann, Florian Dollinger, Francesco Pennica, Franck Bui,
1363 Frantisek Sumsal, Franz Pletz, frederik, Hans de Goede, Iago López
1364 Galeiras, Insun Pyo, Ivan Shapovalov, Iwan Timmer, Jack, Jakob
1365 Unterwurzacher, Jan Chren, Jan Klötzke, Jan Losinski, Jan Pokorný, Jan
1366 Synacek, Jan-Michael Brummer, Jeka Pats, Jeremy Soller, Jérémy Rosen,
1367 Jiri Pirko, Joe Lin, Joerg Behrmann, Joe Richey, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson,
1368 Johannes Christ, Johannes Schmitz, Jonathan Rouleau, Jorge Niedbalski,
1369 Jörg Thalheim, Kai Krakow, Kai Lüke, Karel Zak, Kashyap Chamarthy,
1370 Krayushkin Konstantin, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luca
1371 Boccassi, Luís Ferreira, Marc-André Lureau, Markus Felten, Martin Pitt,
1372 Matthew Leeds, Mattias Jernberg, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
1373 Michael Prokop, Michael Stapelberg, Michael Zhivich, Michal Koutný,
1374 Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Milan Broz, Miroslav Lichvar, mpe85,
1375 Mr-Foo, Network Silence, Oliver Harley, pan93412, Paul Menzel, pEJipE,
1376 Peter A. Bigot, Philip Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Rafael Fontenelle, Robert
1377 Scheck, Roberto Santalla, Ronan Pigott, root, RussianNeuroMancer,
1378 Sebastian Jennen, shinygold, Shreyas Behera, Simon Schricker, Susant
1379 Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Theo Ouzhinski, Thiebaud
1380 Weksteen, Thomas Haller, Thomas Weißschuh, Tomas Mraz, Tommi Rantala,
1381 Topi Miettinen, VD-Lycos, ven, Vladimir Yerilov, Wieland Hoffmann,
1382 William A. Kennington III, William Wold, Xi Ruoyao, Yuri Chornoivan,
1383 Yu Watanabe, Zach Smith, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei
1384
1385 – Camerino, 2019-09-03
1386
1387 CHANGES WITH 242:
1388
1389 * In .link files, MACAddressPolicy=persistent (the default) is changed
1390 to cover more devices. For devices like bridges, tun, tap, bond, and
1391 similar interfaces that do not have other identifying information,
1392 the interface name is used as the basis for persistent seed for MAC
1393 and IPv4LL addresses. The way that devices that were handled
1394 previously is not changed, and this change is about covering more
1395 devices then previously by the "persistent" policy.
1396
1397 MACAddressPolicy=random may be used to force randomized MACs and
1398 IPv4LL addresses for a device if desired.
1399
1400 Hint: the log output from udev (at debug level) was enhanced to
1401 clarify what policy is followed and which attributes are used.
1402 `SYSTEMD_LOG_LEVEL=debug udevadm test-builtin net_setup_link /sys/class/net/<name>`
1403 may be used to view this.
1404
1405 Hint: if a bridge interface is created without any slaves, and gains
1406 a slave later, then now the bridge does not inherit slave's MAC.
1407 To inherit slave's MAC, for example, create the following file:
1408 ```
1409 # /etc/systemd/network/98-bridge-inherit-mac.link
1410 [Match]
1411 Type=bridge
1412
1413 [Link]
1414 MACAddressPolicy=none
1415 ```
1416
1417 * The .device units generated by systemd-fstab-generator and other
1418 generators do not automatically pull in the corresponding .mount unit
1419 as a Wants= dependency. This means that simply plugging in the device
1420 will not cause the mount unit to be started automatically. But please
1421 note that the mount unit may be started for other reasons, in
1422 particular if it is part of local-fs.target, and any unit which
1423 (transitively) depends on local-fs.target is started.
1424
1425 * networkctl list/status/lldp now accept globbing wildcards for network
1426 interface names to match against all existing interfaces.
1427
1428 * The $PIDFILE environment variable is set to point the absolute path
1429 configured with PIDFile= for processes of that service.
1430
1431 * The fallback DNS server list was augmented with Cloudflare public DNS
1432 servers. Use `-Ddns-servers=` to set a different fallback.
1433
1434 * A new special target usb-gadget.target will be started automatically
1435 when a USB Device Controller is detected (which means that the system
1436 is a USB peripheral).
1437
1438 * A new unit setting CPUQuotaPeriodSec= assigns the time period
1439 relatively to which the CPU time quota specified by CPUQuota= is
1440 measured.
1441
1442 * A new unit setting ProtectHostname= may be used to prevent services
1443 from modifying hostname information (even if they otherwise would
1444 have privileges to do so).
1445
1446 * A new unit setting NetworkNamespacePath= may be used to specify a
1447 namespace for service or socket units through a path referring to a
1448 Linux network namespace pseudo-file.
1449
1450 * The PrivateNetwork= setting and JoinsNamespaceOf= dependencies now
1451 have an effect on .socket units: when used the listening socket is
1452 created within the configured network namespace instead of the host
1453 namespace.
1454
1455 * ExecStart= command lines in unit files may now be prefixed with ':'
1456 in which case environment variable substitution is
1457 disabled. (Supported for the other ExecXYZ= settings, too.)
1458
1459 * .timer units gained two new boolean settings OnClockChange= and
1460 OnTimezoneChange= which may be used to also trigger a unit when the
1461 system clock is changed or the local timezone is
1462 modified. systemd-run has been updated to make these options easily
1463 accessible from the command line for transient timers.
1464
1465 * Two new conditions for units have been added: ConditionMemory= may be
1466 used to conditionalize a unit based on installed system
1467 RAM. ConditionCPUs= may be used to conditionalize a unit based on
1468 installed CPU cores.
1469
1470 * The @default system call filter group understood by SystemCallFilter=
1471 has been updated to include the new rseq() system call introduced in
1472 kernel 4.15.
1473
1474 * A new time-set.target has been added that indicates that the system
1475 time has been set from a local source (possibly imprecise). The
1476 existing time-sync.target is stronger and indicates that the time has
1477 been synchronized with a precise external source. Services where
1478 approximate time is sufficient should use the new target.
1479
1480 * "systemctl start" (and related commands) learnt a new
1481 --show-transaction option. If specified brief information about all
1482 jobs queued because of the requested operation is shown.
1483
1484 * systemd-networkd recognizes a new operation state 'enslaved', used
1485 (instead of 'degraded' or 'carrier') for interfaces which form a
1486 bridge, bond, or similar, and an new 'degraded-carrier' operational
1487 state used for the bond or bridge master interface when one of the
1488 enslaved devices is not operational.
1489
1490 * .network files learnt the new IgnoreCarrierLoss= option for leaving
1491 networks configured even if the carrier is lost.
1492
1493 * The RequiredForOnline= setting in .network files may now specify a
1494 minimum operational state required for the interface to be considered
1495 "online" by systemd-networkd-wait-online. Related to this
1496 systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new option --operational-state=
1497 to configure the same, and its --interface= option was updated to
1498 optionally also take an operational state specific for an interface.
1499
1500 * systemd-networkd-wait-online gained a new setting --any for waiting
1501 for only one of the requested interfaces instead of all of them.
1502
1503 * systemd-networkd now implements L2TP tunnels.
1504
1505 * Two new .network settings UseAutonomousPrefix= and UseOnLinkPrefix=
1506 may be used to cause autonomous and onlink prefixes received in IPv6
1507 Router Advertisements to be ignored.
1508
1509 * New MulticastFlood=, NeighborSuppression=, and Learning= .network
1510 file settings may be used to tweak bridge behaviour.
1511
1512 * The new TripleSampling= option in .network files may be used to
1513 configure CAN triple sampling.
1514
1515 * A new .netdev settings PrivateKeyFile= and PresharedKeyFile= may be
1516 used to point to private or preshared key for a WireGuard interface.
1517
1518 * /etc/crypttab now supports the same-cpu-crypt and
1519 submit-from-crypt-cpus options to tweak encryption work scheduling
1520 details.
1521
1522 * systemd-tmpfiles will now take a BSD file lock before operating on a
1523 contents of directory. This may be used to temporarily exclude
1524 directories from aging by taking the same lock (useful for example
1525 when extracting a tarball into /tmp or /var/tmp as a privileged user,
1526 which might create files with really old timestamps, which
1527 nevertheless should not be deleted). For further details, see:
1528
1529 https://systemd.io/TEMPORARY_DIRECTORIES
1530
1531 * systemd-tmpfiles' h line type gained support for the
1532 FS_PROJINHERIT_FL ('P') file attribute (introduced in kernel 4.5),
1533 controlling project quota inheritance.
1534
1535 * sd-boot and bootctl now implement support for an Extended Boot Loader
1536 (XBOOTLDR) partition, that is intended to be mounted to /boot, in
1537 addition to the ESP partition mounted to /efi or /boot/efi.
1538 Configuration file fragments, kernels, initrds and other EFI images
1539 to boot will be loaded from both the ESP and XBOOTLDR partitions.
1540 The XBOOTLDR partition was previously described by the Boot Loader
1541 Specification, but implementation was missing in sd-boot. Support for
1542 this concept allows using the sd-boot boot loader in more
1543 conservative scenarios where the boot loader itself is placed in the
1544 ESP but the kernels to boot (and their metadata) in a separate
1545 partition.
1546
1547 * A system may now be booted with systemd.volatile=overlay on the
1548 kernel command line, which causes the root file system to be set up
1549 an overlayfs mount combining the root-only root directory with a
1550 writable tmpfs. In this setup, the underlying root device is not
1551 modified, and any changes are lost at reboot.
1552
1553 * Similar, systemd-nspawn can now boot containers with a volatile
1554 overlayfs root with the new --volatile=overlay switch.
1555
1556 * systemd-nspawn can now consume OCI runtime bundles using a new
1557 --oci-bundle= option. This implementation is fully usable, with most
1558 features in the specification implemented, but since this a lot of
1559 new code and functionality, this feature should most likely not
1560 be used in production yet.
1561
1562 * systemd-nspawn now supports various options described by the OCI
1563 runtime specification on the command-line and in .nspawn files:
1564 --inaccessible=/Inaccessible= may be used to mask parts of the file
1565 system tree, --console=/--pipe may be used to configure how standard
1566 input, output, and error are set up.
1567
1568 * busctl learned the `emit` verb to generate D-Bus signals.
1569
1570 * systemd-analyze cat-config may be used to gather and display
1571 configuration spread over multiple files, for example system and user
1572 presets, tmpfiles.d, sysusers.d, udev rules, etc.
1573
1574 * systemd-analyze calendar now takes an optional new parameter
1575 --iterations= which may be used to show a maximum number of iterations
1576 the specified expression will elapse next.
1577
1578 * The sd-bus C API gained support for naming method parameters in the
1579 introspection data.
1580
1581 * systemd-logind gained D-Bus APIs to specify the "reboot parameter"
1582 the reboot() system call expects.
1583
1584 * journalctl learnt a new --cursor-file= option that points to a file
1585 from which a cursor should be loaded in the beginning and to which
1586 the updated cursor should be stored at the end.
1587
1588 * ACRN hypervisor and Windows Subsystem for Linux (WSL) are now
1589 detected by systemd-detect-virt (and may also be used in
1590 ConditionVirtualization=).
1591
1592 * The behaviour of systemd-logind may now be modified with environment
1593 variables $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_FIRMWARE_SETUP,
1594 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_MENU, and
1595 $SYSTEMD_REBOOT_TO_BOOT_LOADER_ENTRY. They cause logind to either
1596 skip the relevant operation completely (when set to false), or to
1597 create a flag file in /run/systemd (when set to true), instead of
1598 actually commencing the real operation when requested. The presence
1599 of /run/systemd/reboot-to-firmware-setup,
1600 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-menu, and
1601 /run/systemd/reboot-to-boot-loader-entry, may be used by alternative
1602 boot loader implementations to replace some steps logind performs
1603 during reboot with their own operations.
1604
1605 * systemctl can be used to request a reboot into the boot loader menu
1606 or a specific boot loader entry with the new --boot-load-menu= and
1607 --boot-loader-entry= options to a reboot command. (This requires a
1608 boot loader that supports this, for example sd-boot.)
1609
1610 * kernel-install will no longer unconditionally create the output
1611 directory (e.g. /efi/<machine-id>/<kernel-version>) for boot loader
1612 snippets, but will do only if the machine-specific parent directory
1613 (i.e. /efi/<machine-id>/) already exists. bootctl has been modified
1614 to create this parent directory during sd-boot installation.
1615
1616 This makes it easier to use kernel-install with plugins which support
1617 a different layout of the bootloader partitions (for example grub2).
1618
1619 * During package installation (with `ninja install`), we would create
1620 symlinks for getty@tty1.service, systemd-networkd.service,
1621 systemd-networkd.socket, systemd-resolved.service,
1622 remote-cryptsetup.target, remote-fs.target,
1623 systemd-networkd-wait-online.service, and systemd-timesyncd.service
1624 in /etc, as if `systemctl enable` was called for those units, to make
1625 the system usable immediately after installation. Now this is not
1626 done anymore, and instead calling `systemctl preset-all` is
1627 recommended after the first installation of systemd.
1628
1629 * A new boolean sandboxing option RestrictSUIDSGID= has been added that
1630 is built on seccomp. When turned on creation of SUID/SGID files is
1631 prohibited.
1632
1633 * The NoNewPrivileges= and the new RestrictSUIDSGID= options are now
1634 implied if DynamicUser= is turned on for a service. This hardens
1635 these services, so that they neither can benefit from nor create
1636 SUID/SGID executables. This is a minor compatibility breakage, given
1637 that when DynamicUser= was first introduced SUID/SGID behaviour was
1638 unaffected. However, the security benefit of these two options is
1639 substantial, and the setting is still relatively new, hence we opted
1640 to make it mandatory for services with dynamic users.
1641
1642 Contributions from: Adam Jackson, Alexander Tsoy, Andrey Yashkin,
1643 Andrzej Pietrasiewicz, Anita Zhang, Balint Reczey, Beniamino Galvani,
1644 Ben Iofel, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Dahlhoff, Chris, Chris Morin,
1645 Christopher Wong, Claudius Ellsel, Clemens Gruber, dana, Daniel Black,
1646 Davide Cavalca, David Michael, David Rheinsberg, emersion, Evgeny
1647 Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal,
1648 Giacinto Cifelli, Hans de Goede, Hugo Kindel, Ignat Korchagin, Insun
1649 Pyo, Jan Engelhardt, Jonas Dorel, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathon Kowalski,
1650 Jörg Sommer, Jörg Thalheim, Jussi Pakkanen, Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart
1651 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Luís Ferreira, Martin Pitt, Matthias
1652 Klumpp, Michael Biebl, Michael Niewöhner, Michael Olbrich, Michal
1653 Sekletar, Mike Lothian, Paul Menzel, Piotr Drąg, Riccardo Schirone,
1654 Robin Elvedi, Roman Kulikov, Ronald Tschalär, Ross Burton, Ryan
1655 Gonzalez, Sebastian Krzyszkowiak, Stephane Chazelas, StKob, Susant
1656 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Szabolcs Fruhwald, Taro Yamada, Theo
1657 Ouzhinski, Thomas Haller, Tobias Jungel, Tom Yan, Tony Asleson, Topi
1658 Miettinen, unixsysadmin, Van Laser, Vesa Jääskeläinen, Yu, Li-Yu,
1659 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
1660
1661 — Warsaw, 2019-04-11
1662
1663 CHANGES WITH 241:
1664
1665 * The default locale can now be configured at compile time. Otherwise,
1666 a suitable default will be selected automatically (one of C.UTF-8,
1667 en_US.UTF-8, and C).
1668
1669 * The version string shown by systemd and other tools now includes the
1670 git commit hash when built from git. An override may be specified
1671 during compilation, which is intended to be used by distributions to
1672 include the package release information.
1673
1674 * systemd-cat can now filter standard input and standard error streams
1675 for different syslog priorities using the new --stderr-priority=
1676 option.
1677
1678 * systemd-journald and systemd-journal-remote reject entries which
1679 contain too many fields (CVE-2018-16865) and set limits on the
1680 process' command line length (CVE-2018-16864).
1681
1682 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is set by pam_systemd
1683 again.
1684
1685 * A new network device NamePolicy "keep" is implemented for link files,
1686 and used by default in 99-default.link (the fallback configuration
1687 provided by systemd). With this policy, if the network device name
1688 was already set by userspace, the device will not be renamed again.
1689 This matches the naming scheme that was implemented before
1690 systemd-240. If naming-scheme < 240 is specified, the "keep" policy
1691 is also enabled by default, even if not specified. Effectively, this
1692 means that if naming-scheme >= 240 is specified, network devices will
1693 be renamed according to the configuration, even if they have been
1694 renamed already, if "keep" is not specified as the naming policy in
1695 the .link file. The 99-default.link file provided by systemd includes
1696 "keep" for backwards compatibility, but it is recommended for user
1697 installed .link files to *not* include it.
1698
1699 The "kernel" policy, which keeps kernel names declared to be
1700 "persistent", now works again as documented.
1701
1702 * kernel-install script now optionally takes the paths to one or more
1703 initrd files, and passes them to all plugins.
1704
1705 * The mincore() system call has been dropped from the @system-service
1706 system call filter group, as it is pretty exotic and may potentially
1707 used for side-channel attacks.
1708
1709 * -fPIE is dropped from compiler and linker options. Please specify
1710 -Db_pie=true option to meson to build position-independent
1711 executables. Note that the meson option is supported since meson-0.49.
1712
1713 * The fs.protected_regular and fs.protected_fifos sysctls, which were
1714 added in Linux 4.19 to make some data spoofing attacks harder, are
1715 now enabled by default. While this will hopefully improve the
1716 security of most installations, it is technically a backwards
1717 incompatible change; to disable these sysctls again, place the
1718 following lines in /etc/sysctl.d/60-protected.conf or a similar file:
1719
1720 fs.protected_regular = 0
1721 fs.protected_fifos = 0
1722
1723 Note that the similar hardlink and symlink protection has been
1724 enabled since v199, and may be disabled likewise.
1725
1726 * The files read from the EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now
1727 parse backslashes inside quotes literally, matching the behaviour of
1728 POSIX shells.
1729
1730 * udevadm trigger, udevadm control, udevadm settle and udevadm monitor
1731 now automatically become NOPs when run in a chroot() environment.
1732
1733 * The tmpfiles.d/ "C" line type will now copy directory trees not only
1734 when the destination is so far missing, but also if it already exists
1735 as a directory and is empty. This is useful to cater for systems
1736 where directory trees are put together from multiple separate mount
1737 points but otherwise empty.
1738
1739 * A new function sd_bus_close_unref() (and the associated
1740 sd_bus_close_unrefp()) has been added to libsystemd, that combines
1741 sd_bus_close() and sd_bus_unref() in one.
1742
1743 * udevadm control learnt a new option for --ping for testing whether a
1744 systemd-udevd instance is running and reacting.
1745
1746 * udevadm trigger learnt a new option for --wait-daemon for waiting
1747 systemd-udevd daemon to be initialized.
1748
1749 Contributions from: Aaron Plattner, Alberts Muktupāvels, Alex Mayer,
1750 Ayman Bagabas, Beniamino Galvani, Burt P, Chris Down, Chris Lamb, Chris
1751 Morin, Christian Hesse, Claudius Ellsel, dana, Daniel Axtens, Daniele
1752 Medri, Dave Reisner, David Santamaría Rogado, Diego Canuhe, Dimitri
1753 John Ledkov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Filipe
1754 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frantisek Sumsal, govwin, Hans de Goede,
1755 James Hilliard, Jan Engelhardt, Jani Uusitalo, Jan Janssen, Jan
1756 Synacek, Jonathan McDowell, Jonathan Roemer, Jonathon Kowalski, Joost
1757 Heitbrink, Jörg Thalheim, Lance, Lennart Poettering, Louis Taylor,
1758 Lucas Werkmeister, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
1759 marvelousblack, Michael Biebl, Michael Sloan, Michal Sekletar, Mike
1760 Auty, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Neil Brown, Niklas Hambüchen,
1761 Patrick Williams, Paul Seyfert, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Roger
1762 James, Ronnie P. Thomas, Ryan Gonzalez, Sam Morris, Stephan Edel,
1763 Stephan Gerhold, Susant Sahani, Taro Yamada, Thomas Haller, Topi
1764 Miettinen, YiFei Zhu, YmrDtnJu, YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
1765 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, zsergeant77, Дамјан Георгиевски
1766
1767 — Berlin, 2019-02-14
1768
1769 CHANGES WITH 240:
1770
1771 * NoNewPrivileges=yes has been set for all long-running services
1772 implemented by systemd. Previously, this was problematic due to
1773 SELinux (as this would also prohibit the transition from PID1's label
1774 to the service's label). This restriction has since been lifted, but
1775 an SELinux policy update is required.
1776 (See e.g. https://github.com/fedora-selinux/selinux-policy/pull/234.)
1777
1778 * DynamicUser=yes is dropped from systemd-networkd.service,
1779 systemd-resolved.service and systemd-timesyncd.service, which was
1780 enabled in v239 for systemd-networkd.service and systemd-resolved.service,
1781 and since v236 for systemd-timesyncd.service. The users and groups
1782 systemd-network, systemd-resolve and systemd-timesync are created
1783 by systemd-sysusers again. Distributors or system administrators
1784 may need to create these users and groups if they not exist (or need
1785 to re-enable DynamicUser= for those units) while upgrading systemd.
1786 Also, the clock file for systemd-timesyncd may need to move from
1787 /var/lib/private/systemd/timesync/clock to /var/lib/systemd/timesync/clock.
1788
1789 * When unit files are loaded from disk, previously systemd would
1790 sometimes (depending on the unit loading order) load units from the
1791 target path of symlinks in .wants/ or .requires/ directories of other
1792 units. This meant that unit could be loaded from different paths
1793 depending on whether the unit was requested explicitly or as a
1794 dependency of another unit, not honouring the priority of directories
1795 in search path. It also meant that it was possible to successfully
1796 load and start units which are not found in the unit search path, as
1797 long as they were requested as a dependency and linked to from
1798 .wants/ or .requires/. The target paths of those symlinks are not
1799 used for loading units anymore and the unit file must be found in
1800 the search path.
1801
1802 * A new service type has been added: Type=exec. It's very similar to
1803 Type=simple but ensures the service manager will wait for both fork()
1804 and execve() of the main service binary to complete before proceeding
1805 with follow-up units. This is primarily useful so that the manager
1806 propagates any errors in the preparation phase of service execution
1807 back to the job that requested the unit to be started. For example,
1808 consider a service that has ExecStart= set to a file system binary
1809 that doesn't exist. With Type=simple starting the unit would be
1810 considered instantly successful, as only fork() has to complete
1811 successfully and the manager does not wait for execve(), and hence
1812 its failure is seen "too late". With the new Type=exec service type
1813 starting the unit will fail, as the manager will wait for the
1814 execve() and notice its failure, which is then propagated back to the
1815 start job.
1816
1817 NOTE: with the next release 241 of systemd we intend to change the
1818 systemd-run tool to default to Type=exec for transient services
1819 started by it. This should be mostly safe, but in specific corner
1820 cases might result in problems, as the systemd-run tool will then
1821 block on NSS calls (such as user name look-ups due to User=) done
1822 between the fork() and execve(), which under specific circumstances
1823 might cause problems. It is recommended to specify "-p Type=simple"
1824 explicitly in the few cases where this applies. For regular,
1825 non-transient services (i.e. those defined with unit files on disk)
1826 we will continue to default to Type=simple.
1827
1828 * The Linux kernel's current default RLIMIT_NOFILE resource limit for
1829 userspace processes is set to 1024 (soft) and 4096
1830 (hard). Previously, systemd passed this on unmodified to all
1831 processes it forked off. With this systemd release the hard limit
1832 systemd passes on is increased to 512K, overriding the kernel's
1833 defaults and substantially increasing the number of simultaneous file
1834 descriptors unprivileged userspace processes can allocate. Note that
1835 the soft limit remains at 1024 for compatibility reasons: the
1836 traditional UNIX select() call cannot deal with file descriptors >=
1837 1024 and increasing the soft limit globally might thus result in
1838 programs unexpectedly allocating a high file descriptor and thus
1839 failing abnormally when attempting to use it with select() (of
1840 course, programs shouldn't use select() anymore, and prefer
1841 poll()/epoll, but the call unfortunately remains undeservedly popular
1842 at this time). This change reflects the fact that file descriptor
1843 handling in the Linux kernel has been optimized in more recent
1844 kernels and allocating large numbers of them should be much cheaper
1845 both in memory and in performance than it used to be. Programs that
1846 want to take benefit of the increased limit have to "opt-in" into
1847 high file descriptors explicitly by raising their soft limit. Of
1848 course, when they do that they must acknowledge that they cannot use
1849 select() anymore (and neither can any shared library they use — or
1850 any shared library used by any shared library they use and so on).
1851 Which default hard limit is most appropriate is of course hard to
1852 decide. However, given reports that ~300K file descriptors are used
1853 in real-life applications we believe 512K is sufficiently high as new
1854 default for now. Note that there are also reports that using very
1855 high hard limits (e.g. 1G) is problematic: some software allocates
1856 large arrays with one element for each potential file descriptor
1857 (Java, …) — a high hard limit thus triggers excessively large memory
1858 allocations in these applications. Hopefully, the new default of 512K
1859 is a good middle ground: higher than what real-life applications
1860 currently need, and low enough for avoid triggering excessively large
1861 allocations in problematic software. (And yes, somebody should fix
1862 Java.)
1863
1864 * The fs.nr_open and fs.file-max sysctls are now automatically bumped
1865 to the highest possible values, as separate accounting of file
1866 descriptors is no longer necessary, as memcg tracks them correctly as
1867 part of the memory accounting anyway. Thus, from the four limits on
1868 file descriptors currently enforced (fs.file-max, fs.nr_open,
1869 RLIMIT_NOFILE hard, RLIMIT_NOFILE soft) we turn off the first two,
1870 and keep only the latter two. A set of build-time options
1871 (-Dbump-proc-sys-fs-file-max=false and -Dbump-proc-sys-fs-nr-open=false)
1872 has been added to revert this change in behaviour, which might be
1873 an option for systems that turn off memcg in the kernel.
1874
1875 * When no /etc/locale.conf file exists (and hence no locale settings
1876 are in place), systemd will now use the "C.UTF-8" locale by default,
1877 and set LANG= to it. This locale is supported by various
1878 distributions including Fedora, with clear indications that upstream
1879 glibc is going to make it available too. This locale enables UTF-8
1880 mode by default, which appears appropriate for 2018.
1881
1882 * The "net.ipv4.conf.all.rp_filter" sysctl will now be set to 2 by
1883 default. This effectively switches the RFC3704 Reverse Path filtering
1884 from Strict mode to Loose mode. This is more appropriate for hosts
1885 that have multiple links with routes to the same networks (e.g.
1886 a client with a Wi-Fi and Ethernet both connected to the internet).
1887
1888 Consult the kernel documentation for details on this sysctl:
1889 https://www.kernel.org/doc/Documentation/networking/ip-sysctl.txt
1890
1891 * CPUAccounting=yes no longer enables the CPU controller when using
1892 kernel 4.15+ and the unified cgroup hierarchy, as required accounting
1893 statistics are now provided independently from the CPU controller.
1894
1895 * Support for disabling a particular cgroup controller within a sub-tree
1896 has been added through the DisableControllers= directive.
1897
1898 * cgroup_no_v1=all on the kernel command line now also implies
1899 using the unified cgroup hierarchy, unless one explicitly passes
1900 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=0 on the kernel command line.
1901
1902 * The new "MemoryMin=" unit file property may now be used to set the
1903 memory usage protection limit of processes invoked by the unit. This
1904 controls the cgroup v2 memory.min attribute. Similarly, the new
1905 "IODeviceLatencyTargetSec=" property has been added, wrapping the new
1906 cgroup v2 io.latency cgroup property for configuring per-service I/O
1907 latency.
1908
1909 * systemd now supports the cgroup v2 devices BPF logic, as counterpart
1910 to the cgroup v1 "devices" cgroup controller.
1911
1912 * systemd-escape now is able to combine --unescape with --template. It
1913 also learnt a new option --instance for extracting and unescaping the
1914 instance part of a unit name.
1915
1916 * sd-bus now provides the sd_bus_message_readv() which is similar to
1917 sd_bus_message_read() but takes a va_list object. The pair
1918 sd_bus_set_method_call_timeout() and sd_bus_get_method_call_timeout()
1919 has been added for configuring the default method call timeout to
1920 use. sd_bus_error_move() may be used to efficiently move the contents
1921 from one sd_bus_error structure to another, invalidating the
1922 source. sd_bus_set_close_on_exit() and sd_bus_get_close_on_exit() may
1923 be used to control whether a bus connection object is automatically
1924 flushed when an sd-event loop is exited.
1925
1926 * When processing classic BSD syslog log messages, journald will now
1927 save the original time-stamp string supplied in the new
1928 SYSLOG_TIMESTAMP= journal field. This permits consumers to
1929 reconstruct the original BSD syslog message more correctly.
1930
1931 * StandardOutput=/StandardError= in service files gained support for
1932 new "append:…" parameters, for connecting STDOUT/STDERR of a service
1933 to a file, and appending to it.
1934
1935 * The signal to use as last step of killing of unit processes is now
1936 configurable. Previously it was hard-coded to SIGKILL, which may now
1937 be overridden with the new KillSignal= setting. Note that this is the
1938 signal used when regular termination (i.e. SIGTERM) does not suffice.
1939 Similarly, the signal used when aborting a program in case of a
1940 watchdog timeout may now be configured too (WatchdogSignal=).
1941
1942 * The XDG_SESSION_DESKTOP environment variable may now be configured in
1943 the pam_systemd argument line, using the new desktop= switch. This is
1944 useful to initialize it properly from a display manager without
1945 having to touch C code.
1946
1947 * Most configuration options that previously accepted percentage values
1948 now also accept permille values with the '‰' suffix (instead of '%').
1949
1950 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use OpenSSL instead of GnuTLS for
1951 DNS-over-TLS.
1952
1953 * systemd-resolved's configuration file resolved.conf gained a new
1954 option ReadEtcHosts= which may be used to turn off processing and
1955 honoring /etc/hosts entries.
1956
1957 * The "--wait" switch may now be passed to "systemctl
1958 is-system-running", in which case the tool will synchronously wait
1959 until the system finished start-up.
1960
1961 * hostnamed gained a new bus call to determine the DMI product UUID.
1962
1963 * On x86-64 systemd will now prefer using the RDRAND processor
1964 instruction over /dev/urandom whenever it requires randomness that
1965 neither has to be crypto-grade nor should be reproducible. This
1966 should substantially reduce the amount of entropy systemd requests
1967 from the kernel during initialization on such systems, though not
1968 reduce it to zero. (Why not zero? systemd still needs to allocate
1969 UUIDs and such uniquely, which require high-quality randomness.)
1970
1971 * networkd gained support for Foo-Over-UDP, ERSPAN and ISATAP
1972 tunnels. It also gained a new option ForceDHCPv6PDOtherInformation=
1973 for forcing the "Other Information" bit in IPv6 RA messages. The
1974 bonding logic gained four new options AdActorSystemPriority=,
1975 AdUserPortKey=, AdActorSystem= for configuring various 802.3ad
1976 aspects, and DynamicTransmitLoadBalancing= for enabling dynamic
1977 shuffling of flows. The tunnel logic gained a new
1978 IPv6RapidDeploymentPrefix= option for configuring IPv6 Rapid
1979 Deployment. The policy rule logic gained four new options IPProtocol=,
1980 SourcePort= and DestinationPort=, InvertRule=. The bridge logic gained
1981 support for the MulticastToUnicast= option. networkd also gained
1982 support for configuring static IPv4 ARP or IPv6 neighbor entries.
1983
1984 * .preset files (as read by 'systemctl preset') may now be used to
1985 instantiate services.
1986
1987 * /etc/crypttab now understands the sector-size= option to configure
1988 the sector size for an encrypted partition.
1989
1990 * Key material for encrypted disks may now be placed on a formatted
1991 medium, and referenced from /etc/crypttab by the UUID of the file
1992 system, followed by "=" suffixed by the path to the key file.
1993
1994 * The "collect" udev component has been removed without replacement, as
1995 it is neither used nor maintained.
1996
1997 * When the RuntimeDirectory=, StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
1998 LogsDirectory=, ConfigurationDirectory= settings are used in a
1999 service the executed processes will now receive a set of environment
2000 variables containing the full paths of these directories.
2001 Specifically, RUNTIME_DIRECTORY=, STATE_DIRECTORY, CACHE_DIRECTORY,
2002 LOGS_DIRECTORY, CONFIGURATION_DIRECTORY are now set if these options
2003 are used. Note that these options may be used multiple times per
2004 service in which case the resulting paths will be concatenated and
2005 separated by colons.
2006
2007 * Predictable interface naming has been extended to cover InfiniBand
2008 NICs. They will be exposed with an "ib" prefix.
2009
2010 * tmpfiles.d/ line types may now be suffixed with a '-' character, in
2011 which case the respective line failing is ignored.
2012
2013 * .link files may now be used to configure the equivalent to the
2014 "ethtool advertise" commands.
2015
2016 * The sd-device.h and sd-hwdb.h APIs are now exported, as an
2017 alternative to libudev.h. Previously, the latter was just an internal
2018 wrapper around the former, but now these two APIs are exposed
2019 directly.
2020
2021 * sd-id128.h gained a new function sd_id128_get_boot_app_specific()
2022 which calculates an app-specific boot ID similar to how
2023 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() generates an app-specific machine
2024 ID.
2025
2026 * A new tool systemd-id128 has been added that can be used to determine
2027 and generate various 128bit IDs.
2028
2029 * /etc/os-release gained two new standardized fields DOCUMENTATION_URL=
2030 and LOGO=.
2031
2032 * systemd-hibernate-resume-generator will now honor the "noresume"
2033 kernel command line option, in which case it will bypass resuming
2034 from any hibernated image.
2035
2036 * The systemd-sleep.conf configuration file gained new options
2037 AllowSuspend=, AllowHibernation=, AllowSuspendThenHibernate=,
2038 AllowHybridSleep= for prohibiting specific sleep modes even if the
2039 kernel exports them.
2040
2041 * portablectl is now officially supported and has thus moved to
2042 /usr/bin/.
2043
2044 * bootctl learnt the two new commands "set-default" and "set-oneshot"
2045 for setting the default boot loader item to boot to (either
2046 persistently or only for the next boot). This is currently only
2047 compatible with sd-boot, but may be implemented on other boot loaders
2048 too, that follow the boot loader interface. The updated interface is
2049 now documented here:
2050
2051 https://systemd.io/BOOT_LOADER_INTERFACE
2052
2053 * A new kernel command line option systemd.early_core_pattern= is now
2054 understood which may be used to influence the core_pattern PID 1
2055 installs during early boot.
2056
2057 * busctl learnt two new options -j and --json= for outputting method
2058 call replies, properties and monitoring output in JSON.
2059
2060 * journalctl's JSON output now supports simple ANSI coloring as well as
2061 a new "json-seq" mode for generating RFC7464 output.
2062
2063 * Unit files now support the %g/%G specifiers that resolve to the UNIX
2064 group/GID of the service manager runs as, similar to the existing
2065 %u/%U specifiers that resolve to the UNIX user/UID.
2066
2067 * systemd-logind learnt a new global configuration option
2068 UserStopDelaySec= that may be set in logind.conf. It specifies how
2069 long the systemd --user instance shall remain started after a user
2070 logs out. This is useful to speed up repetitive re-connections of the
2071 same user, as it means the user's service manager doesn't have to be
2072 stopped/restarted on each iteration, but can be reused between
2073 subsequent options. This setting defaults to 10s. systemd-logind also
2074 exports two new properties on its Manager D-Bus objects indicating
2075 whether the system's lid is currently closed, and whether the system
2076 is on AC power.
2077
2078 * systemd gained support for a generic boot counting logic, which
2079 generically permits automatic reverting to older boot loader entries
2080 if newer updated ones don't work. The boot loader side is implemented
2081 in sd-boot, but is kept open for other boot loaders too. For details
2082 see:
2083
2084 https://systemd.io/AUTOMATIC_BOOT_ASSESSMENT
2085
2086 * The SuccessAction=/FailureAction= unit file settings now learnt two
2087 new parameters: "exit" and "exit-force", which result in immediate
2088 exiting of the service manager, and are only useful in systemd --user
2089 and container environments.
2090
2091 * Unit files gained support for a pair of options
2092 FailureActionExitStatus=/SuccessActionExitStatus= for configuring the
2093 exit status to use as service manager exit status when
2094 SuccessAction=/FailureAction= is set to exit or exit-force.
2095
2096 * A pair of LogRateLimitIntervalSec=/LogRateLimitBurst= per-service
2097 options may now be used to configure the log rate limiting applied by
2098 journald per-service.
2099
2100 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "timespan" for parsing and
2101 normalizing time span values (i.e. strings like "5min 7s 8us").
2102
2103 * systemd-analyze also gained a new verb "security" for analyzing the
2104 security and sand-boxing settings of services in order to determine an
2105 "exposure level" for them, indicating whether a service would benefit
2106 from more sand-boxing options turned on for them.
2107
2108 * "systemd-analyze syscall-filter" will now also show system calls
2109 supported by the local kernel but not included in any of the defined
2110 groups.
2111
2112 * .nspawn files now understand the Ephemeral= setting, matching the
2113 --ephemeral command line switch.
2114
2115 * sd-event gained the new APIs sd_event_source_get_floating() and
2116 sd_event_source_set_floating() for controlling whether a specific
2117 event source is "floating", i.e. destroyed along with the even loop
2118 object itself.
2119
2120 * Unit objects on D-Bus gained a new "Refs" property that lists all
2121 clients that currently have a reference on the unit (to ensure it is
2122 not unloaded).
2123
2124 * The JoinControllers= option in system.conf is no longer supported, as
2125 it didn't work correctly, is hard to support properly, is legacy (as
2126 the concept only exists on cgroup v1) and apparently wasn't used.
2127
2128 * Journal messages that are generated whenever a unit enters the failed
2129 state are now tagged with a unique MESSAGE_ID. Similarly, messages
2130 generated whenever a service process exits are now made recognizable,
2131 too. A tagged message is also emitted whenever a unit enters the
2132 "dead" state on success.
2133
2134 * systemd-run gained a new switch --working-directory= for configuring
2135 the working directory of the service to start. A shortcut -d is
2136 equivalent, setting the working directory of the service to the
2137 current working directory of the invoking program. The new --shell
2138 (or just -S) option has been added for invoking the $SHELL of the
2139 caller as a service, and implies --pty --same-dir --wait --collect
2140 --service-type=exec. Or in other words, "systemd-run -S" is now the
2141 quickest way to quickly get an interactive in a fully clean and
2142 well-defined system service context.
2143
2144 * machinectl gained a new verb "import-fs" for importing an OS tree
2145 from a directory. Moreover, when a directory or tarball is imported
2146 and single top-level directory found with the OS itself below the OS
2147 tree is automatically mangled and moved one level up.
2148
2149 * systemd-importd will no longer set up an implicit btrfs loop-back
2150 file system on /var/lib/machines. If one is already set up, it will
2151 continue to be used.
2152
2153 * A new generator "systemd-run-generator" has been added. It will
2154 synthesize a unit from one or more program command lines included in
2155 the kernel command line. This is very useful in container managers
2156 for example:
2157
2158 # systemd-nspawn -i someimage.raw -b systemd.run='"some command line"'
2159
2160 This will run "systemd-nspawn" on an image, invoke the specified
2161 command line and immediately shut down the container again, returning
2162 the command line's exit code.
2163
2164 * The block device locking logic is now documented:
2165
2166 https://systemd.io/BLOCK_DEVICE_LOCKING
2167
2168 * loginctl and machinectl now optionally output the various tables in
2169 JSON using the --output= switch. It is our intention to add similar
2170 support to systemctl and all other commands.
2171
2172 * udevadm's query and trigger verb now optionally take a .device unit
2173 name as argument.
2174
2175 * systemd-udevd's network naming logic now understands a new
2176 net.naming-scheme= kernel command line switch, which may be used to
2177 pick a specific version of the naming scheme. This helps stabilizing
2178 interface names even as systemd/udev are updated and the naming logic
2179 is improved.
2180
2181 * sd-id128.h learnt two new auxiliary helpers: sd_id128_is_allf() and
2182 SD_ID128_ALLF to test if a 128bit ID is set to all 0xFF bytes, and to
2183 initialize one to all 0xFF.
2184
2185 * After loading the SELinux policy systemd will now recursively relabel
2186 all files and directories listed in
2187 /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/*.relabel (which should be simple
2188 newline separated lists of paths) in addition to the ones it already
2189 implicitly relabels in /run, /dev and /sys. After the relabelling is
2190 completed the *.relabel files (and /run/systemd/relabel-extra.d/) are
2191 removed. This is useful to permit initrds (i.e. code running before
2192 the SELinux policy is in effect) to generate files in the host
2193 filesystem safely and ensure that the correct label is applied during
2194 the transition to the host OS.
2195
2196 * KERNEL API BREAKAGE: Linux kernel 4.18 changed behaviour regarding
2197 mknod() handling in user namespaces. Previously mknod() would always
2198 fail with EPERM in user namespaces. Since 4.18 mknod() will succeed
2199 but device nodes generated that way cannot be opened, and attempts to
2200 open them result in EPERM. This breaks the "graceful fallback" logic
2201 in systemd's PrivateDevices= sand-boxing option. This option is
2202 implemented defensively, so that when systemd detects it runs in a
2203 restricted environment (such as a user namespace, or an environment
2204 where mknod() is blocked through seccomp or absence of CAP_SYS_MKNOD)
2205 where device nodes cannot be created the effect of PrivateDevices= is
2206 bypassed (following the logic that 2nd-level sand-boxing is not
2207 essential if the system systemd runs in is itself already sand-boxed
2208 as a whole). This logic breaks with 4.18 in container managers where
2209 user namespacing is used: suddenly PrivateDevices= succeeds setting
2210 up a private /dev/ file system containing devices nodes — but when
2211 these are opened they don't work.
2212
2213 At this point it is recommended that container managers utilizing
2214 user namespaces that intend to run systemd in the payload explicitly
2215 block mknod() with seccomp or similar, so that the graceful fallback
2216 logic works again.
2217
2218 We are very sorry for the breakage and the requirement to change
2219 container configurations for newer kernels. It's purely caused by an
2220 incompatible kernel change. The relevant kernel developers have been
2221 notified about this userspace breakage quickly, but they chose to
2222 ignore it.
2223
2224 * PermissionsStartOnly= setting is deprecated (but is still supported
2225 for backwards compatibility). The same functionality is provided by
2226 the more flexible "+", "!", and "!!" prefixes to ExecStart= and other
2227 commands.
2228
2229 * $DBUS_SESSION_BUS_ADDRESS environment variable is not set by
2230 pam_systemd anymore.
2231
2232 * The naming scheme for network devices was changed to always rename
2233 devices, even if they were already renamed by userspace. The "kernel"
2234 policy was changed to only apply as a fallback, if no other naming
2235 policy took effect.
2236
2237 * The requirements to build systemd is bumped to meson-0.46 and
2238 python-3.5.
2239
2240 Contributions from: afg, Alan Jenkins, Aleksei Timofeyev, Alexander
2241 Filippov, Alexander Kurtz, Alexey Bogdanenko, Andreas Henriksson,
2242 Andrew Jorgensen, Anita Zhang, apnix-uk, Arkan49, Arseny Maslennikov,
2243 asavah, Asbjørn Apeland, aszlig, Bastien Nocera, Ben Boeckel, Benedikt
2244 Morbach, Benjamin Berg, Bruce Zhang, Carlo Caione, Cedric Viou, Chen
2245 Qi, Chris Chiu, Chris Down, Chris Morin, Christian Rebischke, Claudius
2246 Ellsel, Colin Guthrie, dana, Daniel, Daniele Medri, Daniel Kahn
2247 Gillmor, Daniel Rusek, Daniel van Vugt, Dariusz Gadomski, Dave Reisner,
2248 David Anderson, Davide Cavalca, David Leeds, David Malcolm, David
2249 Strauss, David Tardon, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Torokhov, dj-kaktus,
2250 Dongsu Park, Elias Probst, Emil Soleyman, Erik Kooistra, Ervin Peters,
2251 Evgeni Golov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabrice Fontaine, Faheel Ahmad,
2252 Faizal Luthfi, Felix Yan, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Frank
2253 Schaefer, Frantisek Sumsal, Gautier Husson, Gianluca Boiano, Giuseppe
2254 Scrivano, glitsj16, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Harry Mallon, Harshit
2255 Jain, Helmut Grohne, Henry Tung, Hui Yiqun, imayoda, Insun Pyo, Iwan
2256 Timmer, Jan Janssen, Jan Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2257 javitoom, Jérémy Nouhaud, Jeremy Su, Jiuyang Liu, João Paulo Rechi
2258 Vita, Joe Hershberger, Joe Rayhawk, Joerg Behrmann, Joerg Steffens,
2259 Jonas Dorel, Jon Ringle, Josh Soref, Julian Andres Klode, Jun Bo Bi,
2260 Jürg Billeter, Keith Busch, Khem Raj, Kirill Marinushkin, Larry
2261 Bernstone, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Li Song, Lorenz
2262 Hübschle-Schneider, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Ludwin Janvier,
2263 Lukáš Nykrýn, Luke Shumaker, mal, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcin
2264 Skarbek, Marco Trevisan (Treviño), Marian Cepok, Mario Hros, Marko
2265 Myllynen, Markus Grimm, Martin Pitt, Martin Sobotka, Martin Wilck,
2266 Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matthew Leeds, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
2267 Michael 'pbone' Pobega, Michael Scherer, Michal Koutný, Michal
2268 Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike Gilbert, Mike Palmer, Muhammet Kara, Neal
2269 Gompa, Neil Brown, Network Silence, Niklas Tibbling, Nikolas Nyby,
2270 Nogisaka Sadata, Oliver Smith, Patrik Flykt, Pavel Hrdina, Paweł
2271 Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reinhold Mueller,
2272 Renaud Métrich, Roman Gushchin, Ronny Chevalier, Rubén Suárez Alvarez,
2273 Ruixin Bao, RussianNeuroMancer, Ryutaroh Matsumoto, Saleem Rashid, Sam
2274 Morris, Samuel Morris, Sandy Carter, scootergrisen, Sébastien Bacher,
2275 Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shengyao Xue, Shih-Yuan Lee
2276 (FourDollars), Silvio Knizek, Sjoerd Simons, Stasiek Michalski, Stephen
2277 Gallagher, Steven Allen, Steve Ramage, Susant Sahani, Sven Joachim,
2278 Sylvain Plantefève, Tanu Kaskinen, Tejun Heo, Thiago Macieira, Thomas
2279 Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tim Ruffing, TJ, Tobias
2280 Jungel, Todd Walton, Tommi Rantala, Tomsod M, Tony Novak, Tore
2281 Anderson, Trevonn, Victor Laskurain, Victor Tapia, Violet Halo, Vojtech
2282 Trefny, welaq, William A. Kennington III, William Douglas, Wyatt Ward,
2283 Xiang Fan, Xi Ruoyao, Xuanwo, Yann E. Morin, YmrDtnJu, Yu Watanabe,
2284 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zhang Xianwei, Zsolt Dollenstein
2285
2286 — Warsaw, 2018-12-21
2287
2288 CHANGES WITH 239:
2289
2290 * NETWORK INTERFACE DEVICE NAMING CHANGES: systemd-udevd's "net_id"
2291 builtin will name network interfaces differently than in previous
2292 versions for virtual network interfaces created with SR-IOV and NPAR
2293 and for devices where the PCI network controller device does not have
2294 a slot number associated.
2295
2296 SR-IOV virtual devices are now named based on the name of the parent
2297 interface, with a suffix of "v<N>", where <N> is the virtual device
2298 number. Previously those virtual devices were named as if completely
2299 independent.
2300
2301 The ninth and later NPAR virtual devices will be named following the
2302 scheme used for the first eight NPAR partitions. Previously those
2303 devices were not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2304
2305 "net_id" will also generate names for PCI devices where the PCI
2306 network controller device does not have an associated slot number
2307 itself, but one of its parents does. Previously those devices were
2308 not renamed and the kernel default (eth<n>) was used.
2309
2310 * AF_INET and AF_INET6 are dropped from RestrictAddressFamilies= in
2311 systemd-logind.service. Since v235, IPAddressDeny=any has been set to
2312 the unit. So, it is expected that the default behavior of
2313 systemd-logind is not changed. However, if distribution packagers or
2314 administrators disabled or modified IPAddressDeny= setting by a
2315 drop-in config file, then it may be necessary to update the file to
2316 re-enable AF_INET and AF_INET6 to support network user name services,
2317 e.g. NIS.
2318
2319 * When the RestrictNamespaces= unit property is specified multiple
2320 times, then the specified types are merged now. Previously, only the
2321 last assignment was used. So, if distribution packagers or
2322 administrators modified the setting by a drop-in config file, then it
2323 may be necessary to update the file.
2324
2325 * When OnFailure= is used in combination with Restart= on a service
2326 unit, then the specified units will no longer be triggered on
2327 failures that result in restarting. Previously, the specified units
2328 would be activated each time the unit failed, even when the unit was
2329 going to be restarted automatically. This behaviour contradicted the
2330 documentation. With this release the code is adjusted to match the
2331 documentation.
2332
2333 * systemd-tmpfiles will now print a notice whenever it encounters
2334 tmpfiles.d/ lines referencing the /var/run/ directory. It will
2335 recommend reworking them to use the /run/ directory instead (for
2336 which /var/run/ is simply a symlinked compatibility alias). This way
2337 systemd-tmpfiles can properly detect line conflicts and merge lines
2338 referencing the same file by two paths, without having to access
2339 them.
2340
2341 * systemctl disable/unmask/preset/preset-all cannot be used with
2342 --runtime. Previously this was allowed, but resulted in unintuitive
2343 behaviour that wasn't useful. systemctl disable/unmask will now undo
2344 both runtime and persistent enablement/masking, i.e. it will remove
2345 any relevant symlinks both in /run and /etc.
2346
2347 * Note that all long-running system services shipped with systemd will
2348 now default to a system call whitelist (rather than a blacklist, as
2349 before). In particular, systemd-udevd will now enforce one too. For
2350 most cases this should be safe, however downstream distributions
2351 which disabled sandboxing of systemd-udevd (specifically the
2352 MountFlags= setting), might want to disable this security feature
2353 too, as the default whitelisting will prohibit all mount, swap,
2354 reboot and clock changing operations from udev rules.
2355
2356 * sd-boot acquired new loader configuration settings to optionally turn
2357 off Windows and MacOS boot partition discovery as well as
2358 reboot-into-firmware menu items. It is also able to pick a better
2359 screen resolution for HiDPI systems, and now provides loader
2360 configuration settings to change the resolution explicitly.
2361
2362 * systemd-resolved now supports DNS-over-TLS. It's still
2363 turned off by default, use DNSOverTLS=opportunistic to turn it on in
2364 resolved.conf. We intend to make this the default as soon as couple
2365 of additional techniques for optimizing the initial latency caused by
2366 establishing a TLS/TCP connection are implemented.
2367
2368 * systemd-resolved.service and systemd-networkd.service now set
2369 DynamicUser=yes. The users systemd-resolve and systemd-network are
2370 not created by systemd-sysusers anymore.
2371
2372 NOTE: This has a chance of breaking nss-ldap and similar NSS modules
2373 that embed a network facing module into any process using getpwuid()
2374 or related call: the dynamic allocation of the user ID for
2375 systemd-resolved.service means the service manager has to check NSS
2376 if the user name is already taken when forking off the service. Since
2377 the user in the common case won't be defined in /etc/passwd the
2378 lookup is likely to trigger nss-ldap which in turn might use NSS to
2379 ask systemd-resolved for hostname lookups. This will hence result in
2380 a deadlock: a user name lookup in order to start
2381 systemd-resolved.service will result in a hostname lookup for which
2382 systemd-resolved.service needs to be started already. There are
2383 multiple ways to work around this problem: pre-allocate the
2384 "systemd-resolve" user on such systems, so that nss-ldap won't be
2385 triggered; or use a different NSS package that doesn't do networking
2386 in-process but provides a local asynchronous name cache; or configure
2387 the NSS package to avoid lookups for UIDs in the range `pkg-config
2388 systemd --variable=dynamicuidmin` … `pkg-config systemd
2389 --variable=dynamicuidmax`, so that it does not consider itself
2390 authoritative for the same UID range systemd allocates dynamic users
2391 from.
2392
2393 * The systemd-resolve tool has been renamed to resolvectl (it also
2394 remains available under the old name, for compatibility), and its
2395 interface is now verb-based, similar in style to the other <xyz>ctl
2396 tools, such as systemctl or loginctl.
2397
2398 * The resolvectl/systemd-resolve tool also provides 'resolvconf'
2399 compatibility. It may be symlinked under the 'resolvconf' name, in
2400 which case it will take arguments and input compatible with the
2401 Debian and FreeBSD resolvconf tool.
2402
2403 * Support for suspend-then-hibernate has been added, i.e. a sleep mode
2404 where the system initially suspends, and after a timeout resumes and
2405 hibernates again.
2406
2407 * networkd's ClientIdentifier= now accepts a new option "duid-only". If
2408 set the client will only send a DUID as client identifier.
2409
2410 * The nss-systemd glibc NSS module will now enumerate dynamic users and
2411 groups in effect. Previously, it could resolve UIDs/GIDs to user
2412 names/groups and vice versa, but did not support enumeration.
2413
2414 * journald's Compress= configuration setting now optionally accepts a
2415 byte threshold value. All journal objects larger than this threshold
2416 will be compressed, smaller ones will not. Previously this threshold
2417 was not configurable and set to 512.
2418
2419 * A new system.conf setting NoNewPrivileges= is now available which may
2420 be used to turn off acquisition of new privileges system-wide
2421 (i.e. set Linux' PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS for PID 1 itself, and thus also
2422 for all its children). Note that turning this option on means setuid
2423 binaries and file system capabilities lose their special powers.
2424 While turning on this option is a big step towards a more secure
2425 system, doing so is likely to break numerous pre-existing UNIX tools,
2426 in particular su and sudo.
2427
2428 * A new service systemd-time-sync-wait.service has been added. If
2429 enabled it will delay the time-sync.target unit at boot until time
2430 synchronization has been received from the network. This
2431 functionality is useful on systems lacking a local RTC or where it is
2432 acceptable that the boot process shall be delayed by external network
2433 services.
2434
2435 * When hibernating, systemd will now inform the kernel of the image
2436 write offset, on kernels new enough to support this. This means swap
2437 files should work for hibernation now.
2438
2439 * When loading unit files, systemd will now look for drop-in unit files
2440 extensions in additional places. Previously, for a unit file name
2441 "foo-bar-baz.service" it would look for dropin files in
2442 "foo-bar-baz.service.d/*.conf". Now, it will also look in
2443 "foo-bar-.service.d/*.conf" and "foo-.service.d/", i.e. at the
2444 service name truncated after all inner dashes. This scheme allows
2445 writing drop-ins easily that apply to a whole set of unit files at
2446 once. It's particularly useful for mount and slice units (as their
2447 naming is prefix based), but is also useful for service and other
2448 units, for packages that install multiple unit files at once,
2449 following a strict naming regime of beginning the unit file name with
2450 the package's name. Two new specifiers are now supported in unit
2451 files to match this: %j and %J are replaced by the part of the unit
2452 name following the last dash.
2453
2454 * Unit files and other configuration files that support specifier
2455 expansion now understand another three new specifiers: %T and %V will
2456 resolve to /tmp and /var/tmp respectively, or whatever temporary
2457 directory has been set for the calling user. %E will expand to either
2458 /etc (for system units) or $XDG_CONFIG_HOME (for user units).
2459
2460 * The ExecStart= lines of unit files are no longer required to
2461 reference absolute paths. If non-absolute paths are specified the
2462 specified binary name is searched within the service manager's
2463 built-in $PATH, which may be queried with 'systemd-path
2464 search-binaries-default'. It's generally recommended to continue to
2465 use absolute paths for all binaries specified in unit files.
2466
2467 * Units gained a new load state "bad-setting", which is used when a
2468 unit file was loaded, but contained fatal errors which prevent it
2469 from being started (for example, a service unit has been defined
2470 lacking both ExecStart= and ExecStop= lines).
2471
2472 * coredumpctl's "gdb" verb has been renamed to "debug", in order to
2473 support alternative debuggers, for example lldb. The old name
2474 continues to be available however, for compatibility reasons. Use the
2475 new --debugger= switch or the $SYSTEMD_DEBUGGER environment variable
2476 to pick an alternative debugger instead of the default gdb.
2477
2478 * systemctl and the other tools will now output escape sequences that
2479 generate proper clickable hyperlinks in various terminal emulators
2480 where useful (for example, in the "systemctl status" output you can
2481 now click on the unit file name to quickly open it in the
2482 editor/viewer of your choice). Note that not all terminal emulators
2483 support this functionality yet, but many do. Unfortunately, the
2484 "less" pager doesn't support this yet, hence this functionality is
2485 currently automatically turned off when a pager is started (which
2486 happens quite often due to auto-paging). We hope to remove this
2487 limitation as soon as "less" learns these escape sequences. This new
2488 behaviour may also be turned off explicitly with the $SYSTEMD_URLIFY
2489 environment variable. For details on these escape sequences see:
2490 https://gist.github.com/egmontkob/eb114294efbcd5adb1944c9f3cb5feda
2491
2492 * networkd's .network files now support a new IPv6MTUBytes= option for
2493 setting the MTU used by IPv6 explicitly as well as a new MTUBytes=
2494 option in the [Route] section to configure the MTU to use for
2495 specific routes. It also gained support for configuration of the DHCP
2496 "UserClass" option through the new UserClass= setting. It gained
2497 three new options in the new [CAN] section for configuring CAN
2498 networks. The MULTICAST and ALLMULTI interface flags may now be
2499 controlled explicitly with the new Multicast= and AllMulticast=
2500 settings.
2501
2502 * networkd will now automatically make use of the kernel's route
2503 expiration feature, if it is available.
2504
2505 * udevd's .link files now support setting the number of receive and
2506 transmit channels, using the RxChannels=, TxChannels=,
2507 OtherChannels=, CombinedChannels= settings.
2508
2509 * Support for UDPSegmentationOffload= has been removed, given its
2510 limited support in hardware, and waning software support.
2511
2512 * networkd's .netdev files now support creating "netdevsim" interfaces.
2513
2514 * PID 1 learnt a new bus call GetUnitByControlGroup() which may be used
2515 to query the unit belonging to a specific kernel control group.
2516
2517 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "cat-config", which may be used to
2518 dump the contents of any configuration file, with all its matching
2519 drop-in files added in, and honouring the usual search and masking
2520 logic applied to systemd configuration files. For example use
2521 "systemd-analyze cat-config systemd/system.conf" to get the complete
2522 system configuration file of systemd how it would be loaded by PID 1
2523 itself. Similar to this, various tools such as systemd-tmpfiles or
2524 systemd-sysusers, gained a new option "--cat-config", which does the
2525 corresponding operation for their own configuration settings. For
2526 example, "systemd-tmpfiles --cat-config" will now output the full
2527 list of tmpfiles.d/ lines in place.
2528
2529 * timedatectl gained three new verbs: "show" shows bus properties of
2530 systemd-timedated, "timesync-status" shows the current NTP
2531 synchronization state of systemd-timesyncd, and "show-timesync"
2532 shows bus properties of systemd-timesyncd.
2533
2534 * systemd-timesyncd gained a bus interface on which it exposes details
2535 about its state.
2536
2537 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_TIMEDATED_NTP_SERVICES is now
2538 understood by systemd-timedated. It takes a colon-separated list of
2539 unit names of NTP client services. The list is used by
2540 "timedatectl set-ntp".
2541
2542 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --rlimit= switch for setting initial
2543 resource limits for the container payload. There's a new switch
2544 --hostname= to explicitly override the container's hostname. A new
2545 --no-new-privileges= switch may be used to control the
2546 PR_SET_NO_NEW_PRIVS flag for the container payload. A new
2547 --oom-score-adjust= switch controls the OOM scoring adjustment value
2548 for the payload. The new --cpu-affinity= switch controls the CPU
2549 affinity of the container payload. The new --resolv-conf= switch
2550 allows more detailed control of /etc/resolv.conf handling of the
2551 container. Similarly, the new --timezone= switch allows more detailed
2552 control of /etc/localtime handling of the container.
2553
2554 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --list switch, which will print a
2555 list of all currently known VM and container environments.
2556
2557 * Support for "Portable Services" has been added, see
2558 doc/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md for details. Currently, the support is still
2559 experimental, but this is expected to change soon. Reflecting this
2560 experimental state, the "portablectl" binary is not installed into
2561 /usr/bin yet. The binary has to be called with the full path
2562 /usr/lib/systemd/portablectl instead.
2563
2564 * journalctl's and systemctl's -o switch now knows a new log output
2565 mode "with-unit". The output it generates is very similar to the
2566 regular "short" mode, but displays the unit name instead of the
2567 syslog tag for each log line. Also, the date is shown with timezone
2568 information. This mode is probably more useful than the classic
2569 "short" output mode for most purposes, except where pixel-perfect
2570 compatibility with classic /var/log/messages formatting is required.
2571
2572 * A new --dump-bus-properties switch has been added to the systemd
2573 binary, which may be used to dump all supported D-Bus properties.
2574 (Options which are still supported, but are deprecated, are *not*
2575 shown.)
2576
2577 * sd-bus gained a set of new calls:
2578 sd_bus_slot_set_floating()/sd_bus_slot_get_floating() may be used to
2579 enable/disable the "floating" state of a bus slot object,
2580 i.e. whether the slot object pins the bus it is allocated for into
2581 memory or if the bus slot object gets disconnected when the bus goes
2582 away. sd_bus_open_with_description(),
2583 sd_bus_open_user_with_description(),
2584 sd_bus_open_system_with_description() may be used to allocate bus
2585 objects and set their description string already during allocation.
2586
2587 * sd-event gained support for watching inotify events from the event
2588 loop, in an efficient way, sharing inotify handles between multiple
2589 users. For this a new function sd_event_add_inotify() has been added.
2590
2591 * sd-event and sd-bus gained support for calling special user-supplied
2592 destructor functions for userdata pointers associated with
2593 sd_event_source, sd_bus_slot, and sd_bus_track objects. For this new
2594 functions sd_bus_slot_set_destroy_callback,
2595 sd_bus_slot_get_destroy_callback, sd_bus_track_set_destroy_callback,
2596 sd_bus_track_get_destroy_callback,
2597 sd_event_source_set_destroy_callback,
2598 sd_event_source_get_destroy_callback have been added.
2599
2600 * The "net.ipv4.tcp_ecn" sysctl will now be turned on by default.
2601
2602 * PID 1 will now automatically reschedule .timer units whenever the
2603 local timezone changes. (They previously got rescheduled
2604 automatically when the system clock changed.)
2605
2606 * New documentation has been added to document cgroups delegation,
2607 portable services and the various code quality tools we have set up:
2608
2609 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CGROUP_DELEGATION.md
2610 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/PORTABLE_SERVICES.md
2611 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/CODE_QUALITY.md
2612
2613 * The Boot Loader Specification has been added to the source tree.
2614
2615 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/BOOT_LOADER_SPECIFICATION.md
2616
2617 While moving it into our source tree we have updated it and further
2618 changes are now accepted through the usual github PR workflow.
2619
2620 * pam_systemd will now look for PAM userdata fields systemd.memory_max,
2621 systemd.tasks_max, systemd.cpu_weight, systemd.io_weight set by
2622 earlier PAM modules. The data in these fields is used to initialize
2623 the session scope's resource properties. Thus external PAM modules
2624 may now configure per-session limits, for example sourced from
2625 external user databases.
2626
2627 * socket units with Accept=yes will now maintain a "refused" counter in
2628 addition to the existing "accepted" counter, counting connections
2629 refused due to the enforced limits.
2630
2631 * The "systemd-path search-binaries-default" command may now be use to
2632 query the default, built-in $PATH PID 1 will pass to the services it
2633 manages.
2634
2635 * A new unit file setting PrivateMounts= has been added. It's a boolean
2636 option. If enabled the unit's processes are invoked in their own file
2637 system namespace. Note that this behaviour is also implied if any
2638 other file system namespacing options (such as PrivateTmp=,
2639 PrivateDevices=, ProtectSystem=, …) are used. This option is hence
2640 primarily useful for services that do not use any of the other file
2641 system namespacing options. One such service is systemd-udevd.service
2642 where this is now used by default.
2643
2644 * ConditionSecurity= gained a new value "uefi-secureboot" that is true
2645 when the system is booted in UEFI "secure mode".
2646
2647 * A new unit "system-update-pre.target" is added, which defines an
2648 optional synchronization point for offline system updates, as
2649 implemented by the pre-existing "system-update.target" unit. It
2650 allows ordering services before the service that executes the actual
2651 update process in a generic way.
2652
2653 * Systemd now emits warnings whenever .include syntax is used.
2654
2655 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alessandro Casale,
2656 Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gartrell, Anssi Hannula, Arnaud Rebillout, Brian
2657 J. Murrell, Bruno Vernay, Chris Lamb, Chris Lesiak, Christian Brauner,
2658 Christian Hesse, Christian Rebischke, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Dao, Daniel
2659 Lin, Danylo Korostil, Davide Cavalca, David Tardon, Dimitri John
2660 Ledkov, Dmitriy Geels, Douglas Christman, Elia Geretto, emelenas, Emil
2661 Velikov, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Feng Sun, Filipe
2662 Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib, Giuseppe Scrivano, Guillem Jover,
2663 guixxx, Hannes Reinecke, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Henrique Dante de
2664 Almeida, Hiram van Paassen, Ian Miell, Igor Gnatenko, Ivan Shapovalov,
2665 Iwan Timmer, James Cowgill, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Jared Kazimir,
2666 Jérémy Rosen, João Paulo Rechi Vita, Joost Heitbrink, Jui-Chi Ricky
2667 Liang, Jürg Billeter, Kai-Heng Feng, Karol Augustin, Kay Sievers,
2668 Krzysztof Nowicki, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Leonard König,
2669 Long Li, Luca Boccassi, Lucas Werkmeister, Marcel Hoppe, Marc
2670 Kleine-Budde, Mario Limonciello, Martin Jansa, Martin Wilck, Mathieu
2671 Malaterre, Matteo F. Vescovi, Matthew McGinn, Matthias-Christian Ott,
2672 Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Prokop, Michal Koutný, Michal
2673 Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Mikhail Kasimov, Milan Broz, Milan Pässler,
2674 Mladen Pejaković, Muhammet Kara, Nicolas Boichat, Omer Katz, Paride
2675 Legovini, Paul Menzel, Paul Milliken, Pavel Hrdina, Peter A. Bigot,
2676 Peter D'Hoye, Peter Hutterer, Peter Jones, Philip Sequeira, Philip
2677 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Radostin Stoyanov, Ricardo Salveti de Araujo,
2678 Ronny Chevalier, Rosen Penev, Rubén Suárez Alvarez, Ryan Gonzalez,
2679 Salvo Tomaselli, Sebastian Reichel, Sergey Ptashnick, Sergio Lindo
2680 Mansilla, Stefan Schweter, Stephen Hemminger, Stuart Hayes, Susant
2681 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel,
2682 Tomasz Torcz, Vito Caputo, Will Dietz, Will Thompson, Wim van Mourik,
2683 Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
2684
2685 — Berlin, 2018-06-22
2686
2687 CHANGES WITH 238:
2688
2689 * The MemoryAccounting= unit property now defaults to on. After
2690 discussions with the upstream control group maintainers we learnt
2691 that the negative impact of cgroup memory accounting on current
2692 kernels is finally relatively minimal, so that it should be safe to
2693 enable this by default without affecting system performance. Besides
2694 memory accounting only task accounting is turned on by default, all
2695 other forms of resource accounting (CPU, IO, IP) remain off for now,
2696 because it's not clear yet that their impact is small enough to move
2697 from opt-in to opt-out. We recommend downstreams to leave memory
2698 accounting on by default if kernel 4.14 or higher is primarily
2699 used. On very resource constrained systems or when support for old
2700 kernels is a necessity, -Dmemory-accounting-default=false can be used
2701 to revert this change.
2702
2703 * rpm scriptlets to update the udev hwdb and rules (%udev_hwdb_update,
2704 %udev_rules_update) and the journal catalog (%journal_catalog_update)
2705 from the upgrade scriptlets of individual packages now do nothing.
2706 Transfiletriggers have been added which will perform those updates
2707 once at the end of the transaction.
2708
2709 Similar transfiletriggers have been added to execute any sysctl.d
2710 and binfmt.d rules. Thus, it should be unnecessary to provide any
2711 scriptlets to execute this configuration from package installation
2712 scripts.
2713
2714 * systemd-sysusers gained a mode where the configuration to execute is
2715 specified on the command line, but this configuration is not executed
2716 directly, but instead it is merged with the configuration on disk,
2717 and the result is executed. This is useful for package installation
2718 scripts which want to create the user before installing any files on
2719 disk (in case some of those files are owned by that user), while
2720 still allowing local admin overrides.
2721
2722 This functionality is exposed to rpm scriptlets through a new
2723 %sysusers_create_package macro. Old %sysusers_create and
2724 %sysusers_create_inline macros are deprecated.
2725
2726 A transfiletrigger for sysusers.d configuration is now installed,
2727 which means that it should be unnecessary to call systemd-sysusers from
2728 package installation scripts, unless the package installs any files
2729 owned by those newly-created users, in which case
2730 %sysusers_create_package should be used.
2731
2732 * Analogous change has been done for systemd-tmpfiles: it gained a mode
2733 where the command-line configuration is merged with the configuration
2734 on disk. This is exposed as the new %tmpfiles_create_package macro,
2735 and %tmpfiles_create is deprecated. A transfiletrigger is installed
2736 for tmpfiles.d, hence it should be unnecessary to call systemd-tmpfiles
2737 from package installation scripts.
2738
2739 * sysusers.d configuration for a user may now also specify the group
2740 number, in addition to the user number ("u username 123:456"), or
2741 without the user number ("u username -:456").
2742
2743 * Configution items for systemd-sysusers can now be specified as
2744 positional arguments when the new --inline switch is used.
2745
2746 * The login shell of users created through sysusers.d may now be
2747 specified (previously, it was always /bin/sh for root and
2748 /sbin/nologin for other users).
2749
2750 * systemd-analyze gained a new --global switch to look at global user
2751 configuration. It also gained a unit-paths verb to list the unit load
2752 paths that are compiled into systemd (which can be used with
2753 --systemd, --user, or --global).
2754
2755 * udevadm trigger gained a new --settle/-w option to wait for any
2756 triggered events to finish (but just those, and not any other events
2757 which are triggered meanwhile).
2758
2759 * The action that systemd-logind takes when the lid is closed and the
2760 machine is connected to external power can now be configured using
2761 HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= in logind.conf. Previously, this action
2762 was determined by HandleLidSwitch=, and, for backwards compatibility,
2763 is still is, if HandleLidSwitchExternalPower= is not explicitly set.
2764
2765 * journalctl will periodically call sd_journal_process() to make it
2766 resilient against inotify queue overruns when journal files are
2767 rotated very quickly.
2768
2769 * Two new functions in libsystemd — sd_bus_get_n_queued_read and
2770 sd_bus_get_n_queued_write — may be used to check the number of
2771 pending bus messages.
2772
2773 * systemd gained a new
2774 org.freedesktop.systemd1.Manager.AttachProcessesToUnit dbus call
2775 which can be used to migrate foreign processes to scope and service
2776 units. The primary user for this new API is systemd itself: the
2777 systemd --user instance uses this call of the systemd --system
2778 instance to migrate processes if it itself gets the request to
2779 migrate processes and the kernel refuses this due to access
2780 restrictions. Thanks to this "systemd-run --scope --user …" works
2781 again in pure cgroup v2 environments when invoked from the user
2782 session scope.
2783
2784 * A new TemporaryFileSystem= setting can be used to mask out part of
2785 the real file system tree with tmpfs mounts. This may be combined
2786 with BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths= to hide files or directories
2787 not relevant to the unit, while still allowing some paths lower in
2788 the tree to be accessed.
2789
2790 ProtectHome=tmpfs may now be used to hide user home and runtime
2791 directories from units, in a way that is mostly equivalent to
2792 "TemporaryFileSystem=/home /run/user /root".
2793
2794 * Non-service units are now started with KeyringMode=shared by default.
2795 This means that mount and swapon and other mount tools have access
2796 to keys in the main keyring.
2797
2798 * /sys/fs/bpf is now mounted automatically.
2799
2800 * QNX virtualization is now detected by systemd-detect-virt and may
2801 be used in ConditionVirtualization=.
2802
2803 * IPAccounting= may now be enabled also for slice units.
2804
2805 * A new -Dsplit-bin= build configuration switch may be used to specify
2806 whether bin and sbin directories are merged, or if they should be
2807 included separately in $PATH and various listings of executable
2808 directories. The build configuration scripts will try to autodetect
2809 the proper values of -Dsplit-usr= and -Dsplit-bin= based on build
2810 system, but distributions are encouraged to configure this
2811 explicitly.
2812
2813 * A new -Dok-color= build configuration switch may be used to change
2814 the colour of "OK" status messages.
2815
2816 * UPGRADE ISSUE: serialization of units using JoinsNamespaceOf= with
2817 PrivateNetwork=yes was buggy in previous versions of systemd. This
2818 means that after the upgrade and daemon-reexec, any such units must
2819 be restarted.
2820
2821 * INCOMPATIBILITY: as announced in the NEWS for 237, systemd-tmpfiles
2822 will not exclude read-only files owned by root from cleanup.
2823
2824 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alexander F Rødseth, Alexis Jeandet,
2825 Andika Triwidada, Andrei Gherzan, Ansgar Burchardt, antizealot1337,
2826 Batuhan Osman Taşkaya, Beniamino Galvani, Bill Yodlowsky, Caio Marcelo
2827 de Oliveira Filho, CuBiC, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mouritzen, Daniel
2828 Rusek, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John Ledkov, Douglas Christman, Evgeny
2829 Vereshchagin, Faalagorn, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, futpib,
2830 Giacomo Longo, Gunnar Hjalmarsson, Hans de Goede, Hermann Gausterer,
2831 Iago López Galeiras, Jakub Filak, Jan Synacek, Jason A. Donenfeld,
2832 Javier Martinez Canillas, Jérémy Rosen, Lennart Poettering, Lucas
2833 Werkmeister, Mao Huang, Marco Gulino, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt,
2834 MilhouseVH, Neal Gompa (ニール・ゴンパ), Oleander Reis, Olof Mogren,
2835 Patrick Uiterwijk, Peter Hutterer, Peter Portante, Piotr Drąg, Robert
2836 Antoni Buj Gelonch, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
2837 Fowler, SjonHortensius, snorreflorre, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
2838 Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Vito Caputo, Yu Watanabe,
2839 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић (Marko M. Kostić)
2840
2841 — Warsaw, 2018-03-05
2842
2843 CHANGES WITH 237:
2844
2845 * Some keyboards come with a zoom see-saw or rocker which until now got
2846 mapped to the Linux "zoomin/out" keys in hwdb. However, these
2847 keycodes are not recognized by any major desktop. They now produce
2848 Up/Down key events so that they can be used for scrolling.
2849
2850 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-tmpfiles' "f" lines changed behaviour
2851 slightly: previously, if an argument was specified for lines of this
2852 type (i.e. the right-most column was set) this string was appended to
2853 existing files each time systemd-tmpfiles was run. This behaviour was
2854 different from what the documentation said, and not particularly
2855 useful, as repeated systemd-tmpfiles invocations would not be
2856 idempotent and grow such files without bounds. With this release
2857 behaviour has been altered to match what the documentation says:
2858 lines of this type only have an effect if the indicated files don't
2859 exist yet, and only then the argument string is written to the file.
2860
2861 * FUTURE INCOMPATIBILITY: In systemd v238 we intend to slightly change
2862 systemd-tmpfiles behaviour: previously, read-only files owned by root
2863 were always excluded from the file "aging" algorithm (i.e. the
2864 automatic clean-up of directories like /tmp based on
2865 atime/mtime/ctime). We intend to drop this restriction, and age files
2866 by default even when owned by root and read-only. This behaviour was
2867 inherited from older tools, but there have been requests to remove
2868 it, and it's not obvious why this restriction was made in the first
2869 place. Please speak up now, if you are aware of software that reqires
2870 this behaviour, otherwise we'll remove the restriction in v238.
2871
2872 * A new environment variable $SYSTEMD_OFFLINE is now understood by
2873 systemctl. It takes a boolean argument. If on, systemctl assumes it
2874 operates on an "offline" OS tree, and will not attempt to talk to the
2875 service manager. Previously, this mode was implicitly enabled if a
2876 chroot() environment was detected, and this new environment variable
2877 now provides explicit control.
2878
2879 * .path and .socket units may now be created transiently, too.
2880 Previously only service, mount, automount and timer units were
2881 supported as transient units. The systemd-run tool has been updated
2882 to expose this new functionality, you may hence use it now to bind
2883 arbitrary commands to path or socket activation on-the-fly from the
2884 command line. Moreover, almost all properties are now exposed for the
2885 unit types that already supported transient operation.
2886
2887 * The systemd-mount command gained support for a new --owner= parameter
2888 which takes a user name, which is then resolved and included in uid=
2889 and gid= mount options string of the file system to mount.
2890
2891 * A new unit condition ConditionControlGroupController= has been added
2892 that checks whether a specific cgroup controller is available.
2893
2894 * Unit files, udev's .link files, and systemd-networkd's .netdev and
2895 .network files all gained support for a new condition
2896 ConditionKernelVersion= for checking against specific kernel
2897 versions.
2898
2899 * In systemd-networkd, the [IPVLAN] section in .netdev files gained
2900 support for configuring device flags in the Flags= setting. In the
2901 same files, the [Tunnel] section gained support for configuring
2902 AllowLocalRemote=. The [Route] section in .network files gained
2903 support for configuring InitialCongestionWindow=,
2904 InitialAdvertisedReceiveWindow= and QuickAck=. The [DHCP] section now
2905 understands RapidCommit=.
2906
2907 * systemd-networkd's DHCPv6 support gained support for Prefix
2908 Delegation.
2909
2910 * sd-bus gained support for a new "watch-bind" feature. When this
2911 feature is enabled, an sd_bus connection may be set up to connect to
2912 an AF_UNIX socket in the file system as soon as it is created. This
2913 functionality is useful for writing early-boot services that
2914 automatically connect to the system bus as soon as it is started,
2915 without ugly time-based polling. systemd-networkd and
2916 systemd-resolved have been updated to make use of this
2917 functionality. busctl exposes this functionality in a new
2918 --watch-bind= command line switch.
2919
2920 * sd-bus will now optionally synthesize a local "Connected" signal as
2921 soon as a D-Bus connection is set up fully. This message mirrors the
2922 already existing "Disconnected" signal which is synthesized when the
2923 connection is terminated. This signal is generally useful but
2924 particularly handy in combination with the "watch-bind" feature
2925 described above. Synthesizing of this message has to be requested
2926 explicitly through the new API call sd_bus_set_connected_signal(). In
2927 addition a new call sd_bus_is_ready() has been added that checks
2928 whether a connection is fully set up (i.e. between the "Connected" and
2929 "Disconnected" signals).
2930
2931 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_request_name_async() and
2932 sd_bus_release_name_async() for asynchronously registering bus
2933 names. Similar, there is now sd_bus_add_match_async() for installing
2934 a signal match asynchronously. All of systemd's own services have
2935 been updated to make use of these calls. Doing these operations
2936 asynchronously has two benefits: it reduces the risk of deadlocks in
2937 case of cyclic dependencies between bus services, and it speeds up
2938 service initialization since synchronization points for bus
2939 round-trips are removed.
2940
2941 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_match_signal() and
2942 sd_bus_match_signal_async(), which are similar to sd_bus_add_match()
2943 and sd_bus_add_match_async() but instead of taking a D-Bus match
2944 string take match fields as normal function parameters.
2945
2946 * sd-bus gained two new calls sd_bus_set_sender() and
2947 sd_bus_message_set_sender() for setting the sender name of outgoing
2948 messages (either for all outgoing messages or for just one specific
2949 one). These calls are only useful in direct connections as on
2950 brokered connections the broker fills in the sender anyway,
2951 overwriting whatever the client filled in.
2952
2953 * sd-event gained a new pseudo-handle that may be specified on all API
2954 calls where an "sd_event*" object is expected: SD_EVENT_DEFAULT. When
2955 used this refers to the default event loop object of the calling
2956 thread. Note however that this does not implicitly allocate one —
2957 which has to be done prior by using sd_event_default(). Similarly
2958 sd-bus gained three new pseudo-handles SD_BUS_DEFAULT,
2959 SD_BUS_DEFAULT_USER, SD_BUS_DEFAULT_SYSTEM that may be used to refer
2960 to the default bus of the specified type of the calling thread. Here
2961 too this does not implicitly allocate bus connection objects, this
2962 has to be done prior with sd_bus_default() and friends.
2963
2964 * sd-event gained a new call pair
2965 sd_event_source_{get|set}_io_fd_own(). This may be used to request
2966 automatic closure of the file descriptor an IO event source watches
2967 when the event source is destroyed.
2968
2969 * systemd-networkd gained support for natively configuring WireGuard
2970 connections.
2971
2972 * In previous versions systemd synthesized user records both for the
2973 "nobody" (UID 65534) and "root" (UID 0) users in nss-systemd and
2974 internally. In order to simplify distribution-wide renames of the
2975 "nobody" user (like it is planned in Fedora: nfsnobody → nobody), a
2976 new transitional flag file has been added: if
2977 /etc/systemd/dont-synthesize-nobody exists synthesizing of the 65534
2978 user and group record within the systemd codebase is disabled.
2979
2980 * systemd-notify gained a new --uid= option for selecting the source
2981 user/UID to use for notification messages sent to the service
2982 manager.
2983
2984 * journalctl gained a new --grep= option to list only entries in which
2985 the message matches a certain pattern. By default matching is case
2986 insensitive if the pattern is lowercase, and case sensitive
2987 otherwise. Option --case-sensitive=yes|no can be used to override
2988 this an specify case sensitivity or case insensitivity.
2989
2990 * There's now a "systemd-analyze service-watchdogs" command for printing
2991 the current state of the service runtime watchdog, and optionally
2992 enabling or disabling the per-service watchdogs system-wide if given a
2993 boolean argument (i.e. the concept you configure in WatchdogSec=), for
2994 debugging purposes. There's also a kernel command line option
2995 systemd.service_watchdogs= for controlling the same.
2996
2997 * Two new "log-level" and "log-target" options for systemd-analyze were
2998 added that merge the now deprecated get-log-level, set-log-level and
2999 get-log-target, set-log-target pairs. The deprecated options are still
3000 understood for backwards compatibility. The two new options print the
3001 current value when no arguments are given, and set them when a
3002 level/target is given as an argument.
3003
3004 * sysusers.d's "u" lines now optionally accept both a UID and a GID
3005 specification, separated by a ":" character, in order to create users
3006 where UID and GID do not match.
3007
3008 Contributions from: Adam Duskett, Alan Jenkins, Alexander Kuleshov,
3009 Alexis Deruelle, Andrew Jeddeloh, Armin Widegreen, Batuhan Osman
3010 Taşkaya, Björn Esser, bleep_blop, Bruce A. Johnson, Chris Down, Clinton
3011 Roy, Colin Walters, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov,
3012 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Ewout van Mansom, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3013 Frantisek Sumsal, George Gaydarov, Gianluca Boiano, Hans-Christian
3014 Noren Egtvedt, Hans de Goede, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jan Alexander
3015 Steffens, Jan Klötzke, Jason A. Donenfeld, jdkbx, Jérémy Rosen,
3016 Jerónimo Borque, John Lin, John Paul Herold, Jonathan Rudenberg, Jörg
3017 Thalheim, Ken (Bitsko) MacLeod, Larry Bernstone, Lennart Poettering,
3018 Lucas Werkmeister, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Marek Čermák, Martin Pitt,
3019 Mathieu Malaterre, Matthew Thode, Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Harmathy,
3020 Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michał
3021 Szczepański, Mike Gilbert, Nathaniel McCallum, Nicolas Chauvet, Olaf
3022 Hering, Olivier Schwander, Patrik Flykt, Paul Cercueil, Peter Hutterer,
3023 Piotr Drąg, Raphael Vogelgsang, Reverend Homer, Robert Kolchmeyer,
3024 Samuel Dionne-Riel, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Susant Sahani,
3025 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Thomas Huth, Tomasz
3026 Bachorski, Vladislav Vishnyakov, Wieland Hoffmann, Yu Watanabe, Zachary
3027 Winnerman, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан Георгиевски, Дилян
3028 Палаузов
3029
3030 — Brno, 2018-01-28
3031
3032 CHANGES WITH 236:
3033
3034 * The modprobe.d/ drop-in for the bonding.ko kernel module introduced
3035 in v235 has been extended to also set the dummy.ko module option
3036 numdummies=0, preventing the kernel from automatically creating
3037 dummy0. All dummy interfaces must now be explicitly created.
3038
3039 * Unknown '%' specifiers in configuration files are now rejected. This
3040 applies to units and tmpfiles.d configuration. Any percent characters
3041 that are followed by a letter or digit that are not supposed to be
3042 interpreted as the beginning of a specifier should be escaped by
3043 doubling ("%%"). (So "size=5%" is still accepted, as well as
3044 "size=5%,foo=bar", but not "LABEL=x%y%z" since %y and %z are not
3045 valid specifiers today.)
3046
3047 * systemd-resolved now maintains a new dynamic
3048 /run/systemd/resolve/stub-resolv.conf compatibility file. It is
3049 recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to it. This file
3050 points at the systemd-resolved stub DNS 127.0.0.53 resolver and
3051 includes dynamically acquired search domains, achieving more correct
3052 DNS resolution by software that bypasses local DNS APIs such as NSS.
3053
3054 * The "uaccess" udev tag has been dropped from /dev/kvm and
3055 /dev/dri/renderD*. These devices now have the 0666 permissions by
3056 default (but this may be changed at build-time). /dev/dri/renderD*
3057 will now be owned by the "render" group along with /dev/kfd.
3058
3059 * "DynamicUser=yes" has been enabled for systemd-timesyncd.service,
3060 systemd-journal-gatewayd.service and
3061 systemd-journal-upload.service. This means "nss-systemd" must be
3062 enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf to ensure the UIDs assigned to these
3063 services are resolved properly.
3064
3065 * In /etc/fstab two new mount options are now understood:
3066 x-systemd.makefs and x-systemd.growfs. The former has the effect that
3067 the configured file system is formatted before it is mounted, the
3068 latter that the file system is resized to the full block device size
3069 after it is mounted (i.e. if the file system is smaller than the
3070 partition it resides on, it's grown). This is similar to the fsck
3071 logic in /etc/fstab, and pulls in systemd-makefs@.service and
3072 systemd-growfs@.service as necessary, similar to
3073 systemd-fsck@.service. Resizing is currently only supported on ext4
3074 and btrfs.
3075
3076 * In systemd-networkd, the IPv6 RA logic now optionally may announce
3077 DNS server and domain information.
3078
3079 * Support for the LUKS2 on-disk format for encrypted partitions has
3080 been added. This requires libcryptsetup2 during compilation and
3081 runtime.
3082
3083 * The systemd --user instance will now signal "readiness" when its
3084 basic.target unit has been reached, instead of when the run queue ran
3085 empty for the first time.
3086
3087 * Tmpfiles.d with user configuration are now also supported.
3088 systemd-tmpfiles gained a new --user switch, and snippets placed in
3089 ~/.config/user-tmpfiles.d/ and corresponding directories will be
3090 executed by systemd-tmpfiles --user running in the new
3091 systemd-tmpfiles-setup.service and systemd-tmpfiles-clean.service
3092 running in the user session.
3093
3094 * Unit files and tmpfiles.d snippets learnt three new % specifiers:
3095 %S resolves to the top-level state directory (/var/lib for the system
3096 instance, $XDG_CONFIG_HOME for the user instance), %C resolves to the
3097 top-level cache directory (/var/cache for the system instance,
3098 $XDG_CACHE_HOME for the user instance), %L resolves to the top-level
3099 logs directory (/var/log for the system instance,
3100 $XDG_CONFIG_HOME/log/ for the user instance). This matches the
3101 existing %t specifier, that resolves to the top-level runtime
3102 directory (/run for the system instance, and $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR for the
3103 user instance).
3104
3105 * journalctl learnt a new parameter --output-fields= for limiting the
3106 set of journal fields to output in verbose and JSON output modes.
3107
3108 * systemd-timesyncd's configuration file gained a new option
3109 RootDistanceMaxSec= for setting the maximum root distance of servers
3110 it'll use, as well as the new options PollIntervalMinSec= and
3111 PollIntervalMaxSec= to tweak the minimum and maximum poll interval.
3112
3113 * bootctl gained a new command "list" for listing all available boot
3114 menu items on systems that follow the boot loader specification.
3115
3116 * systemctl gained a new --dry-run switch that shows what would be done
3117 instead of doing it, and is currently supported by the shutdown and
3118 sleep verbs.
3119
3120 * ConditionSecurity= can now detect the TOMOYO security module.
3121
3122 * Unit file [Install] sections are now also respected in unit drop-in
3123 files. This is intended to be used by drop-ins under /usr/lib/.
3124
3125 * systemd-firstboot may now also set the initial keyboard mapping.
3126
3127 * Udev "changed" events for devices which are exposed as systemd
3128 .device units are now propagated to units specified in
3129 ReloadPropagatedFrom= as reload requests.
3130
3131 * If a udev device has a SYSTEMD_WANTS= property containing a systemd
3132 unit template name (i.e. a name in the form of 'foobar@.service',
3133 without the instance component between the '@' and - the '.'), then
3134 the escaped sysfs path of the device is automatically used as the
3135 instance.
3136
3137 * SystemCallFilter= in unit files has been extended so that an "errno"
3138 can be specified individually for each system call. Example:
3139 SystemCallFilter=~uname:EILSEQ.
3140
3141 * The cgroup delegation logic has been substantially updated. Delegate=
3142 now optionally takes a list of controllers (instead of a boolean, as
3143 before), which lists the controllers to delegate at least.
3144
3145 * The networkd DHCPv6 client now implements the FQDN option (RFC 4704).
3146
3147 * A new LogLevelMax= setting configures the maximum log level any
3148 process of the service may log at (i.e. anything with a lesser
3149 priority than what is specified is automatically dropped). A new
3150 LogExtraFields= setting allows configuration of additional journal
3151 fields to attach to all log records generated by any of the unit's
3152 processes.
3153
3154 * New StandardInputData= and StandardInputText= settings along with the
3155 new option StandardInput=data may be used to configure textual or
3156 binary data that shall be passed to the executed service process via
3157 standard input, encoded in-line in the unit file.
3158
3159 * StandardInput=, StandardOutput= and StandardError= may now be used to
3160 connect stdin/stdout/stderr of executed processes directly with a
3161 file or AF_UNIX socket in the file system, using the new "file:" option.
3162
3163 * A new unit file option CollectMode= has been added, that allows
3164 tweaking the garbage collection logic for units. It may be used to
3165 tell systemd to garbage collect units that have failed automatically
3166 (normally it only GCs units that exited successfully). systemd-run
3167 and systemd-mount expose this new functionality with a new -G option.
3168
3169 * "machinectl bind" may now be used to bind mount non-directories
3170 (i.e. regularfiles, devices, fifos, sockets).
3171
3172 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "calendar" for validating and
3173 testing calendar time specifications to use for OnCalendar= in timer
3174 units. Besides validating the expression it will calculate the next
3175 time the specified expression would elapse.
3176
3177 * In addition to the pre-existing FailureAction= unit file setting
3178 there's now SuccessAction=, for configuring a shutdown action to
3179 execute when a unit completes successfully. This is useful in
3180 particular inside containers that shall terminate after some workload
3181 has been completed. Also, both options are now supported for all unit
3182 types, not just services.
3183
3184 * networkds's IP rule support gained two new options
3185 IncomingInterface= and OutgoingInterface= for configuring the incoming
3186 and outgoing interfaces of configured rules. systemd-networkd also
3187 gained support for "vxcan" network devices.
3188
3189 * networkd gained a new setting RequiredForOnline=, taking a
3190 boolean. If set, systemd-wait-online will take it into consideration
3191 when determining that the system is up, otherwise it will ignore the
3192 interface for this purpose.
3193
3194 * The sd_notify() protocol gained support for a new operation: with
3195 FDSTOREREMOVE=1 file descriptors may be removed from the per-service
3196 store again, ahead of POLLHUP or POLLERR when they are removed
3197 anyway.
3198
3199 * A new document doc/UIDS-GIDS.md has been added to the source tree,
3200 that documents the UID/GID range and assignment assumptions and
3201 requirements of systemd.
3202
3203 * The watchdog device PID 1 will ping may now be configured through the
3204 WatchdogDevice= configuration file setting, or by setting the
3205 systemd.watchdog_service= kernel commandline option.
3206
3207 * systemd-resolved's gained support for registering DNS-SD services on
3208 the local network using MulticastDNS. Services may either be
3209 registered by dropping in a .dnssd file in /etc/systemd/dnssd/ (or
3210 the same dir below /run, /usr/lib), or through its D-Bus API.
3211
3212 * The sd_notify() protocol can now with EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC=microsecond
3213 extend the effective start, runtime, and stop time. The service must
3214 continue to send EXTEND_TIMEOUT_USEC within the period specified to
3215 prevent the service manager from making the service as timedout.
3216
3217 * systemd-resolved's DNSSEC support gained support for RFC 8080
3218 (Ed25519 keys and signatures).
3219
3220 * The systemd-resolve command line tool gained a new set of options
3221 --set-dns=, --set-domain=, --set-llmnr=, --set-mdns=, --set-dnssec=,
3222 --set-nta= and --revert to configure per-interface DNS configuration
3223 dynamically during runtime. It's useful for pushing DNS information
3224 into systemd-resolved from DNS hook scripts that various interface
3225 managing software supports (such as pppd).
3226
3227 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-namespace-path= command line
3228 option, which may be used to make a container join an existing
3229 network namespace, by specifying a path to a "netns" file.
3230
3231 Contributions from: Alan Jenkins, Alan Robertson, Alessandro Ghedini,
3232 Andrew Jeddeloh, Antonio Rojas, Ari, asavah, bleep_blop, Carsten
3233 Strotmann, Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Clinton Roy, Collin
3234 Eggert, Cong Wang, Daniel Black, Daniel Lockyer, Daniel Rusek, Dimitri
3235 John Ledkov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Edward A. James, Evgeny
3236 Vereshchagin, Florian Klink, Franck Bui, Gwendal Grignou, Hans de
3237 Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ikey Doherty,
3238 Jakub Wilk, Jérémy Rosen, Jiahui Xie, John Lin, José Bollo, Josef
3239 Andersson, juga0, Krzysztof Nowicki, Kyle Walker, Lars Karlitski, Lars
3240 Kellogg-Stedman, Lauri Tirkkonen, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel,
3241 Luca Bruno, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Lukáš Říha, Lukasz
3242 Rubaszewski, Maciej S. Szmigiero, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcus Folkesson,
3243 Martin Steuer, Mathieu Trudel-Lapierre, Matija Skala,
3244 Matthias-Christian Ott, Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michael Vogt, Michal
3245 Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, Neil Brown, Olaf
3246 Hering, Ondrej Kozina, Patrik Flykt, Patryk Kocielnik, Peter Hutterer,
3247 Piotr Drąg, Razvan Cojocaru, Robin McCorkell, Roland Hieber, Saran
3248 Tunyasuvunakool, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Shuang Liu, Simon
3249 Arlott, Simon Peeters, Stanislav Angelovič, Stefan Agner, Susant
3250 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Tiago Salem
3251 Herrmann, Tinu Weber, Tom Stellard, Topi Miettinen, Torsten Hilbrich,
3252 Vito Caputo, Vladislav Vishnyakov, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
3253 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
3254
3255 — Berlin, 2017-12-14
3256
3257 CHANGES WITH 235:
3258
3259 * INCOMPATIBILITY: systemd-logind.service and other long-running
3260 services now run inside an IPv4/IPv6 sandbox, prohibiting them any IP
3261 communication with the outside. This generally improves security of
3262 the system, and is in almost all cases a safe and good choice, as
3263 these services do not and should not provide any network-facing
3264 functionality. However, systemd-logind uses the glibc NSS API to
3265 query the user database. This creates problems on systems where NSS
3266 is set up to directly consult network services for user database
3267 lookups. In particular, this creates incompatibilities with the
3268 "nss-nis" module, which attempts to directly contact the NIS/YP
3269 network servers it is configured for, and will now consistently
3270 fail. In such cases, it is possible to turn off IP sandboxing for
3271 systemd-logind.service (set IPAddressDeny= in its [Service] section
3272 to the empty string, via a .d/ unit file drop-in). Downstream
3273 distributions might want to update their nss-nis packaging to include
3274 such a drop-in snippet, accordingly, to hide this incompatibility
3275 from the user. Another option is to make use of glibc's nscd service
3276 to proxy such network requests through a privilege-separated, minimal
3277 local caching daemon, or to switch to more modern technologies such
3278 sssd, whose NSS hook-ups generally do not involve direct network
3279 access. In general, we think it's definitely time to question the
3280 implementation choices of nss-nis, i.e. whether it's a good idea
3281 today to embed a network-facing loadable module into all local
3282 processes that need to query the user database, including the most
3283 trivial and benign ones, such as "ls". For more details about
3284 IPAddressDeny= see below.
3285
3286 * A new modprobe.d drop-in is now shipped by default that sets the
3287 bonding module option max_bonds=0. This overrides the kernel default,
3288 to avoid conflicts and ambiguity as to whether or not bond0 should be
3289 managed by systemd-networkd or not. This resolves multiple issues
3290 with bond0 properties not being applied, when bond0 is configured
3291 with systemd-networkd. Distributors may choose to not package this,
3292 however in that case users will be prevented from correctly managing
3293 bond0 interface using systemd-networkd.
3294
3295 * systemd-analyze gained new verbs "get-log-level" and "get-log-target"
3296 which print the logging level and target of the system manager. They
3297 complement the existing "set-log-level" and "set-log-target" verbs
3298 used to change those values.
3299
3300 * journald.conf gained a new boolean setting ReadKMsg= which defaults
3301 to on. If turned off kernel log messages will not be read by
3302 systemd-journald or included in the logs. It also gained a new
3303 setting LineMax= for configuring the maximum line length in
3304 STDOUT/STDERR log streams. The new default for this value is 48K, up
3305 from the previous hardcoded 2048.
3306
3307 * A new unit setting RuntimeDirectoryPreserve= has been added, which
3308 allows more detailed control of what to do with a runtime directory
3309 configured with RuntimeDirectory= (i.e. a directory below /run or
3310 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR) after a unit is stopped.
3311
3312 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting for units gained support for creating
3313 deeper subdirectories below /run or $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR, instead of just
3314 one top-level directory.
3315
3316 * Units gained new options StateDirectory=, CacheDirectory=,
3317 LogsDirectory= and ConfigurationDirectory= which are closely related
3318 to RuntimeDirectory= but manage per-service directories below
3319 /var/lib, /var/cache, /var/log and /etc. By making use of them it is
3320 possible to write unit files which when activated automatically gain
3321 properly owned service specific directories in these locations, thus
3322 making unit files self-contained and increasing compatibility with
3323 stateless systems and factory reset where /etc or /var are
3324 unpopulated at boot. Matching these new settings there's also
3325 StateDirectoryMode=, CacheDirectoryMode=, LogsDirectoryMode=,
3326 ConfigurationDirectoryMode= for configuring the access mode of these
3327 directories. These settings are particularly useful in combination
3328 with DynamicUser=yes as they provide secure, properly-owned,
3329 writable, and stateful locations for storage, excluded from the
3330 sandbox that such services live in otherwise.
3331
3332 * Automake support has been removed from this release. systemd is now
3333 Meson-only.
3334
3335 * systemd-journald will now aggressively cache client metadata during
3336 runtime, speeding up log write performance under pressure. This comes
3337 at a small price though: as much of the metadata is read
3338 asynchronously from /proc/ (and isn't implicitly attached to log
3339 datagrams by the kernel, like UID/GID/PID/SELinux are) this means the
3340 metadata stored alongside a log entry might be slightly
3341 out-of-date. Previously it could only be slightly newer than the log
3342 message. The time window is small however, and given that the kernel
3343 is unlikely to be improved anytime soon in this regard, this appears
3344 acceptable to us.
3345
3346 * nss-myhostname/systemd-resolved will now by default synthesize an
3347 A/AAAA resource record for the "_gateway" hostname, pointing to the
3348 current default IP gateway. Previously it did that for the "gateway"
3349 name, hampering adoption, as some distributions wanted to leave that
3350 hostname open for local use. The old behaviour may still be
3351 requested at build time.
3352
3353 * systemd-networkd's [Address] section in .network files gained a new
3354 Scope= setting for configuring the IP address scope. The [Network]
3355 section gained a new boolean setting ConfigureWithoutCarrier= that
3356 tells systemd-networkd to ignore link sensing when configuring the
3357 device. The [DHCP] section gained a new Anonymize= boolean option for
3358 turning on a number of options suggested in RFC 7844. A new
3359 [RoutingPolicyRule] section has been added for configuring the IP
3360 routing policy. The [Route] section has gained support for a new
3361 Type= setting which permits configuring
3362 blackhole/unreachable/prohibit routes.
3363
3364 * The [VRF] section in .netdev files gained a new Table= setting for
3365 configuring the routing table to use. The [Tunnel] section gained a
3366 new Independent= boolean field for configuring tunnels independent of
3367 an underlying network interface. The [Bridge] section gained a new
3368 GroupForwardMask= option for configuration of propagation of link
3369 local frames between bridge ports.
3370
3371 * The WakeOnLan= setting in .link files gained support for a number of
3372 new modes. A new TCP6SegmentationOffload= setting has been added for
3373 configuring TCP/IPv6 hardware segmentation offload.
3374
3375 * The IPv6 RA sender implementation may now optionally send out RDNSS
3376 and RDNSSL records to supply DNS configuration to peers.
3377
3378 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --system-call-filter= command
3379 line option for adding and removing entries in the default system
3380 call filter it applies. Moreover systemd-nspawn has been changed to
3381 implement a system call whitelist instead of a blacklist.
3382
3383 * systemd-run gained support for a new --pipe command line option. If
3384 used the STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR file descriptors passed to systemd-run
3385 are directly passed on to the activated transient service
3386 executable. This allows invoking arbitrary processes as systemd
3387 services (for example to take benefit of dependency management,
3388 accounting management, resource management or log management that is
3389 done automatically for services) — while still allowing them to be
3390 integrated in a classic UNIX shell pipeline.
3391
3392 * When a service sends RELOAD=1 via sd_notify() and reload propagation
3393 using ReloadPropagationTo= is configured, a reload is now propagated
3394 to configured units. (Previously this was only done on explicitly
3395 requested reloads, using "systemctl reload" or an equivalent
3396 command.)
3397
3398 * For each service unit a restart counter is now kept: it is increased
3399 each time the service is restarted due to Restart=, and may be
3400 queried using "systemctl show -p NRestarts …".
3401
3402 * New system call filter groups @aio, @sync, @chown, @setuid, @memlock,
3403 @signal and @timer have been added, for usage with SystemCallFilter=
3404 in unit files and the new --system-call-filter= command line option
3405 of systemd-nspawn (see above).
3406
3407 * ExecStart= lines in unit files gained two new modifiers: when a
3408 command line is prefixed with "!" the command will be executed as
3409 configured, except for the credentials applied by
3410 setuid()/setgid()/setgroups(). It is very similar to the pre-existing
3411 "+", but does still apply namespacing options unlike "+". There's
3412 also "!!" now, which is mostly identical, but becomes a NOP on
3413 systems that support ambient capabilities. This is useful to write
3414 unit files that work with ambient capabilities where possible but
3415 automatically fall back to traditional privilege dropping mechanisms
3416 on systems where this is not supported.
3417
3418 * ListenNetlink= settings in socket units now support RDMA netlink
3419 sockets.
3420
3421 * A new unit file setting LockPersonality= has been added which permits
3422 locking down the chosen execution domain ("personality") of a service
3423 during runtime.
3424
3425 * A new special target "getty-pre.target" has been added, which is
3426 ordered before all text logins, and may be used to order services
3427 before textual logins acquire access to the console.
3428
3429 * systemd will now attempt to load the virtio-rng.ko kernel module very
3430 early on if a VM environment supporting this is detected. This should
3431 improve entropy during early boot in virtualized environments.
3432
3433 * A _netdev option is now supported in /etc/crypttab that operates in a
3434 similar way as the same option in /etc/fstab: it permits configuring
3435 encrypted devices that need to be ordered after the network is up.
3436 Following this logic, two new special targets
3437 remote-cryptsetup-pre.target and remote-cryptsetup.target have been
3438 added that are to cryptsetup.target what remote-fs.target and
3439 remote-fs-pre.target are to local-fs.target.
3440
3441 * Service units gained a new UnsetEnvironment= setting which permits
3442 unsetting specific environment variables for services that are
3443 normally passed to it (for example in order to mask out locale
3444 settings for specific services that can't deal with it).
3445
3446 * Units acquired a new boolean option IPAccounting=. When turned on, IP
3447 traffic accounting (packet count as well as byte count) is done for
3448 the service, and shown as part of "systemctl status" or "systemd-run
3449 --wait".
3450
3451 * Service units acquired two new options IPAddressAllow= and
3452 IPAddressDeny=, taking a list of IPv4 or IPv6 addresses and masks,
3453 for configuring a simple IP access control list for all sockets of
3454 the unit. These options are available also on .slice and .socket
3455 units, permitting flexible access list configuration for individual
3456 services as well as groups of services (as defined by a slice unit),
3457 including system-wide. Note that IP ACLs configured this way are
3458 enforced on every single IPv4 and IPv6 socket created by any process
3459 of the service unit, and apply to ingress as well as egress traffic.
3460
3461 * If CPUAccounting= or IPAccounting= is turned on for a unit a new
3462 structured log message is generated each time the unit is stopped,
3463 containing information about the consumed resources of this
3464 invocation.
3465
3466 * A new setting KeyringMode= has been added to unit files, which may be
3467 used to control how the kernel keyring is set up for executed
3468 processes.
3469
3470 * "systemctl poweroff", "systemctl reboot", "systemctl halt",
3471 "systemctl kexec" and "systemctl exit" are now always asynchronous in
3472 behaviour (that is: these commands return immediately after the
3473 operation was enqueued instead of waiting for the operation to
3474 complete). Previously, "systemctl poweroff" and "systemctl reboot"
3475 were asynchronous on systems using systemd-logind (i.e. almost
3476 always, and like they were on sysvinit), and the other three commands
3477 were unconditionally synchronous. With this release this is cleaned
3478 up, and callers will see the same asynchronous behaviour on all
3479 systems for all five operations.
3480
3481 * systemd-logind gained new Halt() and CanHalt() bus calls for halting
3482 the system.
3483
3484 * .timer units now accept calendar specifications in other timezones
3485 than UTC or the local timezone.
3486
3487 * The tmpfiles snippet var.conf has been changed to create
3488 /var/log/btmp with access mode 0660 instead of 0600. It was owned by
3489 the "utmp" group already, and it appears to be generally understood
3490 that members of "utmp" can modify/flush the utmp/wtmp/lastlog/btmp
3491 databases. Previously this was implemented correctly for all these
3492 databases excepts btmp, which has been opened up like this now
3493 too. Note that while the other databases are world-readable
3494 (i.e. 0644), btmp is not and remains more restrictive.
3495
3496 * The systemd-resolve tool gained a new --reset-server-features
3497 switch. When invoked like this systemd-resolved will forget
3498 everything it learnt about the features supported by the configured
3499 upstream DNS servers, and restarts the feature probing logic on the
3500 next resolver look-up for them at the highest feature level
3501 again.
3502
3503 * The status dump systemd-resolved sends to the logs upon receiving
3504 SIGUSR1 now also includes information about all DNS servers it is
3505 configured to use, and the features levels it probed for them.
3506
3507 Contributions from: Abdó Roig-Maranges, Alan Jenkins, Alexander
3508 Kuleshov, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Andrew Soutar, Ansgar
3509 Burchardt, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin Berg, Benjamin Robin, Charles
3510 Huber, Christian Hesse, Daniel Berrange, Daniel Kahn Gillmor, Daniel
3511 Mack, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Șerbănescu, Davide Cavalca, Dimitri John
3512 Ledkov, Diogo Pereira, Djalal Harouni, Dmitriy Geels, Dmitry Torokhov,
3513 ettavolt, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Fabio Kung, Felipe Sateler, Franck Bui,
3514 Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Insun Pyo, Ivan Kurnosov, Ivan Shapovalov,
3515 Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Gunthorpe, Jeremy Bicha, Jérémy Rosen,
3516 John Lin, jonasBoss, Jonathan Lebon, Jonathan Teh, Jon Ringle, Jörg
3517 Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen, juga0, Justin Capella, Justin Michaud,
3518 Kai-Heng Feng, Lennart Poettering, Lion Yang, Luca Bruno, Lucas
3519 Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Marcel Hollerbach, Marcus Lundblad, Martin
3520 Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Grzeschik, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert,
3521 Neil Brown, Nicolas Iooss, Patrik Flykt, pEJipE, Piotr Drąg, Russell
3522 Stuart, S. Fan, Shengyao Xue, Stefan Pietsch, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo,
3523 Thomas Miller, Thomas Sailer, Tobias Hunger, Tomasz Pala, Tom
3524 Gundersen, Tommi Rantala, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, userwithuid,
3525 Vasilis Liaskovitis, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, William Douglas, Xiang
3526 Fan, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
3527
3528 — Berlin, 2017-10-06
3529
3530 CHANGES WITH 234:
3531
3532 * Meson is now supported as build system in addition to Automake. It is
3533 our plan to remove Automake in one of our next releases, so that
3534 Meson becomes our exclusive build system. Hence, please start using
3535 the Meson build system in your downstream packaging. There's plenty
3536 of documentation around how to use Meson, the extremely brief
3537 summary:
3538
3539 ./autogen.sh && ./configure && make && sudo make install
3540
3541 becomes:
3542
3543 meson build && ninja -C build && sudo ninja -C build install
3544
3545 * Unit files gained support for a new JobRunningTimeoutUSec= setting,
3546 which permits configuring a timeout on the time a job is
3547 running. This is particularly useful for setting timeouts on jobs for
3548 .device units.
3549
3550 * Unit files gained two new options ConditionUser= and ConditionGroup=
3551 for conditionalizing units based on the identity of the user/group
3552 running a systemd user instance.
3553
3554 * systemd-networkd now understands a new FlowLabel= setting in the
3555 [VXLAN] section of .network files, as well as a Priority= in
3556 [Bridge], GVRP= + MVRP= + LooseBinding= + ReorderHeader= in [VLAN]
3557 and GatewayOnlink= + IPv6Preference= + Protocol= in [Route]. It also
3558 gained support for configuration of GENEVE links, and IPv6 address
3559 labels. The [Network] section gained the new IPv6ProxyNDP= setting.
3560
3561 * .link files now understand a new Port= setting.
3562
3563 * systemd-networkd's DHCP support gained support for DHCP option 119
3564 (domain search list).
3565
3566 * systemd-networkd gained support for serving IPv6 address ranges using
3567 the Router Advertisement protocol. The new .network configuration
3568 section [IPv6Prefix] may be used to configure the ranges to
3569 serve. This is implemented based on a new, minimal, native server
3570 implementation of RA.
3571
3572 * journalctl's --output= switch gained support for a new parameter
3573 "short-iso-precise" for a mode where timestamps are shown as precise
3574 ISO date values.
3575
3576 * systemd-udevd's "net_id" builtin may now generate stable network
3577 interface names from IBM PowerVM VIO devices as well as ACPI platform
3578 devices.
3579
3580 * MulticastDNS support in systemd-resolved may now be explicitly
3581 enabled/disabled using the new MulticastDNS= configuration file
3582 option.
3583
3584 * systemd-resolved may now optionally use libidn2 instead of the libidn
3585 for processing internationalized domain names. Support for libidn2
3586 should be considered experimental and should not be enabled by
3587 default yet.
3588
3589 * "machinectl pull-tar" and related call may now do verification of
3590 downloaded images using SUSE-style .sha256 checksum files in addition
3591 to the already existing support for validating using Ubuntu-style
3592 SHA256SUMS files.
3593
3594 * sd-bus gained support for a new sd_bus_message_appendv() call which
3595 is va_list equivalent of sd_bus_message_append().
3596
3597 * sd-boot gained support for validating images using SHIM/MOK.
3598
3599 * The SMACK code learnt support for "onlycap".
3600
3601 * systemd-mount --umount is now much smarter in figuring out how to
3602 properly unmount a device given its mount or device path.
3603
3604 * The code to call libnss_dns as a fallback from libnss_resolve when
3605 the communication with systemd-resolved fails was removed. This
3606 fallback was redundant and interfered with the [!UNAVAIL=return]
3607 suffix. See nss-resolve(8) for the recommended configuration.
3608
3609 * systemd-logind may now be restarted without losing state. It stores
3610 the file descriptors for devices it manages in the system manager
3611 using the FDSTORE= mechanism. Please note that further changes in
3612 other components may be required to make use of this (for example
3613 Xorg has code to listen for stops of systemd-logind and terminate
3614 itself when logind is stopped or restarted, in order to avoid using
3615 stale file descriptors for graphical devices, which is now
3616 counterproductive and must be reverted in order for restarts of
3617 systemd-logind to be safe. See
3618 https://cgit.freedesktop.org/xorg/xserver/commit/?id=dc48bd653c7e101.)
3619
3620 * All kernel-install plugins are called with the environment variable
3621 KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID which is set to the machine ID given by
3622 /etc/machine-id. If the machine ID could not be determined,
3623 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID will be empty. Plugins should not put
3624 anything in the entry directory (passed as the second argument) if
3625 $KERNEL_INSTALL_MACHINE_ID is empty. For backwards compatibility, a
3626 temporary directory is passed as the entry directory and removed
3627 after all the plugins exit.
3628
3629 Contributions from: Adrian Heine né Lang, Aggelos Avgerinos, Alexander
3630 Kurtz, Alexandros Frantzis, Alexey Brodkin, Alex Lu, Amir Pakdel, Amir
3631 Yalon, Anchor Cat, Anthony Parsons, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Gilbert,
3632 Benjamin Robin, Boucman, Charles Plessy, Chris Chiu, Chris Lamb,
3633 Christian Brauner, Christian Hesse, Colin Walters, Daniel Drake,
3634 Danielle Church, Daniel Molkentin, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wang, Davide
3635 Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dax Kelson, Dimitri John
3636 Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, Dušan Kazik, Elias Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
3637 Federico Di Pierro, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang, Franck Bui, Gary
3638 Tierney, George McCollister, Giedrius Statkevičius, Hans de Goede,
3639 hecke, Hendrik Westerberg, Hristo Venev, Ian Wienand, Insun Pyo, Ivan
3640 Shapovalov, James Cowgill, James Hemsing, Janne Heß, Jan Synacek, Jason
3641 Reeder, João Paulo Rechi Vita, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jörg
3642 Thalheim, Josef Andersson, Josef Gajdusek, Julian Mehne, Kai Krakow,
3643 Krzysztof Jackiewicz, Lars Karlitski, Lennart Poettering, Lluís Gili,
3644 Lucas Werkmeister, Lukáš Nykrýn, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
3645 Marcin Bachry, Marcus Cooper, Mark Stosberg, Martin Pitt, Matija Skala,
3646 Matt Clarkson, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Greiner, Matthijs van Duin,
3647 Max Resch, Michael Biebl, Michal Koutný, Michal Sekletar, Michal
3648 Soltys, Michal Suchanek, Mike Gilbert, Nate Clark, Nathaniel R. Lewis,
3649 Neil Brown, Nikolai Kondrashov, Pascal S. de Kloe, Pat Riehecky, Patrik
3650 Flykt, Paul Kocialkowski, Peter Hutterer, Philip Withnall, Piotr
3651 Szydełko, Rafael Fontenelle, Ray Strode, Richard Maw, Roelf Wichertjes,
3652 Ronny Chevalier, Sarang S. Dalal, Sjoerd Simons, slodki, Stefan
3653 Schweter, Susant Sahani, Ted Wood, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller, Thomas
3654 H. P. Andersen, Timothée Ravier, Tobias Jungel, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom
3655 Gundersen, Tom Yan, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
3656 userwithuid, Vito Caputo, Waldemar Brodkorb, WaLyong Cho, Yu, Li-Yu,
3657 Yusuke Nojima, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Дамјан
3658 Георгиевски
3659
3660 — Berlin, 2017-07-12
3661
3662 CHANGES WITH 233:
3663
3664 * The "hybrid" control group mode has been modified to improve
3665 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1 setups. Specifically, the
3666 "hybrid" setup of /sys/fs/cgroup is now pretty much identical to
3667 "legacy" (including /sys/fs/cgroup/systemd as "name=systemd" named
3668 cgroups-v1 hierarchy), the only externally visible change being that
3669 the cgroups-v2 hierarchy is also mounted, to
3670 /sys/fs/cgroup/unified. This should provide a large degree of
3671 compatibility with "legacy" cgroups-v1, while taking benefit of the
3672 better management capabilities of cgroups-v2.
3673
3674 * The default control group setup mode may be selected both a boot-time
3675 via a set of kernel command line parameters (specifically:
3676 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy= and
3677 systemd.legacy_systemd_cgroup_controller=), as well as a compile-time
3678 default selected on the configure command line
3679 (--with-default-hierarchy=). The upstream default is "hybrid"
3680 (i.e. the cgroups-v1 + cgroups-v2 mixture discussed above) now, but
3681 this will change in a future systemd version to be "unified" (pure
3682 cgroups-v2 mode). The third option for the compile time option is
3683 "legacy", to enter pure cgroups-v1 mode. We recommend downstream
3684 distributions to default to "hybrid" mode for release distributions,
3685 starting with v233. We recommend "unified" for development
3686 distributions (specifically: distributions such as Fedora's rawhide)
3687 as that's where things are headed in the long run. Use "legacy" for
3688 greatest stability and compatibility only.
3689
3690 * Note one current limitation of "unified" and "hybrid" control group
3691 setup modes: the kernel currently does not permit the systemd --user
3692 instance (i.e. unprivileged code) to migrate processes between two
3693 disconnected cgroup subtrees, even if both are managed and owned by
3694 the user. This effectively means "systemd-run --user --scope" doesn't
3695 work when invoked from outside of any "systemd --user" service or
3696 scope. Specifically, it is not supported from session scopes. We are
3697 working on fixing this in a future systemd version. (See #3388 for
3698 further details about this.)
3699
3700 * DBus policy files are now installed into /usr rather than /etc. Make
3701 sure your system has dbus >= 1.9.18 running before upgrading to this
3702 version, or override the install path with --with-dbuspolicydir= .
3703
3704 * All python scripts shipped with systemd (specifically: the various
3705 tests written in Python) now require Python 3.
3706
3707 * systemd unit tests can now run standalone (without the source or
3708 build directories), and can be installed into /usr/lib/systemd/tests/
3709 with 'make install-tests'.
3710
3711 * Note that from this version on, CONFIG_CRYPTO_USER_API_HASH,
3712 CONFIG_CRYPTO_HMAC and CONFIG_CRYPTO_SHA256 need to be enabled in the
3713 kernel.
3714
3715 * Support for the %c, %r, %R specifiers in unit files has been
3716 removed. Specifiers are not supposed to be dependent on configuration
3717 in the unit file itself (so that they resolve the same regardless
3718 where used in the unit files), but these specifiers were influenced
3719 by the Slice= option.
3720
3721 * The shell invoked by debug-shell.service now defaults to /bin/sh in
3722 all cases. If distributions want to use a different shell for this
3723 purpose (for example Fedora's /sbin/sushell) they need to specify
3724 this explicitly at configure time using --with-debug-shell=.
3725
3726 * The confirmation spawn prompt has been reworked to offer the
3727 following choices:
3728
3729 (c)ontinue, proceed without asking anymore
3730 (D)ump, show the state of the unit
3731 (f)ail, don't execute the command and pretend it failed
3732 (h)elp
3733 (i)nfo, show a short summary of the unit
3734 (j)obs, show jobs that are in progress
3735 (s)kip, don't execute the command and pretend it succeeded
3736 (y)es, execute the command
3737
3738 The 'n' choice for the confirmation spawn prompt has been removed,
3739 because its meaning was confusing.
3740
3741 The prompt may now also be redirected to an alternative console by
3742 specifying the console as parameter to systemd.confirm_spawn=.
3743
3744 * Services of Type=notify require a READY=1 notification to be sent
3745 during startup. If no such message is sent, the service now fails,
3746 even if the main process exited with a successful exit code.
3747
3748 * Services that fail to start up correctly now always have their
3749 ExecStopPost= commands executed. Previously, they'd enter "failed"
3750 state directly, without executing these commands.
3751
3752 * The option MulticastDNS= of network configuration files has acquired
3753 an actual implementation. With MulticastDNS=yes a host can resolve
3754 names of remote hosts and reply to mDNS A and AAAA requests.
3755
3756 * When units are about to be started an additional check is now done to
3757 ensure that all dependencies of type BindsTo= (when used in
3758 combination with After=) have been started.
3759
3760 * systemd-analyze gained a new verb "syscall-filter" which shows which
3761 system call groups are defined for the SystemCallFilter= unit file
3762 setting, and which system calls they contain.
3763
3764 * A new system call filter group "@filesystem" has been added,
3765 consisting of various file system related system calls. Group
3766 "@reboot" has been added, covering reboot, kexec and shutdown related
3767 calls. Finally, group "@swap" has been added covering swap
3768 configuration related calls.
3769
3770 * A new unit file option RestrictNamespaces= has been added that may be
3771 used to restrict access to the various process namespace types the
3772 Linux kernel provides. Specifically, it may be used to take away the
3773 right for a service unit to create additional file system, network,
3774 user, and other namespaces. This sandboxing option is particularly
3775 relevant due to the high amount of recently discovered namespacing
3776 related vulnerabilities in the kernel.
3777
3778 * systemd-udev's .link files gained support for a new AutoNegotiation=
3779 setting for configuring Ethernet auto-negotiation.
3780
3781 * systemd-networkd's .network files gained support for a new
3782 ListenPort= setting in the [DHCP] section to explicitly configure the
3783 UDP client port the DHCP client shall listen on.
3784
3785 * .network files gained a new Unmanaged= boolean setting for explicitly
3786 excluding one or more interfaces from management by systemd-networkd.
3787
3788 * The systemd-networkd ProxyARP= option has been renamed to
3789 IPV4ProxyARP=. Similarly, VXLAN-specific option ARPProxy= has been
3790 renamed to ReduceARPProxy=. The old names continue to be available
3791 for compatibility.
3792
3793 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring IPv6 Proxy NDP
3794 addresses via the new IPv6ProxyNDPAddress= .network file setting.
3795
3796 * systemd-networkd's bonding device support gained support for two new
3797 configuration options ActiveSlave= and PrimarySlave=.
3798
3799 * The various options in the [Match] section of .network files gained
3800 support for negative matching.
3801
3802 * New systemd-specific mount options are now understood in /etc/fstab:
3803
3804 x-systemd.mount-timeout= may be used to configure the maximum
3805 permitted runtime of the mount command.
3806
3807 x-systemd.device-bound may be set to bind a mount point to its
3808 backing device unit, in order to automatically remove a mount point
3809 if its backing device is unplugged. This option may also be
3810 configured through the new SYSTEMD_MOUNT_DEVICE_BOUND udev property
3811 on the block device, which is now automatically set for all CDROM
3812 drives, so that mounted CDs are automatically unmounted when they are
3813 removed from the drive.
3814
3815 x-systemd.after= and x-systemd.before= may be used to explicitly
3816 order a mount after or before another unit or mount point.
3817
3818 * Enqueued start jobs for device units are now automatically garbage
3819 collected if there are no jobs waiting for them anymore.
3820
3821 * systemctl list-jobs gained two new switches: with --after, for every
3822 queued job the jobs it's waiting for are shown; with --before the
3823 jobs which it's blocking are shown.
3824
3825 * systemd-nspawn gained support for ephemeral boots from disk images
3826 (or in other words: --ephemeral and --image= may now be
3827 combined). Moreover, ephemeral boots are now supported for normal
3828 directories, even if the backing file system is not btrfs. Of course,
3829 if the file system does not support file system snapshots or
3830 reflinks, the initial copy operation will be relatively expensive, but
3831 this should still be suitable for many use cases.
3832
3833 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now support
3834 specifications relative to the end of a month by using "~" instead of
3835 "-" as separator between month and day. For example, "*-02~03" means
3836 "the third last day in February". In addition a new syntax for
3837 repeated events has been added using the "/" character. For example,
3838 "9..17/2:00" means "every two hours from 9am to 5pm".
3839
3840 * systemd-socket-proxyd gained a new parameter --connections-max= for
3841 configuring the maximum number of concurrent connections.
3842
3843 * sd-id128 gained a new API for generating unique IDs for the host in a
3844 way that does not leak the machine ID. Specifically,
3845 sd_id128_get_machine_app_specific() derives an ID based on the
3846 machine ID a in well-defined, non-reversible, stable way. This is
3847 useful whenever an identifier for the host is needed but where the
3848 identifier shall not be useful to identify the system beyond the
3849 scope of the application itself. (Internally this uses HMAC-SHA256 as
3850 keyed hash function using the machine ID as input.)
3851
3852 * NotifyAccess= gained a new supported value "exec". When set
3853 notifications are accepted from all processes systemd itself invoked,
3854 including all control processes.
3855
3856 * .nspawn files gained support for defining overlay mounts using the
3857 Overlay= and OverlayReadOnly= options. Previously this functionality
3858 was only available on the systemd-nspawn command line.
3859
3860 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3861 bind/overlay mounts whose source lies within the container tree by
3862 prefixing the source path with "+".
3863
3864 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --overlay= options gained support for
3865 automatically allocating a temporary source directory in /var/tmp
3866 that is removed when the container dies. Specifically, if the source
3867 directory is specified as empty string this mechanism is selected. An
3868 example usage is --overlay=+/var::/var, which creates an overlay
3869 mount based on the original /var contained in the image, overlaid
3870 with a temporary directory in the host's /var/tmp. This way changes
3871 to /var are automatically flushed when the container shuts down.
3872
3873 * systemd-nspawn --image= option does now permit raw file system block
3874 devices (in addition to images containing partition tables, as
3875 before).
3876
3877 * The disk image dissection logic in systemd-nspawn gained support for
3878 automatically setting up LUKS encrypted as well as Verity protected
3879 partitions. When a container is booted from an encrypted image the
3880 passphrase is queried at start-up time. When a container with Verity
3881 data is started, the root hash is search in a ".roothash" file
3882 accompanying the disk image (alternatively, pass the root hash via
3883 the new --root-hash= command line option).
3884
3885 * A new tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-dissect has been added that may
3886 be used to dissect disk images the same way as systemd-nspawn does
3887 it, following the Bootable Partition Specification. It may even be
3888 used to mount disk images with complex partition setups (including
3889 LUKS and Verity partitions) to a local host directory, in order to
3890 inspect them. This tool is not considered public API (yet), and is
3891 thus not installed into /usr/bin. Please do not rely on its
3892 existence, since it might go away or be changed in later systemd
3893 versions.
3894
3895 * A new generator "systemd-verity-generator" has been added, similar in
3896 style to "systemd-cryptsetup-generator", permitting automatic setup of
3897 Verity root partitions when systemd boots up. In order to make use of
3898 this your partition setup should follow the Discoverable Partitions
3899 Specification, and the GPT partition ID of the root file system
3900 partition should be identical to the upper 128bit of the Verity root
3901 hash. The GPT partition ID of the Verity partition protecting it
3902 should be the lower 128bit of the Verity root hash. If the partition
3903 image follows this model it is sufficient to specify a single
3904 "roothash=" kernel command line argument to both configure which root
3905 image and verity partition to use as well as the root hash for
3906 it. Note that systemd-nspawn's Verity support follows the same
3907 semantics, meaning that disk images with proper Verity data in place
3908 may be booted in containers with systemd-nspawn as well as on
3909 physical systems via the verity generator. Also note that the "mkosi"
3910 tool available at https://github.com/systemd/mkosi has been updated
3911 to generate Verity protected disk images following this scheme. In
3912 fact, it has been updated to generate disk images that optionally
3913 implement a complete UEFI SecureBoot trust chain, involving a signed
3914 kernel and initrd image that incorporates such a root hash as well as
3915 a Verity-enabled root partition.
3916
3917 * The hardware database (hwdb) udev supports has been updated to carry
3918 accelerometer quirks.
3919
3920 * All system services are now run with a fresh kernel keyring set up
3921 for them. The invocation ID is stored by default in it, thus
3922 providing a safe, non-overridable way to determine the invocation
3923 ID of each service.
3924
3925 * Service unit files gained new BindPaths= and BindReadOnlyPaths=
3926 options for bind mounting arbitrary paths in a service-specific
3927 way. When these options are used, arbitrary host or service files and
3928 directories may be mounted to arbitrary locations in the service's
3929 view.
3930
3931 * Documentation has been added that lists all of systemd's low-level
3932 environment variables:
3933
3934 https://github.com/systemd/systemd/blob/master/docs/ENVIRONMENT.md
3935
3936 * sd-daemon gained a new API sd_is_socket_sockaddr() for determining
3937 whether a specific socket file descriptor matches a specified socket
3938 address.
3939
3940 * systemd-firstboot has been updated to check for the
3941 systemd.firstboot= kernel command line option. It accepts a boolean
3942 and when set to false the first boot questions are skipped.
3943
3944 * systemd-fstab-generator has been updated to check for the
3945 systemd.volatile= kernel command line option, which either takes an
3946 optional boolean parameter or the special value "state". If used the
3947 system may be booted in a "volatile" boot mode. Specifically,
3948 "systemd.volatile" is used, the root directory will be mounted as
3949 tmpfs, and only /usr is mounted from the actual root file system. If
3950 "systemd.volatile=state" is used, the root directory will be mounted
3951 as usual, but /var is mounted as tmpfs. This concept provides similar
3952 functionality as systemd-nspawn's --volatile= option, but provides it
3953 on physical boots. Use this option for implementing stateless
3954 systems, or testing systems with all state and/or configuration reset
3955 to the defaults. (Note though that many distributions are not
3956 prepared to boot up without a populated /etc or /var, though.)
3957
3958 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator gained support for LUKS encrypted root
3959 partitions. Previously it only supported LUKS encrypted partitions
3960 for all other uses, except for the root partition itself.
3961
3962 * Socket units gained support for listening on AF_VSOCK sockets for
3963 communication in virtualized QEMU environments.
3964
3965 * The "configure" script gained a new option --with-fallback-hostname=
3966 for specifying the fallback hostname to use if none is configured in
3967 /etc/hostname. For example, by specifying
3968 --with-fallback-hostname=fedora it is possible to default to a
3969 hostname of "fedora" on pristine installations.
3970
3971 * systemd-cgls gained support for a new --unit= switch for listing only
3972 the control groups of a specific unit. Similar --user-unit= has been
3973 added for listing only the control groups of a specific user unit.
3974
3975 * systemd-mount gained a new --umount switch for unmounting a mount or
3976 automount point (and all mount/automount points below it).
3977
3978 * systemd will now refuse full configuration reloads (via systemctl
3979 daemon-reload and related calls) unless at least 16MiB of free space
3980 are available in /run. This is a safety precaution in order to ensure
3981 that generators can safely operate after the reload completed.
3982
3983 * A new unit file option RootImage= has been added, which has a similar
3984 effect as RootDirectory= but mounts the service's root directory from
3985 a disk image instead of plain directory. This logic reuses the same
3986 image dissection and mount logic that systemd-nspawn already uses,
3987 and hence supports any disk images systemd-nspawn supports, including
3988 those following the Discoverable Partition Specification, as well as
3989 Verity enabled images. This option enables systemd to run system
3990 services directly off disk images acting as resource bundles,
3991 possibly even including full integrity data.
3992
3993 * A new MountAPIVFS= unit file option has been added, taking a boolean
3994 argument. If enabled /proc, /sys and /dev (collectively called the
3995 "API VFS") will be mounted for the service. This is only relevant if
3996 RootDirectory= or RootImage= is used for the service, as these mounts
3997 are of course in place in the host mount namespace anyway.
3998
3999 * systemd-nspawn gained support for a new --pivot-root= switch. If
4000 specified the root directory within the container image is pivoted to
4001 the specified mount point, while the original root disk is moved to a
4002 different place. This option enables booting of ostree images
4003 directly with systemd-nspawn.
4004
4005 * The systemd build scripts will no longer complain if the NTP server
4006 addresses are not changed from the defaults. Google now supports
4007 these NTP servers officially. We still recommend downstreams to
4008 properly register an NTP pool with the NTP pool project though.
4009
4010 * coredumpctl gained a new "--reverse" option for printing the list
4011 of coredumps in reverse order.
4012
4013 * coredumpctl will now show additional information about truncated and
4014 inaccessible coredumps, as well as coredumps that are still being
4015 processed. It also gained a new --quiet switch for suppressing
4016 additional informational message in its output.
4017
4018 * coredumpctl gained support for only showing coredumps newer and/or
4019 older than specific timestamps, using the new --since= and --until=
4020 options, reminiscent of journalctl's options by the same name.
4021
4022 * The systemd-coredump logic has been improved so that it may be reused
4023 to collect backtraces in non-compiled languages, for example in
4024 scripting languages such as Python.
4025
4026 * machinectl will now show the UID shift of local containers, if user
4027 namespacing is enabled for them.
4028
4029 * systemd will now optionally run "environment generator" binaries at
4030 configuration load time. They may be used to add environment
4031 variables to the environment block passed to services invoked. One
4032 user environment generator is shipped by default that sets up
4033 environment variables based on files dropped into /etc/environment.d
4034 and ~/.config/environment.d/.
4035
4036 * systemd-resolved now includes the new, recently published 2017 DNSSEC
4037 root key (KSK).
4038
4039 * hostnamed has been updated to report a new chassis type of
4040 "convertible" to cover "foldable" laptops that can both act as a
4041 tablet and as a laptop, such as various Lenovo Yoga devices.
4042
4043 Contributions from: Adrián López, Alexander Galanin, Alexander
4044 Kochetkov, Alexandros Frantzis, Andrey Ulanov, Antoine Eiche, Baruch
4045 Siach, Bastien Nocera, Benjamin Robin, Björn, Brandon Philips, Cédric
4046 Schieli, Charles (Chas) Williams, Christian Hesse, Daniele Medri,
4047 Daniel Drake, Daniel Rusek, Daniel Wagner, Dan Streetman, Dave Reisner,
4048 David Glasser, David Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry
4049 Khlebnikov, Dmitry Rozhkov, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Earnestly,
4050 Emil Soleyman, Eric Cook, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Fionn
4051 Cleary, Florian Klink, Francesco Brozzu, Franck Bui, Gabriel Rauter,
4052 Gianluca Boiano, Giedrius Statkevičius, Graeme Lawes, Hans de Goede,
4053 Harald Hoyer, Ian Kelling, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Janne Heß, Jan
4054 Synacek, Jason Reeder, Jonathan Boulle, Jörg Thalheim, Jouke Witteveen,
4055 Karl Kraus, Kees Cook, Keith Busch, Kieran Colford, kilian-k, Lennart
4056 Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas Werkmeister, Lukas Rusak, Maarten de
4057 Vries, Maks Naumov, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Andre Lureau, Marcin Bachry,
4058 Mark Stosberg, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Mauricio Faria de
4059 Oliveira, micah, Michael Biebl, Michael Shields, Michal Schmidt, Michal
4060 Sekletar, Michel Kraus, Mike Gilbert, Mikko Ylinen, Mirza Krak,
4061 Namhyung Kim, nikolaof, peoronoob, Peter Hutterer, Peter Körner, Philip
4062 Withnall, Piotr Drąg, Ray Strode, Reverend Homer, Rike-Benjamin
4063 Schuppner, Robert Kreuzer, Ronny Chevalier, Ruslan Bilovol, sammynx,
4064 Sergey Ptashnick, Sergiusz Urbaniak, Stefan Berger, Stefan Hajnoczi,
4065 Stefan Schweter, Stuart McLaren, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève,
4066 Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tibor
4067 Nagy, Tobias Stoeckmann, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Viktar
4068 Vaŭčkievič, Viktor Mihajlovski, Vitaly Sulimov, Waldemar Brodkorb,
4069 Walter Garcia-Fontes, Wim de With, Yassine Imounachen, Yi EungJun,
4070 YunQiang Su, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Александр
4071 Тихонов
4072
4073 — Berlin, 2017-03-01
4074
4075 CHANGES WITH 232:
4076
4077 * udev now runs with MemoryDenyWriteExecute=, RestrictRealtime= and
4078 RestrictAddressFamilies= enabled. These sandboxing options should
4079 generally be compatible with the various external udev call-out
4080 binaries we are aware of, however there may be exceptions, in
4081 particular when exotic languages for these call-outs are used. In
4082 this case, consider turning off these settings locally.
4083
4084 * The new RemoveIPC= option can be used to remove IPC objects owned by
4085 the user or group of a service when that service exits.
4086
4087 * The new ProtectKernelModules= option can be used to disable explicit
4088 load and unload operations of kernel modules by a service. In
4089 addition access to /usr/lib/modules is removed if this option is set.
4090
4091 * ProtectSystem= option gained a new value "strict", which causes the
4092 whole file system tree with the exception of /dev, /proc, and /sys,
4093 to be remounted read-only for a service.
4094
4095 * The new ProtectKernelTunables= option can be used to disable
4096 modification of configuration files in /sys and /proc by a service.
4097 Various directories and files are remounted read-only, so access is
4098 restricted even if the file permissions would allow it.
4099
4100 * The new ProtectControlGroups= option can be used to disable write
4101 access by a service to /sys/fs/cgroup.
4102
4103 * Various systemd services have been hardened with
4104 ProtectKernelTunables=yes, ProtectControlGroups=yes,
4105 RestrictAddressFamilies=.
4106
4107 * Support for dynamically creating users for the lifetime of a service
4108 has been added. If DynamicUser=yes is specified, user and group IDs
4109 will be allocated from the range 61184..65519 for the lifetime of the
4110 service. They can be resolved using the new nss-systemd.so NSS
4111 module. The module must be enabled in /etc/nsswitch.conf. Services
4112 started in this way have PrivateTmp= and RemoveIPC= enabled, so that
4113 any resources allocated by the service will be cleaned up when the
4114 service exits. They also have ProtectHome=read-only and
4115 ProtectSystem=strict enabled, so they are not able to make any
4116 permanent modifications to the system.
4117
4118 * The nss-systemd module also always resolves root and nobody, making
4119 it possible to have no /etc/passwd or /etc/group files in minimal
4120 container or chroot environments.
4121
4122 * Services may be started with their own user namespace using the new
4123 boolean PrivateUsers= option. Only root, nobody, and the uid/gid
4124 under which the service is running are mapped. All other users are
4125 mapped to nobody.
4126
4127 * Support for the cgroup namespace has been added to systemd-nspawn. If
4128 supported by kernel, the container system started by systemd-nspawn
4129 will have its own view of the cgroup hierarchy. This new behaviour
4130 can be disabled using $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_USE_CGNS environment variable.
4131
4132 * The new MemorySwapMax= option can be used to limit the maximum swap
4133 usage under the unified cgroup hierarchy.
4134
4135 * Support for the CPU controller in the unified cgroup hierarchy has
4136 been added, via the CPUWeight=, CPUStartupWeight=, CPUAccounting=
4137 options. This controller requires out-of-tree patches for the kernel
4138 and the support is provisional.
4139
4140 * Mount and automount units may now be created transiently
4141 (i.e. dynamically at runtime via the bus API, instead of requiring
4142 unit files in the file system).
4143
4144 * systemd-mount is a new tool which may mount file systems – much like
4145 mount(8), optionally pulling in additional dependencies through
4146 transient .mount and .automount units. For example, this tool
4147 automatically runs fsck on a backing block device before mounting,
4148 and allows the automount logic to be used dynamically from the
4149 command line for establishing mount points. This tool is particularly
4150 useful when dealing with removable media, as it will ensure fsck is
4151 run – if necessary – before the first access and that the file system
4152 is quickly unmounted after each access by utilizing the automount
4153 logic. This maximizes the chance that the file system on the
4154 removable media stays in a clean state, and if it isn't in a clean
4155 state is fixed automatically.
4156
4157 * LazyUnmount=yes option for mount units has been added to expose the
4158 umount --lazy option. Similarly, ForceUnmount=yes exposes the --force
4159 option.
4160
4161 * /efi will be used as the mount point of the EFI boot partition, if
4162 the directory is present, and the mount point was not configured
4163 through other means (e.g. fstab). If /efi directory does not exist,
4164 /boot will be used as before. This makes it easier to automatically
4165 mount the EFI partition on systems where /boot is used for something
4166 else.
4167
4168 * When operating on GPT disk images for containers, systemd-nspawn will
4169 now mount the ESP to /boot or /efi according to the same rules as PID
4170 1 running on a host. This allows tools like "bootctl" to operate
4171 correctly within such containers, in order to make container images
4172 bootable on physical systems.
4173
4174 * disk/by-id and disk/by-path symlinks are now created for NVMe drives.
4175
4176 * Two new user session targets have been added to support running
4177 graphical sessions under the systemd --user instance:
4178 graphical-session.target and graphical-session-pre.target. See
4179 systemd.special(7) for a description of how those targets should be
4180 used.
4181
4182 * The vconsole initialization code has been significantly reworked to
4183 use KD_FONT_OP_GET/SET ioctls instead of KD_FONT_OP_COPY and better
4184 support unicode keymaps. Font and keymap configuration will now be
4185 copied to all allocated virtual consoles.
4186
4187 * FreeBSD's bhyve virtualization is now detected.
4188
4189 * Information recorded in the journal for core dumps now includes the
4190 contents of /proc/mountinfo and the command line of the process at
4191 the top of the process hierarchy (which is usually the init process
4192 of the container).
4193
4194 * systemd-journal-gatewayd learned the --directory= option to serve
4195 files from the specified location.
4196
4197 * journalctl --root=… can be used to peruse the journal in the
4198 /var/log/ directories inside of a container tree. This is similar to
4199 the existing --machine= option, but does not require the container to
4200 be active.
4201
4202 * The hardware database has been extended to support
4203 ID_INPUT_TRACKBALL, used in addition to ID_INPUT_MOUSE to identify
4204 trackball devices.
4205
4206 MOUSE_WHEEL_CLICK_ANGLE_HORIZONTAL hwdb property has been added to
4207 specify the click rate for mice which include a horizontal wheel with
4208 a click rate that is different than the one for the vertical wheel.
4209
4210 * systemd-run gained a new --wait option that makes service execution
4211 synchronous. (Specifically, the command will not return until the
4212 specified service binary exited.)
4213
4214 * systemctl gained a new --wait option that causes the start command to
4215 wait until the units being started have terminated again.
4216
4217 * A new journal output mode "short-full" has been added which displays
4218 timestamps with abbreviated English day names and adds a timezone
4219 suffix. Those timestamps include more information than the default
4220 "short" output mode, and can be passed directly to journalctl's
4221 --since= and --until= options.
4222
4223 * /etc/resolv.conf will be bind-mounted into containers started by
4224 systemd-nspawn, if possible, so any changes to resolv.conf contents
4225 are automatically propagated to the container.
4226
4227 * The number of instances for socket-activated services originating
4228 from a single IP address can be limited with
4229 MaxConnectionsPerSource=, extending the existing setting of
4230 MaxConnections=.
4231
4232 * systemd-networkd gained support for vcan ("Virtual CAN") interface
4233 configuration.
4234
4235 * .netdev and .network configuration can now be extended through
4236 drop-ins.
4237
4238 * UDP Segmentation Offload, TCP Segmentation Offload, Generic
4239 Segmentation Offload, Generic Receive Offload, Large Receive Offload
4240 can be enabled and disabled using the new UDPSegmentationOffload=,
4241 TCPSegmentationOffload=, GenericSegmentationOffload=,
4242 GenericReceiveOffload=, LargeReceiveOffload= options in the
4243 [Link] section of .link files.
4244
4245 * The Spanning Tree Protocol, Priority, Aging Time, and the Default
4246 Port VLAN ID can be configured for bridge devices using the new STP=,
4247 Priority=, AgeingTimeSec=, and DefaultPVID= settings in the [Bridge]
4248 section of .netdev files.
4249
4250 * The route table to which routes received over DHCP or RA should be
4251 added can be configured with the new RouteTable= option in the [DHCP]
4252 and [IPv6AcceptRA] sections of .network files.
4253
4254 * The Address Resolution Protocol can be disabled on links managed by
4255 systemd-networkd using the ARP=no setting in the [Link] section of
4256 .network files.
4257
4258 * New environment variables $SERVICE_RESULT, $EXIT_CODE and
4259 $EXIT_STATUS are set for ExecStop= and ExecStopPost= commands, and
4260 encode information about the result and exit codes of the current
4261 service runtime cycle.
4262
4263 * systemd-sysctl will now configure kernel parameters in the order
4264 they occur in the configuration files. This matches what sysctl
4265 has been traditionally doing.
4266
4267 * kernel-install "plugins" that are executed to perform various
4268 tasks after a new kernel is added and before an old one is removed
4269 can now return a special value to terminate the procedure and
4270 prevent any later plugins from running.
4271
4272 * Journald's SplitMode=login setting has been deprecated. It has been
4273 removed from documentation, and its use is discouraged. In a future
4274 release it will be completely removed, and made equivalent to current
4275 default of SplitMode=uid.
4276
4277 * Storage=both option setting in /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been
4278 removed. With fast LZ4 compression storing the core dump twice is not
4279 useful.
4280
4281 * The --share-system systemd-nspawn option has been replaced with an
4282 (undocumented) variable $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_SYSTEM, but the use of
4283 this functionality is discouraged. In addition the variables
4284 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_IPC, $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_PID,
4285 $SYSTEMD_NSPAWN_SHARE_NS_UTS may be used to control the unsharing of
4286 individual namespaces.
4287
4288 * "machinectl list" now shows the IP address of running containers in
4289 the output, as well as OS release information.
4290
4291 * "loginctl list" now shows the TTY of each session in the output.
4292
4293 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_track_set_recursive(),
4294 sd_bus_track_get_recursive(), sd_bus_track_count_name(),
4295 sd_bus_track_count_sender(). They permit usage of sd_bus_track peer
4296 tracking objects in a "recursive" mode, where a single client can be
4297 counted multiple times, if it takes multiple references.
4298
4299 * sd-bus gained new API calls sd_bus_set_exit_on_disconnect() and
4300 sd_bus_get_exit_on_disconnect(). They may be used to make a
4301 process using sd-bus automatically exit if the bus connection is
4302 severed.
4303
4304 * Bus clients of the service manager may now "pin" loaded units into
4305 memory, by taking an explicit reference on them. This is useful to
4306 ensure the client can retrieve runtime data about the service even
4307 after the service completed execution. Taking such a reference is
4308 available only for privileged clients and should be helpful to watch
4309 running services in a race-free manner, and in particular collect
4310 information about exit statuses and results.
4311
4312 * The nss-resolve module has been changed to strictly return UNAVAIL
4313 when communication via D-Bus with resolved failed, and NOTFOUND when
4314 a lookup completed but was negative. This means it is now possible to
4315 neatly configure fallbacks using nsswitch.conf result checking
4316 expressions. Taking benefit of this, the new recommended
4317 configuration line for the "hosts" entry in /etc/nsswitch.conf is:
4318
4319 hosts: files mymachines resolve [!UNAVAIL=return] dns myhostname
4320
4321 * A new setting CtrlAltDelBurstAction= has been added to
4322 /etc/systemd/system.conf which may be used to configure the precise
4323 behaviour if the user on the console presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more often
4324 than 7 times in 2s. Previously this would unconditionally result in
4325 an expedited, immediate reboot. With this new setting the precise
4326 operation may be configured in more detail, and also turned off
4327 entirely.
4328
4329 * In .netdev files two new settings RemoteChecksumTx= and
4330 RemoteChecksumRx= are now understood that permit configuring the
4331 remote checksumming logic for VXLAN networks.
4332
4333 * The service manager learnt a new "invocation ID" concept for invoked
4334 services. Each runtime cycle of a service will get a new invocation
4335 ID (a 128bit random UUID) assigned that identifies the current
4336 run of the service uniquely and globally. A new invocation ID
4337 is generated each time a service starts up. The journal will store
4338 the invocation ID of a service along with any logged messages, thus
4339 making the invocation ID useful for matching the online runtime of a
4340 service with the offline log data it generated in a safe way without
4341 relying on synchronized timestamps. In many ways this new service
4342 invocation ID concept is similar to the kernel's boot ID concept that
4343 uniquely and globally identifies the runtime of each boot. The
4344 invocation ID of a service is passed to the service itself via an
4345 environment variable ($INVOCATION_ID). A new bus call
4346 GetUnitByInvocationID() has been added that is similar to GetUnit()
4347 but instead of retrieving the bus path for a unit by its name
4348 retrieves it by its invocation ID. The returned path is valid only as
4349 long as the passed invocation ID is current.
4350
4351 * systemd-resolved gained a new "DNSStubListener" setting in
4352 resolved.conf. It either takes a boolean value or the special values
4353 "udp" and "tcp", and configures whether to enable the stub DNS
4354 listener on 127.0.0.53:53.
4355
4356 * IP addresses configured via networkd may now carry additional
4357 configuration settings supported by the kernel. New options include:
4358 HomeAddress=, DuplicateAddressDetection=, ManageTemporaryAddress=,
4359 PrefixRoute=, AutoJoin=.
4360
4361 * The PAM configuration fragment file for "user@.service" shipped with
4362 systemd (i.e. the --user instance of systemd) has been stripped to
4363 the minimum necessary to make the system boot. Previously, it
4364 contained Fedora-specific stanzas that did not apply to other
4365 distributions. It is expected that downstream distributions add
4366 additional configuration lines, matching their needs to this file,
4367 using it only as rough template of what systemd itself needs. Note
4368 that this reduced fragment does not even include an invocation of
4369 pam_limits which most distributions probably want to add, even though
4370 systemd itself does not need it. (There's also the new build time
4371 option --with-pamconfdir=no to disable installation of the PAM
4372 fragment entirely.)
4373
4374 * If PrivateDevices=yes is set for a service the CAP_SYS_RAWIO
4375 capability is now also dropped from its set (in addition to
4376 CAP_SYS_MKNOD as before).
4377
4378 * In service unit files it is now possible to connect a specific named
4379 file descriptor with stdin/stdout/stdout of an executed service. The
4380 name may be specified in matching .socket units using the
4381 FileDescriptorName= setting.
4382
4383 * A number of journal settings may now be configured on the kernel
4384 command line. Specifically, the following options are now understood:
4385 systemd.journald.max_level_console=,
4386 systemd.journald.max_level_store=,
4387 systemd.journald.max_level_syslog=, systemd.journald.max_level_kmsg=,
4388 systemd.journald.max_level_wall=.
4389
4390 * "systemctl is-enabled --full" will now show by which symlinks a unit
4391 file is enabled in the unit dependency tree.
4392
4393 * Support for VeraCrypt encrypted partitions has been added to the
4394 "cryptsetup" logic and /etc/crypttab.
4395
4396 * systemd-detect-virt gained support for a new --private-users switch
4397 that checks whether the invoking processes are running inside a user
4398 namespace. Similar, a new special value "private-users" for the
4399 existing ConditionVirtualization= setting has been added, permitting
4400 skipping of specific units in user namespace environments.
4401
4402 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alfie John,
4403 Andreas Henriksson, Andrew Jeddeloh, Balázs Úr, Bart Rulon, Benjamin
4404 Richter, Ben Gamari, Ben Harris, Brian J. Murrell, Christian Brauner,
4405 Christian Rebischke, Clinton Roy, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
4406 Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, Daniel Maixner, Daniel Rusek, Dan Dedrick,
4407 Davide Cavalca, David Herrmann, David Michael, Dennis Wassenberg,
4408 Djalal Harouni, Dongsu Park, Douglas Christman, Elias Probst, Eric
4409 Cook, Erik Karlsson, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, Felix Zhang,
4410 Franck Bui, George Hilliard, Giuseppe Scrivano, HATAYAMA Daisuke,
4411 Heikki Kemppainen, Hendrik Brueckner, hi117, Ismo Puustinen, Ivan
4412 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jakub Wilk, Jan Synacek, Jason Kölker,
4413 Jean-Sébastien Bour, Jiří Pírko, Jonathan Boulle, Jorge Niedbalski,
4414 Keith Busch, kristbaum, Kyle Russell, Lans Zhang, Lennart Poettering,
4415 Leonardo Brondani Schenkel, Lucas Werkmeister, Luca Bruno, Lukáš
4416 Nykrýn, Maciek Borzecki, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
4417 Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Mello, Martin Ejdestig, Martin Pitt, Matej
4418 Habrnal, Maxime de Roucy, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Hoy,
4419 Michael Olbrich, Michael Pope, Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Mike
4420 Gilbert, Nick Owens, Patrik Flykt, Paweł Szewczyk, Peter Hutterer,
4421 Piotr Drąg, Reid Price, Richard W.M. Jones, Roman Stingler, Ronny
4422 Chevalier, Seraphime Kirkovski, Stefan Schweter, Steve Muir, Susant
4423 Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tiago Levit,
4424 Tobias Jungel, Tomáš Janoušek, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut
4425 Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Wilhelm Schuster, Yann
4426 E. MORIN, Yi EungJun, Yuki Inoguchi, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4427 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeal Jagannatha
4428
4429 — Santa Fe, 2016-11-03
4430
4431 CHANGES WITH 231:
4432
4433 * In service units the various ExecXYZ= settings have been extended
4434 with an additional special character as first argument of the
4435 assigned value: if the character '+' is used the specified command
4436 line it will be run with full privileges, regardless of User=,
4437 Group=, CapabilityBoundingSet= and similar options. The effect is
4438 similar to the existing PermissionsStartOnly= option, but allows
4439 configuration of this concept for each executed command line
4440 independently.
4441
4442 * Services may now alter the service watchdog timeout at runtime by
4443 sending a WATCHDOG_USEC= message via sd_notify().
4444
4445 * MemoryLimit= and related unit settings now optionally take percentage
4446 specifications. The percentage is taken relative to the amount of
4447 physical memory in the system (or in case of containers, the assigned
4448 amount of memory). This allows scaling service resources neatly with
4449 the amount of RAM available on the system. Similarly, systemd-logind's
4450 RuntimeDirectorySize= option now also optionally takes percentage
4451 values.
4452
4453 * In similar fashion TasksMax= takes percentage values now, too. The
4454 value is taken relative to the configured maximum number of processes
4455 on the system. The per-service task maximum has been changed to 15%
4456 using this functionality. (Effectively this is an increase of 512 →
4457 4915 for service units, given the kernel's default pid_max setting.)
4458
4459 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now understand a ".."
4460 syntax for time ranges. Example: "4..7:10" may now be used for
4461 defining a timer that is triggered at 4:10am, 5:10am, 6:10am and
4462 7:10am every day.
4463
4464 * The InaccessableDirectories=, ReadOnlyDirectories= and
4465 ReadWriteDirectories= unit file settings have been renamed to
4466 InaccessablePaths=, ReadOnlyPaths= and ReadWritePaths= and may now be
4467 applied to all kinds of file nodes, and not just directories, with
4468 the exception of symlinks. Specifically these settings may now be
4469 used on block and character device nodes, UNIX sockets and FIFOS as
4470 well as regular files. The old names of these settings remain
4471 available for compatibility.
4472
4473 * systemd will now log about all service processes it kills forcibly
4474 (using SIGKILL) because they remained after the clean shutdown phase
4475 of the service completed. This should help identifying services that
4476 shut down uncleanly. Moreover if KillUserProcesses= is enabled in
4477 systemd-logind's configuration a similar log message is generated for
4478 processes killed at the end of each session due to this setting.
4479
4480 * systemd will now set the $JOURNAL_STREAM environment variable for all
4481 services whose stdout/stderr are connected to the Journal (which
4482 effectively means by default: all services). The variable contains
4483 the device and inode number of the file descriptor used for
4484 stdout/stderr. This may be used by invoked programs to detect whether
4485 their stdout/stderr is connected to the Journal, in which case they
4486 can switch over to direct Journal communication, thus being able to
4487 pass extended, structured metadata along with their log messages. As
4488 one example, this is now used by glib's logging primitives.
4489
4490 * When using systemd's default tmp.mount unit for /tmp, the mount point
4491 will now be established with the "nosuid" and "nodev" options. This
4492 avoids privilege escalation attacks that put traps and exploits into
4493 /tmp. However, this might cause problems if you e. g. put container
4494 images or overlays into /tmp; if you need this, override tmp.mount's
4495 "Options=" with a drop-in, or mount /tmp from /etc/fstab with your
4496 desired options.
4497
4498 * systemd now supports the "memory" cgroup controller also on
4499 cgroup v2.
4500
4501 * The systemd-cgtop tool now optionally takes a control group path as
4502 command line argument. If specified, the control group list shown is
4503 limited to subgroups of that group.
4504
4505 * The SystemCallFilter= unit file setting gained support for
4506 pre-defined, named system call filter sets. For example
4507 SystemCallFilter=@clock is now an effective way to make all clock
4508 changing-related system calls unavailable to a service. A number of
4509 similar pre-defined groups are defined. Writing system call filters
4510 for system services is simplified substantially with this new
4511 concept. Accordingly, all of systemd's own, long-running services now
4512 enable system call filtering based on this, by default.
4513
4514 * A new service setting MemoryDenyWriteExecute= has been added, taking
4515 a boolean value. If turned on, a service may no longer create memory
4516 mappings that are writable and executable at the same time. This
4517 enhances security for services where this is enabled as it becomes
4518 harder to dynamically write and then execute memory in exploited
4519 service processes. This option has been enabled for all of systemd's
4520 own long-running services.
4521
4522 * A new RestrictRealtime= service setting has been added, taking a
4523 boolean argument. If set the service's processes may no longer
4524 acquire realtime scheduling. This improves security as realtime
4525 scheduling may otherwise be used to easily freeze the system.
4526
4527 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch --notify-ready= taking a boolean
4528 value. This may be used for requesting that the system manager inside
4529 of the container reports start-up completion to nspawn which then
4530 propagates this notification further to the service manager
4531 supervising nspawn itself. A related option NotifyReady= in .nspawn
4532 files has been added too. This functionality allows ordering of the
4533 start-up of multiple containers using the usual systemd ordering
4534 primitives.
4535
4536 * machinectl gained a new command "stop" that is an alias for
4537 "terminate".
4538
4539 * systemd-resolved gained support for contacting DNS servers on
4540 link-local IPv6 addresses.
4541
4542 * If systemd-resolved receives the SIGUSR2 signal it will now flush all
4543 its caches. A method call for requesting the same operation has been
4544 added to the bus API too, and is made available via "systemd-resolve
4545 --flush-caches".
4546
4547 * systemd-resolve gained a new --status switch. If passed a brief
4548 summary of the used DNS configuration with per-interface information
4549 is shown.
4550
4551 * resolved.conf gained a new Cache= boolean option, defaulting to
4552 on. If turned off local DNS caching is disabled. This comes with a
4553 performance penalty in particular when DNSSEC is enabled. Note that
4554 resolved disables its internal caching implicitly anyway, when the
4555 configured DNS server is on a host-local IP address such as ::1 or
4556 127.0.0.1, thus automatically avoiding double local caching.
4557
4558 * systemd-resolved now listens on the local IP address 127.0.0.53:53
4559 for DNS requests. This improves compatibility with local programs
4560 that do not use the libc NSS or systemd-resolved's bus APIs for name
4561 resolution. This minimal DNS service is only available to local
4562 programs and does not implement the full DNS protocol, but enough to
4563 cover local DNS clients. A new, static resolv.conf file, listing just
4564 this DNS server is now shipped in /usr/lib/systemd/resolv.conf. It is
4565 now recommended to make /etc/resolv.conf a symlink to this file in
4566 order to route all DNS lookups to systemd-resolved, regardless if
4567 done via NSS, the bus API or raw DNS packets. Note that this local
4568 DNS service is not as fully featured as the libc NSS or
4569 systemd-resolved's bus APIs. For example, as unicast DNS cannot be
4570 used to deliver link-local address information (as this implies
4571 sending a local interface index along), LLMNR/mDNS support via this
4572 interface is severely restricted. It is thus strongly recommended for
4573 all applications to use the libc NSS API or native systemd-resolved
4574 bus API instead.
4575
4576 * systemd-networkd's bridge support learned a new setting
4577 VLANFiltering= for controlling VLAN filtering. Moreover a new section
4578 in .network files has been added for configuring VLAN bridging in
4579 more detail: VLAN=, EgressUntagged=, PVID= in [BridgeVLAN].
4580
4581 * systemd-networkd's IPv6 Router Advertisement code now makes use of
4582 the DNSSL and RDNSS options. This means IPv6 DNS configuration may
4583 now be acquired without relying on DHCPv6. Two new options
4584 UseDomains= and UseDNS= have been added to configure this behaviour.
4585
4586 * systemd-networkd's IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= option has been
4587 renamed IPv6AcceptRA=, without altering its behaviour. The old
4588 setting name remains available for compatibility reasons.
4589
4590 * The systemd-networkd VTI/VTI6 tunneling support gained new options
4591 Key=, InputKey= and OutputKey=.
4592
4593 * systemd-networkd gained support for VRF ("Virtual Routing Function")
4594 interface configuration.
4595
4596 * "systemctl edit" may now be used to create new unit files by
4597 specifying the --force switch.
4598
4599 * sd-event gained a new function sd_event_get_iteration() for
4600 requesting the current iteration counter of the event loop. It starts
4601 at zero and is increased by one with each event loop iteration.
4602
4603 * A new rpm macro %systemd_ordering is provided by the macros.systemd
4604 file. It can be used in lieu of %systemd_requires in packages which
4605 don't use any systemd functionality and are intended to be installed
4606 in minimal containers without systemd present. This macro provides
4607 ordering dependencies to ensure that if the package is installed in
4608 the same rpm transaction as systemd, systemd will be installed before
4609 the scriptlets for the package are executed, allowing unit presets
4610 to be handled.
4611
4612 New macros %_systemdgeneratordir and %_systemdusergeneratordir have
4613 been added to simplify packaging of generators.
4614
4615 * The os-release file gained VERSION_CODENAME field for the
4616 distribution nickname (e.g. VERSION_CODENAME=woody).
4617
4618 * New udev property UDEV_DISABLE_PERSISTENT_STORAGE_RULES_FLAG=1
4619 can be set to disable parsing of metadata and the creation
4620 of persistent symlinks for that device.
4621
4622 * The v230 change to tag framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) with "uaccess"
4623 to make them available to logged-in users has been reverted.
4624
4625 * Much of the common code of the various systemd components is now
4626 built into an internal shared library libsystemd-shared-231.so
4627 (incorporating the systemd version number in the name, to be updated
4628 with future releases) that the components link to. This should
4629 decrease systemd footprint both in memory during runtime and on
4630 disk. Note that the shared library is not for public use, and is
4631 neither API nor ABI stable, but is likely to change with every new
4632 released update. Packagers need to make sure that binaries
4633 linking to libsystemd-shared.so are updated in step with the
4634 library.
4635
4636 * Configuration for "mkosi" is now part of the systemd
4637 repository. mkosi is a tool to easily build legacy-free OS images,
4638 and is available on github: https://github.com/systemd/mkosi. If
4639 "mkosi" is invoked in the build tree a new raw OS image is generated
4640 incorporating the systemd sources currently being worked on and a
4641 clean, fresh distribution installation. The generated OS image may be
4642 booted up with "systemd-nspawn -b -i", qemu-kvm or on any physical
4643 UEFI PC. This functionality is particularly useful to easily test
4644 local changes made to systemd in a pristine, defined environment. See
4645 doc/HACKING for details.
4646
4647 * configure learned the --with-support-url= option to specify the
4648 distribution's bugtracker.
4649
4650 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alessandro Puccetti, Alessio Igor
4651 Bogani, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Kurtz, Alex Gaynor, Andika
4652 Triwidada, Andreas Pokorny, Andreas Rammhold, Andrew Jeddeloh, Ansgar
4653 Burchardt, Atrotors, Benjamin Drung, Brian Boylston, Christian Hesse,
4654 Christian Rebischke, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David
4655 Herrmann, David Michael, Djalal Harouni, Douglas Christman, Elias
4656 Probst, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Federico Mena Quintero, Felipe Sateler,
4657 Franck Bui, Harald Hoyer, Ian Lee, Ivan Shapovalov, Jakub Wilk, Jan
4658 Janssen, Jean-Sébastien Bour, John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jouke
4659 Witteveen, Kai Ruhnau, kpengboy, Kyle Walker, Lénaïc Huard, Lennart
4660 Poettering, Luca Bruno, Lukas Lösche, Lukáš Nykrýn, mahkoh, Marcel
4661 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Marty Plummer, Matthieu Codron, Max Prokhorov,
4662 Michael Biebl, Michael Karcher, Michael Olbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz,
4663 Michal Sekletar, Michal Soltys, Minkyung, Muhammet Kara, mulkieran,
4664 Otto Wallenius, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes, Peter Hutterer, Ronny Chevalier,
4665 Rusty Bird, Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas
4666 Haller, Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Jungel, Tom Gundersen, Tom Yan,
4667 Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Valentin Vidić, Viktar Vaŭčkievič,
4668 WaLyong Cho, Weng Xuetian, Werner Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4669
4670 — Berlin, 2016-07-25
4671
4672 CHANGES WITH 230:
4673
4674 * DNSSEC is now turned on by default in systemd-resolved (in
4675 "allow-downgrade" mode), but may be turned off during compile time by
4676 passing "--with-default-dnssec=no" to "configure" (and of course,
4677 during runtime with DNSSEC= in resolved.conf). We recommend
4678 downstreams to leave this on at least during development cycles and
4679 report any issues with the DNSSEC logic upstream. We are very
4680 interested in collecting feedback about the DNSSEC validator and its
4681 limitations in the wild. Note however, that DNSSEC support is
4682 probably nothing downstreams should turn on in stable distros just
4683 yet, as it might create incompatibilities with a few DNS servers and
4684 networks. We tried hard to make sure we downgrade to non-DNSSEC mode
4685 automatically whenever we detect such incompatible setups, but there
4686 might be systems we do not cover yet. Hence: please help us testing
4687 the DNSSEC code, leave this on where you can, report back, but then
4688 again don't consider turning this on in your stable, LTS or
4689 production release just yet. (Note that you have to enable
4690 nss-resolve in /etc/nsswitch.conf, to actually use systemd-resolved
4691 and its DNSSEC mode for hostname resolution from local
4692 applications.)
4693
4694 * systemd-resolve conveniently resolves DANE records with the --tlsa
4695 option and OPENPGPKEY records with the --openpgp option. It also
4696 supports dumping raw DNS record data via the new --raw= switch.
4697
4698 * systemd-logind will now by default terminate user processes that are
4699 part of the user session scope unit (session-XX.scope) when the user
4700 logs out. This behavior is controlled by the KillUserProcesses=
4701 setting in logind.conf, and the previous default of "no" is now
4702 changed to "yes". This means that user sessions will be properly
4703 cleaned up after, but additional steps are necessary to allow
4704 intentionally long-running processes to survive logout.
4705
4706 While the user is logged in at least once, user@.service is running,
4707 and any service that should survive the end of any individual login
4708 session can be started at a user service or scope using systemd-run.
4709 systemd-run(1) man page has been extended with an example which shows
4710 how to run screen in a scope unit underneath user@.service. The same
4711 command works for tmux.
4712
4713 After the user logs out of all sessions, user@.service will be
4714 terminated too, by default, unless the user has "lingering" enabled.
4715 To effectively allow users to run long-term tasks even if they are
4716 logged out, lingering must be enabled for them. See loginctl(1) for
4717 details. The default polkit policy was modified to allow users to
4718 set lingering for themselves without authentication.
4719
4720 Previous defaults can be restored at compile time by the
4721 --without-kill-user-processes option to "configure".
4722
4723 * systemd-logind gained new configuration settings SessionsMax= and
4724 InhibitorsMax=, both with a default of 8192. It will not register new
4725 user sessions or inhibitors above this limit.
4726
4727 * systemd-logind will now reload configuration on SIGHUP.
4728
4729 * The unified cgroup hierarchy added in Linux 4.5 is now supported.
4730 Use systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 on the kernel command line to
4731 enable. Also, support for the "io" cgroup controller in the unified
4732 hierarchy has been added, so that the "memory", "pids" and "io" are
4733 now the controllers that are supported on the unified hierarchy.
4734
4735 WARNING: it is not possible to use previous systemd versions with
4736 systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1 and the new kernel. Therefore it
4737 is necessary to also update systemd in the initramfs if using the
4738 unified hierarchy. An updated SELinux policy is also required.
4739
4740 * LLDP support has been extended, and both passive (receive-only) and
4741 active (sender) modes are supported. Passive mode ("routers-only") is
4742 enabled by default in systemd-networkd. Active LLDP mode is enabled
4743 by default for containers on the internal network. The "networkctl
4744 lldp" command may be used to list information gathered. "networkctl
4745 status" will also show basic LLDP information on connected peers now.
4746
4747 * The IAID and DUID unique identifier sent in DHCP requests may now be
4748 configured for the system and each .network file managed by
4749 systemd-networkd using the DUIDType=, DUIDRawData=, IAID= options.
4750
4751 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring proxy ARP support for
4752 each interface, via the ProxyArp= setting in .network files. It also
4753 gained support for configuring the multicast querier feature of
4754 bridge devices, via the new MulticastQuerier= setting in .netdev
4755 files. Similarly, snooping on the IGMP traffic can be controlled
4756 via the new setting MulticastSnooping=.
4757
4758 A new setting PreferredLifetime= has been added for addresses
4759 configured in .network file to configure the lifetime intended for an
4760 address.
4761
4762 The systemd-networkd DHCP server gained the option EmitRouter=, which
4763 defaults to yes, to configure whether the DHCP Option 3 (Router)
4764 should be emitted.
4765
4766 * The testing tool /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-activate is renamed to
4767 systemd-socket-activate and installed into /usr/bin. It is now fully
4768 supported.
4769
4770 * systemd-journald now uses separate threads to flush changes to disk
4771 when closing journal files, thus reducing impact of slow disk I/O on
4772 logging performance.
4773
4774 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
4775 sd_journal_open_directory_fd() and sd_journal_open_files_fd() which
4776 can be used to open journal files using file descriptors instead of
4777 file or directory paths. sd_journal_open_container() has been
4778 deprecated, sd_journal_open_directory_fd() should be used instead
4779 with the flag SD_JOURNAL_OS_ROOT.
4780
4781 * journalctl learned a new output mode "-o short-unix" that outputs log
4782 lines prefixed by their UNIX time (i.e. seconds since Jan 1st, 1970
4783 UTC). It also gained support for a new --no-hostname setting to
4784 suppress the hostname column in the family of "short" output modes.
4785
4786 * systemd-ask-password now optionally skips printing of the password to
4787 stdout with --no-output which can be useful in scripts.
4788
4789 * Framebuffer devices (/dev/fb*) and 3D printers and scanners
4790 (devices tagged with ID_MAKER_TOOL) are now tagged with
4791 "uaccess" and are available to logged in users.
4792
4793 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports specifiers (with "%").
4794
4795 * "systemctl show" gained a new --value switch, which allows print a
4796 only the contents of a specific unit property, without also printing
4797 the property's name. Similar support was added to "show*" verbs
4798 of loginctl and machinectl that output "key=value" lists.
4799
4800 * A new unit type "generated" was added for files dynamically generated
4801 by generator tools. Similarly, a new unit type "transient" is used
4802 for unit files created using the runtime API. "systemctl enable" will
4803 refuse to operate on such files.
4804
4805 * A new command "systemctl revert" has been added that may be used to
4806 revert to the vendor version of a unit file, in case local changes
4807 have been made by adding drop-ins or overriding the unit file.
4808
4809 * "machinectl clean" gained a new verb to automatically remove all or
4810 just hidden container images.
4811
4812 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for a new line type "e" for emptying
4813 directories, if they exist, without creating them if they don't.
4814
4815 * systemd-nspawn gained support for automatically patching the UID/GIDs
4816 of the owners and the ACLs of all files and directories in a
4817 container tree to match the UID/GID user namespacing range selected
4818 for the container invocation. This mode is enabled via the new
4819 --private-users-chown switch. It also gained support for
4820 automatically choosing a free, previously unused UID/GID range when
4821 starting a container, via the new --private-users=pick setting (which
4822 implies --private-users-chown). Together, these options for the first
4823 time make user namespacing for nspawn containers fully automatic and
4824 thus deployable. The systemd-nspawn@.service template unit file has
4825 been changed to use this functionality by default.
4826
4827 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-zone= switch, that allows
4828 creating ad-hoc virtual Ethernet links between multiple containers,
4829 that only exist as long as at least one container referencing them is
4830 running. This allows easy connecting of multiple containers with a
4831 common link that implements an Ethernet broadcast domain. Each of
4832 these network "zones" may be named relatively freely by the user, and
4833 may be referenced by any number of containers, but each container may
4834 only reference one of these "zones". On the lower level, this is
4835 implemented by an automatically managed bridge network interface for
4836 each zone, that is created when the first container referencing its
4837 zone is created and removed when the last one referencing its zone
4838 terminates.
4839
4840 * The default start timeout may now be configured on the kernel command
4841 line via systemd.default_timeout_start_sec=. It was already
4842 configurable via the DefaultTimeoutStartSec= option in
4843 /etc/systemd/system.conf.
4844
4845 * Socket units gained a new TriggerLimitIntervalSec= and
4846 TriggerLimitBurst= setting to configure a limit on the activation
4847 rate of the socket unit.
4848
4849 * The LimitNICE= setting now optionally takes normal UNIX nice values
4850 in addition to the raw integer limit value. If the specified
4851 parameter is prefixed with "+" or "-" and is in the range -20..19 the
4852 value is understood as UNIX nice value. If not prefixed like this it
4853 is understood as raw RLIMIT_NICE limit.
4854
4855 * Note that the effect of the PrivateDevices= unit file setting changed
4856 slightly with this release: the per-device /dev file system will be
4857 mounted read-only from this version on, and will have "noexec"
4858 set. This (minor) change of behavior might cause some (exceptional)
4859 legacy software to break, when PrivateDevices=yes is set for its
4860 service. Please leave PrivateDevices= off if you run into problems
4861 with this.
4862
4863 * systemd-bootchart has been split out to a separate repository:
4864 https://github.com/systemd/systemd-bootchart
4865
4866 * systemd-bus-proxyd has been removed, as kdbus is unlikely to still be
4867 merged into the kernel in its current form.
4868
4869 * The compatibility libraries libsystemd-daemon.so,
4870 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-id128.so, and libsystemd-login.so
4871 which have been deprecated since systemd-209 have been removed along
4872 with the corresponding pkg-config files. All symbols provided by
4873 those libraries are provided by libsystemd.so.
4874
4875 * The Capabilities= unit file setting has been removed (it is ignored
4876 for backwards compatibility). AmbientCapabilities= and
4877 CapabilityBoundingSet= should be used instead.
4878
4879 * A new special target has been added, initrd-root-device.target,
4880 which creates a synchronization point for dependencies of the root
4881 device in early userspace. Initramfs builders must ensure that this
4882 target is now included in early userspace.
4883
4884 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alexander Kuleshov, Alexander Shopov,
4885 Alex Crawford, Andre Klärner, Andrew Eikum, Beniamino Galvani, Benjamin
4886 Robin, Biao Lu, Bjørnar Ness, Calvin Owens, Christian Hesse, Clemens
4887 Gruber, Colin Guthrie, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh,
4888 Daniel Mack, Dan Nicholson, daurnimator, David Herrmann, David
4889 R. Hedges, Elias Probst, Emmanuel Gil Peyrot, EMOziko, Evgeny
4890 Vereshchagin, Federico, Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck
4891 Bui, frankheckenbach, gdamjan, Georgia Brikis, Harald Hoyer, Hendrik
4892 Brueckner, Hristo Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Ian Kelling, Ismo
4893 Puustinen, Jakub Wilk, Jaroslav Škarvada, Jeff Huang, Joel Holdsworth,
4894 John Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathan Boulle, kayrus, Klearchos
4895 Chaloulos, Kyle Russell, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir
4896 Rintel, Lukáš Nykrýn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt,
4897 Michael Biebl, michaelolbrich, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Koutný,
4898 Michal Sekletar, Mike Frysinger, Mike Gilbert, Mingcong Bai, Ming Lin,
4899 mulkieran, muzena, Nalin Dahyabhai, Naohiro Aota, Nathan McSween,
4900 Nicolas Braud-Santoni, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern,
4901 Petr Lautrbach, Petros Angelatos, Piotr Drąg, Rabin Vincent, Robert
4902 Węcławski, Ronny Chevalier, Samuel Tardieu, Stefan Saraev, Stefan
4903 Schallenberg aka nafets227, Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
4904 Plantefève, Taylor Smock, Tejun Heo, Thomas Blume, Thomas Haller,
4905 Thomas H. P. Andersen, Tobias Klauser, Tom Gundersen, topimiettinen,
4906 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uwe Kleine-König, Victor Toso,
4907 Vinay Kulkarni, Vito Caputo, Vittorio G (VittGam), Vladimir Panteleev,
4908 Wieland Hoffmann, Wouter Verhelst, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew
4909 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
4910
4911 — Fairfax, 2016-05-21
4912
4913 CHANGES WITH 229:
4914
4915 * The systemd-resolved DNS resolver service has gained a substantial
4916 set of new features, most prominently it may now act as a DNSSEC
4917 validating stub resolver. DNSSEC mode is currently turned off by
4918 default, but is expected to be turned on by default in one of the
4919 next releases. For now, we invite everybody to test the DNSSEC logic
4920 by setting DNSSEC=allow-downgrade in /etc/systemd/resolved.conf. The
4921 service also gained a full set of D-Bus interfaces, including calls
4922 to configure DNS and DNSSEC settings per link (for use by external
4923 network management software). systemd-resolved and systemd-networkd
4924 now distinguish between "search" and "routing" domains. The former
4925 are used to qualify single-label names, the latter are used purely
4926 for routing lookups within certain domains to specific links.
4927 resolved now also synthesizes RRs for all entries from /etc/hosts.
4928
4929 * The systemd-resolve tool (which is a client utility for
4930 systemd-resolved) has been improved considerably and is now fully
4931 supported and documented. Hence it has moved from /usr/lib/systemd to
4932 /usr/bin.
4933
4934 * /dev/disk/by-path/ symlink support has been (re-)added for virtio
4935 devices.
4936
4937 * The coredump collection logic has been reworked: when a coredump is
4938 collected it is now written to disk, compressed and processed
4939 (including stacktrace extraction) from a new instantiated service
4940 systemd-coredump@.service, instead of directly from the
4941 /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook we provide. This is beneficial as
4942 processing large coredumps can take up a substantial amount of
4943 resources and time, and this previously happened entirely outside of
4944 systemd's service supervision. With the new logic the core_pattern
4945 hook only does minimal metadata collection before passing off control
4946 to the new instantiated service, which is configured with a time
4947 limit, a nice level and other settings to minimize negative impact on
4948 the rest of the system. Also note that the new logic will honour the
4949 RLIMIT_CORE setting of the crashed process, which now allows users
4950 and processes to turn off coredumping for their processes by setting
4951 this limit.
4952
4953 * The RLIMIT_CORE resource limit now defaults to "unlimited" for PID 1
4954 and all forked processes by default. Previously, PID 1 would leave
4955 the setting at "0" for all processes, as set by the kernel. Note that
4956 the resource limit traditionally has no effect on the generated
4957 coredumps on the system if the /proc/sys/kernel/core_pattern hook
4958 logic is used. Since the limit is now honoured (see above) its
4959 default has been changed so that the coredumping logic is enabled by
4960 default for all processes, while allowing specific opt-out.
4961
4962 * When the stacktrace is extracted from processes of system users, this
4963 is now done as "systemd-coredump" user, in order to sandbox this
4964 potentially security sensitive parsing operation. (Note that when
4965 processing coredumps of normal users this is done under the user ID
4966 of process that crashed, as before.) Packagers should take notice
4967 that it is now necessary to create the "systemd-coredump" system user
4968 and group at package installation time.
4969
4970 * The systemd-activate socket activation testing tool gained support
4971 for SOCK_DGRAM and SOCK_SEQPACKET sockets using the new --datagram
4972 and --seqpacket switches. It also has been extended to support both
4973 new-style and inetd-style file descriptor passing. Use the new
4974 --inetd switch to request inetd-style file descriptor passing.
4975
4976 * Most systemd tools now honor a new $SYSTEMD_COLORS environment
4977 variable, which takes a boolean value. If set to false, ANSI color
4978 output is disabled in the tools even when run on a terminal that
4979 supports it.
4980
4981 * The VXLAN support in networkd now supports two new settings
4982 DestinationPort= and PortRange=.
4983
4984 * A new systemd.machine_id= kernel command line switch has been added,
4985 that may be used to set the machine ID in /etc/machine-id if it is
4986 not initialized yet. This command line option has no effect if the
4987 file is already initialized.
4988
4989 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --as-pid2 switch that invokes any
4990 specified command line as PID 2 rather than PID 1 in the
4991 container. In this mode PID 1 is a minimal stub init process that
4992 implements the special POSIX and Linux semantics of PID 1 regarding
4993 signal and child process management. Note that this stub init process
4994 is implemented in nspawn itself and requires no support from the
4995 container image. This new logic is useful to support running
4996 arbitrary commands in the container, as normal processes are
4997 generally not prepared to run as PID 1.
4998
4999 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --chdir= switch for setting the current
5000 working directory for the process started in the container.
5001
5002 * "journalctl /dev/sda" will now output all kernel log messages for
5003 specified device from the current boot, in addition to all devices
5004 that are parents of it. This should make log output about devices
5005 pretty useful, as long as kernel drivers attach enough metadata to
5006 the log messages. (The usual SATA drivers do.)
5007
5008 * The sd-journal API gained two new calls
5009 sd_journal_has_runtime_files() and sd_journal_has_persistent_files()
5010 that report whether log data from /run or /var has been found.
5011
5012 * journalctl gained a new switch "--fields" that prints all journal
5013 record field names currently in use in the journal. This is backed
5014 by two new sd-journal API calls sd_journal_enumerate_fields() and
5015 sd_journal_restart_fields().
5016
5017 * Most configurable timeouts in systemd now expect an argument of
5018 "infinity" to turn them off, instead of "0" as before. The semantics
5019 from now on is that a timeout of "0" means "now", and "infinity"
5020 means "never". To maintain backwards compatibility, "0" continues to
5021 turn off previously existing timeout settings.
5022
5023 * "systemctl reload-or-try-restart" has been renamed to "systemctl
5024 try-reload-or-restart" to clarify what it actually does: the "try"
5025 logic applies to both reloading and restarting, not just restarting.
5026 The old name continues to be accepted for compatibility.
5027
5028 * On boot-up, when PID 1 detects that the system clock is behind the
5029 release date of the systemd version in use, the clock is now set
5030 to the latter. Previously, this was already done in timesyncd, in order
5031 to avoid running with clocks set to the various clock epochs such as
5032 1902, 1938 or 1970. With this change the logic is now done in PID 1
5033 in addition to timesyncd during early boot-up, so that it is enforced
5034 before the first process is spawned by systemd. Note that the logic
5035 in timesyncd remains, as it is more comprehensive and ensures
5036 clock monotonicity by maintaining a persistent timestamp file in
5037 /var. Since /var is generally not available in earliest boot or the
5038 initrd, this part of the logic remains in timesyncd, and is not done
5039 by PID 1.
5040
5041 * Support for tweaking details in net_cls.class_id through the
5042 NetClass= configuration directive has been removed, as the kernel
5043 people have decided to deprecate that controller in cgroup v2.
5044 Userspace tools such as nftables are moving over to setting rules
5045 that are specific to the full cgroup path of a task, which obsoletes
5046 these controllers anyway. The NetClass= directive is kept around for
5047 legacy compatibility reasons. For a more in-depth description of the
5048 kernel change, please refer to the respective upstream commit:
5049
5050 https://git.kernel.org/cgit/linux/kernel/git/torvalds/linux.git/commit/?id=bd1060a1d671
5051
5052 * A new service setting RuntimeMaxSec= has been added that may be used
5053 to specify a maximum runtime for a service. If the timeout is hit, the
5054 service is terminated and put into a failure state.
5055
5056 * A new service setting AmbientCapabilities= has been added. It allows
5057 configuration of additional Linux process capabilities that are
5058 passed to the activated processes. This is only available on very
5059 recent kernels.
5060
5061 * The process resource limit settings in service units may now be used
5062 to configure hard and soft limits individually.
5063
5064 * The various libsystemd APIs such as sd-bus or sd-event now publicly
5065 expose support for gcc's __attribute__((cleanup())) C extension.
5066 Specifically, for many object destructor functions alternative
5067 versions have been added that have names suffixed with "p" and take a
5068 pointer to a pointer to the object to destroy, instead of just a
5069 pointer to the object itself. This is useful because these destructor
5070 functions may be used directly as parameters to the cleanup
5071 construct. Internally, systemd has been a heavy user of this GCC
5072 extension for a long time, and with this change similar support is
5073 now available to consumers of the library outside of systemd. Note
5074 that by using this extension in your sources compatibility with old
5075 and strictly ANSI compatible C compilers is lost. However, all gcc or
5076 LLVM versions of recent years support this extension.
5077
5078 * Timer units gained support for a new setting RandomizedDelaySec= that
5079 allows configuring some additional randomized delay to the configured
5080 time. This is useful to spread out timer events to avoid load peaks in
5081 clusters or larger setups.
5082
5083 * Calendar time specifications now support sub-second accuracy.
5084
5085 * Socket units now support listening on SCTP and UDP-lite protocol
5086 sockets.
5087
5088 * The sd-event API now comes with a full set of man pages.
5089
5090 * Older versions of systemd contained experimental support for
5091 compressing journal files and coredumps with the LZ4 compressor that
5092 was not compatible with the lz4 binary (due to API limitations of the
5093 lz4 library). This support has been removed; only support for files
5094 compatible with the lz4 binary remains. This LZ4 logic is now
5095 officially supported and no longer considered experimental.
5096
5097 * The dkr image import logic has been removed again from importd. dkr's
5098 micro-services focus doesn't fit into the machine image focus of
5099 importd, and quickly got out of date with the upstream dkr API.
5100
5101 * Creation of the /run/lock/lockdev/ directory was dropped from
5102 tmpfiles.d/legacy.conf. Better locking mechanisms like flock() have
5103 been available for many years. If you still need this, you need to
5104 create your own tmpfiles.d config file with:
5105
5106 d /run/lock/lockdev 0775 root lock -
5107
5108 * The settings StartLimitBurst=, StartLimitInterval=, StartLimitAction=
5109 and RebootArgument= have been moved from the [Service] section of
5110 unit files to [Unit], and they are now supported on all unit types,
5111 not just service units. Of course, systemd will continue to
5112 understand these settings also at the old location, in order to
5113 maintain compatibility.
5114
5115 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Alban Crequy, Aleksander
5116 Adamowski, Alexander Kuleshov, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei Borzenkov,
5117 Andrew Wilcox, Arthur Clement, Beniamino Galvani, Casey Schaufler,
5118 Chris Atkinson, Chris Mayo, Christian Hesse, Damjan Georgievski, Dan
5119 Dedrick, Daniele Medri, Daniel J Walsh, Daniel Korostil, Daniel Mack,
5120 David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Dominik Hannen, Douglas Christman,
5121 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Gabor Kelemen,
5122 Harald Hoyer, Hayden Walles, Helmut Grohne, Henrik Kaare Poulsen,
5123 Hristo Venev, Hui Wang, Indrajit Raychaudhuri, Ismo Puustinen, Jakub
5124 Wilk, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jan Synacek,
5125 Joost Bremmer, Jorgen Schaefer, Karel Zak, Klearchos Chaloulos,
5126 lc85446, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5127 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer,
5128 Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar, Nicolas Cornu, Nicolas Iooss, Nils
5129 Carlson, nmartensen, nnz1024, Patrick Ohly, Peter Hutterer, Phillip Sz,
5130 Ronny Chevalier, Samu Kallio, Shawn Landden, Stef Walter, Susant
5131 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Tadej Janež, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5132 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito
5133 Caputo, WaLyong Cho, Yu Watanabe, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5134
5135 — Berlin, 2016-02-11
5136
5137 CHANGES WITH 228:
5138
5139 * A number of properties previously only settable in unit
5140 files are now also available as properties to set when
5141 creating transient units programmatically via the bus, as it
5142 is exposed with systemd-run's --property=
5143 setting. Specifically, these are: SyslogIdentifier=,
5144 SyslogLevelPrefix=, TimerSlackNSec=, OOMScoreAdjust=,
5145 EnvironmentFile=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
5146 ReadOnlyDirectories=, InaccessibleDirectories=,
5147 ProtectSystem=, ProtectHome=, RuntimeDirectory=.
5148
5149 * When creating transient services via the bus API it is now
5150 possible to pass in a set of file descriptors to use as
5151 STDIN/STDOUT/STDERR for the invoked process.
5152
5153 * Slice units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs,
5154 similar to the way service and scope units may already be
5155 created transiently.
5156
5157 * Wherever systemd expects a calendar timestamp specification
5158 (like in journalctl's --since= and --until= switches) UTC
5159 timestamps are now supported. Timestamps suffixed with "UTC"
5160 are now considered to be in Universal Time Coordinated
5161 instead of the local timezone. Also, timestamps may now
5162 optionally be specified with sub-second accuracy. Both of
5163 these additions also apply to recurring calendar event
5164 specification, such as OnCalendar= in timer units.
5165
5166 * journalctl gained a new "--sync" switch that asks the
5167 journal daemon to write all so far unwritten log messages to
5168 disk and sync the files, before returning.
5169
5170 * systemd-tmpfiles learned two new line types "q" and "Q" that
5171 operate like "v", but also set up a basic btrfs quota
5172 hierarchy when used on a btrfs file system with quota
5173 enabled.
5174
5175 * tmpfiles' "v", "q" and "Q" will now create a plain directory
5176 instead of a subvolume (even on a btrfs file system) if the
5177 root directory is a plain directory, and not a
5178 subvolume. This should simplify things with certain chroot()
5179 environments which are not aware of the concept of btrfs
5180 subvolumes.
5181
5182 * systemd-detect-virt gained a new --chroot switch to detect
5183 whether execution takes place in a chroot() environment.
5184
5185 * CPUAffinity= now takes CPU index ranges in addition to
5186 individual indexes.
5187
5188 * The various memory-related resource limit settings (such as
5189 LimitAS=) now understand the usual K, M, G, ... suffixes to
5190 the base of 1024 (IEC). Similar, the time-related resource
5191 limit settings understand the usual min, h, day, ...
5192 suffixes now.
5193
5194 * There's a new system.conf setting DefaultTasksMax= to
5195 control the default TasksMax= setting for services and
5196 scopes running on the system. (TasksMax= is the primary
5197 setting that exposes the "pids" cgroup controller on systemd
5198 and was introduced in the previous systemd release.) The
5199 setting now defaults to 512, which means services that are
5200 not explicitly configured otherwise will only be able to
5201 create 512 processes or threads at maximum, from this
5202 version on. Note that this means that thread- or
5203 process-heavy services might need to be reconfigured to set
5204 TasksMax= to a higher value. It is sufficient to set
5205 TasksMax= in these specific unit files to a higher value, or
5206 even "infinity". Similar, there's now a logind.conf setting
5207 UserTasksMax= that defaults to 4096 and limits the total
5208 number of processes or tasks each user may own
5209 concurrently. nspawn containers also have the TasksMax=
5210 value set by default now, to 8192. Note that all of this
5211 only has an effect if the "pids" cgroup controller is
5212 enabled in the kernel. The general benefit of these changes
5213 should be a more robust and safer system, that provides a
5214 certain amount of per-service fork() bomb protection.
5215
5216 * systemd-nspawn gained the new --network-veth-extra= switch
5217 to define additional and arbitrarily-named virtual Ethernet
5218 links between the host and the container.
5219
5220 * A new service execution setting PassEnvironment= has been
5221 added that allows importing select environment variables
5222 from PID1's environment block into the environment block of
5223 the service.
5224
5225 * Timer units gained support for a new RemainAfterElapse=
5226 setting which takes a boolean argument. It defaults to on,
5227 exposing behaviour unchanged to previous releases. If set to
5228 off, timer units are unloaded after they elapsed if they
5229 cannot elapse again. This is particularly useful for
5230 transient timer units, which shall not stay around longer
5231 than until they first elapse.
5232
5233 * systemd will now bump the net.unix.max_dgram_qlen to 512 by
5234 default now (the kernel default is 16). This is beneficial
5235 for avoiding blocking on AF_UNIX/SOCK_DGRAM sockets since it
5236 allows substantially larger numbers of queued
5237 datagrams. This should increase the capability of systemd to
5238 parallelize boot-up, as logging and sd_notify() are unlikely
5239 to stall execution anymore. If you need to change the value
5240 from the new defaults, use the usual sysctl.d/ snippets.
5241
5242 * The compression framing format used by the journal or
5243 coredump processing has changed to be in line with what the
5244 official LZ4 tools generate. LZ4 compression support in
5245 systemd was considered unsupported previously, as the format
5246 was not compatible with the normal tools. With this release
5247 this has changed now, and it is hence safe for downstream
5248 distributions to turn it on. While not compressing as well
5249 as the XZ, LZ4 is substantially faster, which makes
5250 it a good default choice for the compression logic in the
5251 journal and in coredump handling.
5252
5253 * Any reference to /etc/mtab has been dropped from
5254 systemd. The file has been obsolete since a while, but
5255 systemd refused to work on systems where it was incorrectly
5256 set up (it should be a symlink or non-existent). Please make
5257 sure to update to util-linux 2.27.1 or newer in conjunction
5258 with this systemd release, which also drops any reference to
5259 /etc/mtab. If you maintain a distribution make sure that no
5260 software you package still references it, as this is a
5261 likely source of bugs. There's also a glibc bug pending,
5262 asking for removal of any reference to this obsolete file:
5263
5264 https://sourceware.org/bugzilla/show_bug.cgi?id=19108
5265
5266 Note that only util-linux versions built with
5267 --enable-libmount-force-mountinfo are supported.
5268
5269 * Support for the ".snapshot" unit type has been removed. This
5270 feature turned out to be little useful and little used, and
5271 has now been removed from the core and from systemctl.
5272
5273 * The dependency types RequiresOverridable= and
5274 RequisiteOverridable= have been removed from systemd. They
5275 have been used only very sparingly to our knowledge and
5276 other options that provide a similar effect (such as
5277 systemctl --mode=ignore-dependencies) are much more useful
5278 and commonly used. Moreover, they were only half-way
5279 implemented as the option to control behaviour regarding
5280 these dependencies was never added to systemctl. By removing
5281 these dependency types the execution engine becomes a bit
5282 simpler. Unit files that use these dependencies should be
5283 changed to use the non-Overridable dependency types
5284 instead. In fact, when parsing unit files with these
5285 options, that's what systemd will automatically convert them
5286 too, but it will also warn, asking users to fix the unit
5287 files accordingly. Removal of these dependency types should
5288 only affect a negligible number of unit files in the wild.
5289
5290 * Behaviour of networkd's IPForward= option changed
5291 (again). It will no longer maintain a per-interface setting,
5292 but propagate one way from interfaces where this is enabled
5293 to the global kernel setting. The global setting will be
5294 enabled when requested by a network that is set up, but
5295 never be disabled again. This change was made to make sure
5296 IPv4 and IPv6 behaviour regarding packet forwarding is
5297 similar (as the Linux IPv6 stack does not support
5298 per-interface control of this setting) and to minimize
5299 surprises.
5300
5301 * In unit files the behaviour of %u, %U, %h, %s has
5302 changed. These specifiers will now unconditionally resolve
5303 to the various user database fields of the user that the
5304 systemd instance is running as, instead of the user
5305 configured in the specific unit via User=. Note that this
5306 effectively doesn't change much, as resolving of these
5307 specifiers was already turned off in the --system instance
5308 of systemd, as we cannot do NSS lookups from PID 1. In the
5309 --user instance of systemd these specifiers where correctly
5310 resolved, but hardly made any sense, since the user instance
5311 lacks privileges to do user switches anyway, and User= is
5312 hence useless. Moreover, even in the --user instance of
5313 systemd behaviour was awkward as it would only take settings
5314 from User= assignment placed before the specifier into
5315 account. In order to unify and simplify the logic around
5316 this the specifiers will now always resolve to the
5317 credentials of the user invoking the manager (which in case
5318 of PID 1 is the root user).
5319
5320 Contributions from: Andrew Jones, Beniamino Galvani, Boyuan
5321 Yang, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann, David
5322 Reynolds, David Strauss, Dongsu Park, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5323 Felipe Sateler, Filipe Brandenburger, Franck Bui, Hristo
5324 Venev, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
5325 Synacek, Jesus Ornelas Aguayo, Karel Zak, kayrus, Kay Sievers,
5326 Lennart Poettering, Liu Yuan Yuan, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
5327 Holtmann, Marcin Bachry, Marcos Alano, Marcos Mello, Mark
5328 Theunissen, Martin Pitt, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
5329 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nick Owens,
5330 Nicolas Cornu, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer, reverendhomer,
5331 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Shawn Landden,
5332 Susant Sahani, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
5333 Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Vito Caputo, Zbigniew
5334 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5335
5336 — Berlin, 2015-11-18
5337
5338 CHANGES WITH 227:
5339
5340 * systemd now depends on util-linux v2.27. More specifically,
5341 the newly added mount monitor feature in libmount now
5342 replaces systemd's former own implementation.
5343
5344 * libmount mandates /etc/mtab not to be regular file, and
5345 systemd now enforces this condition at early boot.
5346 /etc/mtab has been deprecated and warned about for a very
5347 long time, so systems running systemd should already have
5348 stopped having this file around as anything else than a
5349 symlink to /proc/self/mounts.
5350
5351 * Support for the "pids" cgroup controller has been added. It
5352 allows accounting the number of tasks in a cgroup and
5353 enforcing limits on it. This adds two new setting
5354 TasksAccounting= and TasksMax= to each unit, as well as a
5355 global option DefaultTasksAccounting=.
5356
5357 * Support for the "net_cls" cgroup controller has been added.
5358 It allows assigning a net class ID to each task in the
5359 cgroup, which can then be used in firewall rules and traffic
5360 shaping configurations. Note that the kernel netfilter net
5361 class code does not currently work reliably for ingress
5362 packets on unestablished sockets.
5363
5364 This adds a new config directive called NetClass= to CGroup
5365 enabled units. Allowed values are positive numbers for fixed
5366 assignments and "auto" for picking a free value
5367 automatically.
5368
5369 * 'systemctl is-system-running' now returns 'offline' if the
5370 system is not booted with systemd. This command can now be
5371 used as a substitute for 'systemd-notify --booted'.
5372
5373 * Watchdog timeouts have been increased to 3 minutes for all
5374 in-tree service files. Apparently, disk IO issues are more
5375 frequent than we hoped, and user reported >1 minute waiting
5376 for disk IO.
5377
5378 * 'machine-id-commit' functionality has been merged into
5379 'machine-id-setup --commit'. The separate binary has been
5380 removed.
5381
5382 * The WorkingDirectory= directive in unit files may now be set
5383 to the special value '~'. In this case, the working
5384 directory is set to the home directory of the user
5385 configured in User=.
5386
5387 * "machinectl shell" will now open the shell in the home
5388 directory of the selected user by default.
5389
5390 * The CrashChVT= configuration file setting is renamed to
5391 CrashChangeVT=, following our usual logic of not
5392 abbreviating unnecessarily. The old directive is still
5393 supported for compat reasons. Also, this directive now takes
5394 an integer value between 1 and 63, or a boolean value. The
5395 formerly supported '-1' value for disabling stays around for
5396 compat reasons.
5397
5398 * The PrivateTmp=, PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork=,
5399 NoNewPrivileges=, TTYPath=, WorkingDirectory= and
5400 RootDirectory= properties can now be set for transient
5401 units.
5402
5403 * The systemd-analyze tool gained a new "set-log-target" verb
5404 to change the logging target the system manager logs to
5405 dynamically during runtime. This is similar to how
5406 "systemd-analyze set-log-level" already changes the log
5407 level.
5408
5409 * In nspawn /sys is now mounted as tmpfs, with only a selected
5410 set of subdirectories mounted in from the real sysfs. This
5411 enhances security slightly, and is useful for ensuring user
5412 namespaces work correctly.
5413
5414 * Support for USB FunctionFS activation has been added. This
5415 allows implementation of USB gadget services that are
5416 activated as soon as they are requested, so that they don't
5417 have to run continuously, similar to classic socket
5418 activation.
5419
5420 * The "systemctl exit" command now optionally takes an
5421 additional parameter that sets the exit code to return from
5422 the systemd manager when exiting. This is only relevant when
5423 running the systemd user instance, or when running the
5424 system instance in a container.
5425
5426 * sd-bus gained the new API calls sd_bus_path_encode_many()
5427 and sd_bus_path_decode_many() that allow easy encoding and
5428 decoding of multiple identifier strings inside a D-Bus
5429 object path. Another new call sd_bus_default_flush_close()
5430 has been added to flush and close per-thread default
5431 connections.
5432
5433 * systemd-cgtop gained support for a -M/--machine= switch to
5434 show the control groups within a certain container only.
5435
5436 * "systemctl kill" gained support for an optional --fail
5437 switch. If specified the requested operation will fail of no
5438 processes have been killed, because the unit had no
5439 processes attached, or similar.
5440
5441 * A new systemd.crash_reboot=1 kernel command line option has
5442 been added that triggers a reboot after crashing. This can
5443 also be set through CrashReboot= in systemd.conf.
5444
5445 * The RuntimeDirectory= setting now understands unit
5446 specifiers like %i or %f.
5447
5448 * A new (still internal) library API sd-ipv4acd has been added,
5449 that implements address conflict detection for IPv4. It's
5450 based on code from sd-ipv4ll, and will be useful for
5451 detecting DHCP address conflicts.
5452
5453 * File descriptors passed during socket activation may now be
5454 named. A new API sd_listen_fds_with_names() is added to
5455 access the names. The default names may be overridden,
5456 either in the .socket file using the FileDescriptorName=
5457 parameter, or by passing FDNAME= when storing the file
5458 descriptors using sd_notify().
5459
5460 * systemd-networkd gained support for:
5461
5462 - Setting the IPv6 Router Advertisement settings via
5463 IPv6AcceptRouterAdvertisements= in .network files.
5464
5465 - Configuring the HelloTimeSec=, MaxAgeSec= and
5466 ForwardDelaySec= bridge parameters in .netdev files.
5467
5468 - Configuring PreferredSource= for static routes in
5469 .network files.
5470
5471 * The "ask-password" framework used to query for LUKS harddisk
5472 passwords or SSL passwords during boot gained support for
5473 caching passwords in the kernel keyring, if it is
5474 available. This makes sure that the user only has to type in
5475 a passphrase once if there are multiple objects to unlock
5476 with the same one. Previously, such password caching was
5477 available only when Plymouth was used; this moves the
5478 caching logic into the systemd codebase itself. The
5479 "systemd-ask-password" utility gained a new --keyname=
5480 switch to control which kernel keyring key to use for
5481 caching a password in. This functionality is also useful for
5482 enabling display managers such as gdm to automatically
5483 unlock the user's GNOME keyring if its passphrase, the
5484 user's password and the harddisk password are the same, if
5485 gdm-autologin is used.
5486
5487 * When downloading tar or raw images using "machinectl
5488 pull-tar" or "machinectl pull-raw", a matching ".nspawn"
5489 file is now also downloaded, if it is available and stored
5490 next to the image file.
5491
5492 * Units of type ".socket" gained a new boolean setting
5493 Writable= which is only useful in conjunction with
5494 ListenSpecial=. If true, enables opening the specified
5495 special file in O_RDWR mode rather than O_RDONLY mode.
5496
5497 * systemd-rfkill has been reworked to become a singleton
5498 service that is activated through /dev/rfkill on each rfkill
5499 state change and saves the settings to disk. This way,
5500 systemd-rfkill is now compatible with devices that exist
5501 only intermittendly, and even restores state if the previous
5502 system shutdown was abrupt rather than clean.
5503
5504 * The journal daemon gained support for vacuuming old journal
5505 files controlled by the number of files that shall remain,
5506 in addition to the already existing control by size and by
5507 date. This is useful as journal interleaving performance
5508 degrades with too many separate journal files, and allows
5509 putting an effective limit on them. The new setting defaults
5510 to 100, but this may be changed by setting SystemMaxFiles=
5511 and RuntimeMaxFiles= in journald.conf. Also, the
5512 "journalctl" tool gained the new --vacuum-files= switch to
5513 manually vacuum journal files to leave only the specified
5514 number of files in place.
5515
5516 * udev will now create /dev/disk/by-path links for ATA devices
5517 on kernels where that is supported.
5518
5519 * Galician, Serbian, Turkish and Korean translations were added.
5520
5521 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Alban Crequy, Beniamino
5522 Galvani, Benjamin Robin, Branislav Blaskovic, Chen-Han Hsiao
5523 (Stanley), Daniel Buch, Daniel Machon, Daniel Mack, David
5524 Herrmann, David Milburn, doubleodoug, Evgeny Vereshchagin,
5525 Felipe Franciosi, Filipe Brandenburger, Fran Dieguez, Gabriel
5526 de Perthuis, Georg Müller, Hans de Goede, Hendrik Brueckner,
5527 Ivan Shapovalov, Jacob Keller, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen,
5528 Jan Synacek, Jens Kuske, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Krzesimir
5529 Nowak, Krzysztof Kotlenga, Lars Uebernickel, Lennart
5530 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski,
5531 Marcel Holtmann, Marius Thesing, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
5532 Michael Gebetsroither, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike
5533 Gilbert, Muhammet Kara, nazgul77, Nicolas Cornu, NoXPhasma,
5534 Olof Johansson, Patrik Flykt, Pawel Szewczyk, reverendhomer,
5535 Ronny Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Seong-ho Cho, Susant Sahani,
5536 Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5537 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Lyon, Viktar Vauchkevich,
5538 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Марко М. Костић
5539
5540 — Berlin, 2015-10-07
5541
5542 CHANGES WITH 226:
5543
5544 * The DHCP implementation of systemd-networkd gained a set of
5545 new features:
5546
5547 - The DHCP server now supports emitting DNS and NTP
5548 information. It may be enabled and configured via
5549 EmitDNS=, DNS=, EmitNTP=, and NTP=. If transmission of DNS
5550 and NTP information is enabled, but no servers are
5551 configured, the corresponding uplink information (if there
5552 is any) is propagated.
5553
5554 - Server and client now support transmission and reception
5555 of timezone information. It can be configured via the
5556 newly introduced network options UseTimezone=,
5557 EmitTimezone=, and Timezone=. Transmission of timezone
5558 information is enabled between host and containers by
5559 default now: the container will change its local timezone
5560 to what the host has set.
5561
5562 - Lease timeouts can now be configured via
5563 MaxLeaseTimeSec= and DefaultLeaseTimeSec=.
5564
5565 - The DHCP server improved on the stability of
5566 leases. Clients are more likely to get the same lease
5567 information back, even if the server loses state.
5568
5569 - The DHCP server supports two new configuration options to
5570 control the lease address pool metrics, PoolOffset= and
5571 PoolSize=.
5572
5573 * The encapsulation limit of tunnels in systemd-networkd may
5574 now be configured via 'EncapsulationLimit='. It allows
5575 modifying the maximum additional levels of encapsulation
5576 that are permitted to be prepended to a packet.
5577
5578 * systemd now supports the concept of user buses replacing
5579 session buses, if used with dbus-1.10 (and enabled via dbus
5580 --enable-user-session). It previously only supported this on
5581 kdbus-enabled systems, and this release expands this to
5582 'dbus-daemon' systems.
5583
5584 * systemd-networkd now supports predictable interface names
5585 for virtio devices.
5586
5587 * systemd now optionally supports the new Linux kernel
5588 "unified" control group hierarchy. If enabled via the kernel
5589 command-line option 'systemd.unified_cgroup_hierarchy=1',
5590 systemd will try to mount the unified cgroup hierarchy
5591 directly on /sys/fs/cgroup. If not enabled, or not
5592 available, systemd will fall back to the legacy cgroup
5593 hierarchy setup, as before. Host system and containers can
5594 mix and match legacy and unified hierarchies as they
5595 wish. nspawn understands the $UNIFIED_CGROUP_HIERARCHY
5596 environment variable to individually select the hierarchy to
5597 use for executed containers. By default, nspawn will use the
5598 unified hierarchy for the containers if the host uses the
5599 unified hierarchy, and the legacy hierarchy otherwise.
5600 Please note that at this point the unified hierarchy is an
5601 experimental kernel feature and is likely to change in one
5602 of the next kernel releases. Therefore, it should not be
5603 enabled by default in downstream distributions yet. The
5604 minimum required kernel version for the unified hierarchy to
5605 work is 4.2. Note that when the unified hierarchy is used
5606 for the first time delegated access to controllers is
5607 safe. Because of this systemd-nspawn containers will get
5608 access to controllers now, as will systemd user
5609 sessions. This means containers and user sessions may now
5610 manage their own resources, partitioning up what the system
5611 grants them.
5612
5613 * A new special scope unit "init.scope" has been introduced
5614 that encapsulates PID 1 of the system. It may be used to
5615 determine resource usage and enforce resource limits on PID
5616 1 itself. PID 1 hence moved out of the root of the control
5617 group tree.
5618
5619 * The cgtop tool gained support for filtering out kernel
5620 threads when counting tasks in a control group. Also, the
5621 count of processes is now recursively summed up by
5622 default. Two options -k and --recursive= have been added to
5623 revert to old behaviour. The tool has also been updated to
5624 work correctly in containers now.
5625
5626 * systemd-nspawn's --bind= and --bind-ro= options have been
5627 extended to allow creation of non-recursive bind mounts.
5628
5629 * libsystemd gained two new calls sd_pid_get_cgroup() and
5630 sd_peer_get_cgroup() which return the control group path of
5631 a process or peer of a connected AF_UNIX socket. This
5632 function call is particularly useful when implementing
5633 delegated subtrees support in the control group hierarchy.
5634
5635 * The "sd-event" event loop API of libsystemd now supports
5636 correct dequeuing of real-time signals, without losing
5637 signal events.
5638
5639 * When systemd requests a polkit decision when managing units it
5640 will now add additional fields to the request, including unit
5641 name and desired operation. This enables more powerful polkit
5642 policies, that make decisions depending on these parameters.
5643
5644 * nspawn learnt support for .nspawn settings files, that may
5645 accompany the image files or directories of containers, and
5646 may contain additional settings for the container. This is
5647 an alternative to configuring container parameters via the
5648 nspawn command line.
5649
5650 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, David
5651 Herrmann, Eugene Yakubovich, Evgeny Vereshchagin, Filipe
5652 Brandenburger, Hans de Goede, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
5653 Synacek, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mangix, Marcel
5654 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michal
5655 Sekletar, Peter Hutterer, Piotr Drąg, reverendhomer, Robin
5656 Hack, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Pasche, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
5657 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein Husebø
5658
5659 — Berlin, 2015-09-08
5660
5661 CHANGES WITH 225:
5662
5663 * machinectl gained a new verb 'shell' which opens a fresh
5664 shell on the target container or the host. It is similar to
5665 the existing 'login' command of machinectl, but spawns the
5666 shell directly without prompting for username or
5667 password. The pseudo machine '.host' now refers to the local
5668 host and is used by default. Hence, 'machinectl shell' can
5669 be used as replacement for 'su -' which spawns a session as
5670 a fresh systemd unit in a way that is fully isolated from
5671 the originating session.
5672
5673 * systemd-networkd learned to cope with private-zone DHCP
5674 options and allows other programs to query the values.
5675
5676 * SELinux access control when enabling/disabling units is no
5677 longer enforced with this release. The previous implementation
5678 was incorrect, and a new corrected implementation is not yet
5679 available. As unit file operations are still protected via
5680 polkit and D-Bus policy this is not a security problem. Yet,
5681 distributions which care about optimal SELinux support should
5682 probably not stabilize on this release.
5683
5684 * sd-bus gained support for matches of type "arg0has=", that
5685 test for membership of strings in string arrays sent in bus
5686 messages.
5687
5688 * systemd-resolved now dumps the contents of its DNS and LLMNR
5689 caches to the logs on reception of the SIGUSR1 signal. This
5690 is useful to debug DNS behaviour.
5691
5692 * The coredumpctl tool gained a new --directory= option to
5693 operate on journal files in a specific directory.
5694
5695 * "systemctl reboot" and related commands gained a new
5696 "--message=" option which may be used to set a free-text
5697 wall message when shutting down or rebooting the
5698 system. This message is also logged, which is useful for
5699 figuring out the reason for a reboot or shutdown a
5700 posteriori.
5701
5702 * The "systemd-resolve-host" tool's -i switch now takes
5703 network interface numbers as alternative to interface names.
5704
5705 * A new unit file setting for services has been introduced:
5706 UtmpMode= allows configuration of how precisely systemd
5707 handles utmp and wtmp entries for the service if this is
5708 enabled. This allows writing services that appear similar to
5709 user sessions in the output of the "w", "who", "last" and
5710 "lastlog" tools.
5711
5712 * systemd-resolved will now locally synthesize DNS resource
5713 records for the "localhost" and "gateway" domains as well as
5714 the local hostname. This should ensure that clients querying
5715 RRs via resolved will get similar results as those going via
5716 NSS, if nss-myhostname is enabled.
5717
5718 Contributions from: Alastair Hughes, Alex Crawford, Daniel
5719 Mack, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Kostrowski,
5720 Evgeny Vereshchagin, Felipe Sateler, HATAYAMA Daisuke, Jan
5721 Pokorný, Jan Synacek, Johnny Robeson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5722 Kefeng Wang, Lennart Poettering, Major Hayden, Marcel
5723 Holtmann, Markus Elfring, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Matt
5724 Turner, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Namhyung Kim,
5725 Nicolas Cornu, Owen W. Taylor, Patrik Flykt, Peter Hutterer,
5726 reverendhomer, Richard Maw, Ronny Chevalier, Seth Jennings,
5727 Stef Walter, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe
5728 Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Meyer, Tom Gundersen, Vincent Batts,
5729 WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5730
5731 — Berlin, 2015-08-27
5732
5733 CHANGES WITH 224:
5734
5735 * The systemd-efi-boot-generator functionality was merged into
5736 systemd-gpt-auto-generator.
5737
5738 * systemd-networkd now supports Group Policy for vxlan
5739 devices. It can be enabled via the new boolean configuration
5740 option called 'GroupPolicyExtension='.
5741
5742 Contributions from: Andreas Kempf, Christian Hesse, Daniel Mack, David
5743 Herrmann, Herman Fries, Johannes Nixdorf, Kay Sievers, Lennart
5744 Poettering, Peter Hutterer, Susant Sahani, Tom Gundersen
5745
5746 — Berlin, 2015-07-31
5747
5748 CHANGES WITH 223:
5749
5750 * The python-systemd code has been removed from the systemd repository.
5751 A new repository has been created which accommodates the code from
5752 now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a separate package
5753 for this: https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5754
5755 * The systemd daemon will now reload its main configuration
5756 (/etc/systemd/system.conf) on daemon-reload.
5757
5758 * sd-dhcp now exposes vendor specific extensions via
5759 sd_dhcp_lease_get_vendor_specific().
5760
5761 * systemd-networkd gained a number of new configuration options.
5762
5763 - A new boolean configuration option for TAP devices called
5764 'VNetHeader='. If set, the IFF_VNET_HDR flag is set for the
5765 device, thus allowing to send and receive GSO packets.
5766
5767 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'CopyDSCP='.
5768 If enabled, the DSCP field of ip6 tunnels is copied into the
5769 decapsulated packet.
5770
5771 - A set of boolean bridge configuration options were added.
5772 'UseBPDU=', 'HairPin=', 'FastLeave=', 'AllowPortToBeRoot=',
5773 and 'UnicastFlood=' are now parsed by networkd and applied to the
5774 respective bridge link device via the respective IFLA_BRPORT_*
5775 netlink attribute.
5776
5777 - A new string configuration option to override the hostname sent
5778 to a DHCP server, called 'Hostname='. If set and 'SendHostname='
5779 is true, networkd will use the configured hostname instead of the
5780 system hostname when sending DHCP requests.
5781
5782 - A new tunnel configuration option called 'IPv6FlowLabel='. If set,
5783 networkd will configure the IPv6 flow-label of the tunnel device
5784 according to RFC2460.
5785
5786 - The 'macvtap' virtual network devices are now supported, similar to
5787 the already supported 'macvlan' devices.
5788
5789 * systemd-resolved now implements RFC5452 to improve resilience against
5790 cache poisoning. Additionally, source port randomization is enabled
5791 by default to further protect against DNS spoofing attacks.
5792
5793 * nss-mymachines now supports translating UIDs and GIDs of running
5794 containers with user-namespaces enabled. If a container 'foo'
5795 translates a host uid 'UID' to the container uid 'TUID', then
5796 nss-mymachines will also map uid 'UID' to/from username 'vu-foo-TUID'
5797 (with 'foo' and 'TUID' replaced accordingly). Similarly, groups are
5798 mapped as 'vg-foo-TGID'.
5799
5800 Contributions from: Beniamino Galvani, cee1, Christian Hesse, Daniel
5801 Buch, Daniel Mack, daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov,
5802 HATAYAMA Daisuke, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Alexander Steffens (heftig),
5803 Johan Ouwerkerk, Jose Carlos Venegas Munoz, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers,
5804 Lennart Poettering, Lidong Zhong, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
5805 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Namhyung Kim,
5806 Nick Owens, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, Steven Allen, Sungbae Yoo,
5807 Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom
5808 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vito Caputo,
5809 Vivenzio Pagliari, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5810
5811 — Berlin, 2015-07-29
5812
5813 CHANGES WITH 222:
5814
5815 * udev does not longer support the WAIT_FOR_SYSFS= key in udev rules.
5816 There are no known issues with current sysfs, and udev does not need
5817 or should be used to work around such bugs.
5818
5819 * udev does no longer enable USB HID power management. Several reports
5820 indicate, that some devices cannot handle that setting.
5821
5822 * The udev accelerometer helper was removed. The functionality
5823 is now fully included in iio-sensor-proxy. But this means,
5824 older iio-sensor-proxy versions will no longer provide
5825 accelerometer/orientation data with this systemd version.
5826 Please upgrade iio-sensor-proxy to version 1.0.
5827
5828 * networkd gained a new configuration option IPv6PrivacyExtensions=
5829 which enables IPv6 privacy extensions (RFC 4941, "Privacy Extensions
5830 for Stateless Address") on selected networks.
5831
5832 * For the sake of fewer build-time dependencies and less code in the
5833 main repository, the python bindings are about to be removed in the
5834 next release. A new repository has been created which accommodates
5835 the code from now on, and we kindly ask distributions to create a
5836 separate package for this. The removal will take place in v223.
5837
5838 https://github.com/systemd/python-systemd
5839
5840 Contributions from: Abdo Roig-Maranges, Andrew Eikum, Bastien Nocera,
5841 Cédric Delmas, Christian Hesse, Christos Trochalakis, Daniel Mack,
5842 daurnimator, David Herrmann, Dimitri John Ledkov, Eric Biggers, Eric
5843 Cook, Felipe Sateler, Geert Jansen, Gerd Hoffmann, Gianpaolo Macario,
5844 Greg Kroah-Hartman, Iago López Galeiras, Jan Alexander Steffens
5845 (heftig), Jan Engelhardt, Jay Strict, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
5846 Markus Knetschke, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michal
5847 Sekletar, Miguel Bernal Marin, Peter Hutterer, Richard Maw, rinrinne,
5848 Susant Sahani, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5849 Husebø, Vedran Miletić, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5850
5851 — Berlin, 2015-07-07
5852
5853 CHANGES WITH 221:
5854
5855 * The sd-bus.h and sd-event.h APIs have now been declared
5856 stable and have been added to the official interface of
5857 libsystemd.so. sd-bus implements an alternative D-Bus client
5858 library, that is relatively easy to use, very efficient and
5859 supports both classic D-Bus as well as kdbus as transport
5860 backend. sd-event is a generic event loop abstraction that
5861 is built around Linux epoll, but adds features such as event
5862 prioritization or efficient timer handling. Both APIs are good
5863 choices for C programs looking for a bus and/or event loop
5864 implementation that is minimal and does not have to be
5865 portable to other kernels.
5866
5867 * kdbus support is no longer compile-time optional. It is now
5868 always built-in. However, it can still be disabled at
5869 runtime using the kdbus=0 kernel command line setting, and
5870 that setting may be changed to default to off, by specifying
5871 --disable-kdbus at build-time. Note though that the kernel
5872 command line setting has no effect if the kdbus.ko kernel
5873 module is not installed, in which case kdbus is (obviously)
5874 also disabled. We encourage all downstream distributions to
5875 begin testing kdbus by adding it to the kernel images in the
5876 development distributions, and leaving kdbus support in
5877 systemd enabled.
5878
5879 * The minimal required util-linux version has been bumped to
5880 2.26.
5881
5882 * Support for chkconfig (--enable-chkconfig) was removed in
5883 favor of calling an abstraction tool
5884 /lib/systemd/systemd-sysv-install. This needs to be
5885 implemented for your distribution. See "SYSV INIT.D SCRIPTS"
5886 in README for details.
5887
5888 * If there's a systemd unit and a SysV init script for the
5889 same service name, and the user executes "systemctl enable"
5890 for it (or a related call), then this will now enable both
5891 (or execute the related operation on both), not just the
5892 unit.
5893
5894 * The libudev API documentation has been converted from gtkdoc
5895 into man pages.
5896
5897 * gudev has been removed from the systemd tree, it is now an
5898 external project.
5899
5900 * The systemd-cgtop tool learnt a new --raw switch to generate
5901 "raw" (machine parsable) output.
5902
5903 * networkd's IPForwarding= .network file setting learnt the
5904 new setting "kernel", which ensures that networkd does not
5905 change the IP forwarding sysctl from the default kernel
5906 state.
5907
5908 * The systemd-logind bus API now exposes a new boolean
5909 property "Docked" that reports whether logind considers the
5910 system "docked", i.e. connected to a docking station or not.
5911
5912 Contributions from: Alex Crawford, Andreas Pokorny, Andrei
5913 Borzenkov, Charles Duffy, Colin Guthrie, Cristian Rodríguez,
5914 Daniele Medri, Daniel Hahler, Daniel Mack, David Herrmann,
5915 David Mohr, Dimitri John Ledkov, Djalal Harouni, dslul, Ed
5916 Swierk, Eric Cook, Filipe Brandenburger, Gianpaolo Macario,
5917 Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Igor Vuk, Jan Synacek,
5918 Jason Pleau, Jason S. McMullan, Jean Delvare, Jeff Huang,
5919 Jonathan Boulle, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, kloun, Lennart
5920 Poettering, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Mario
5921 Limonciello, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich,
5922 Michal Schmidt, Mike Gilbert, Nick Owens, Pablo Lezaeta Reyes,
5923 Patrick Donnelly, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Philip
5924 Withnall, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Susant Sahani,
5925 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
5926 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Viktar Vauchkevich, Werner
5927 Fink, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
5928
5929 — Berlin, 2015-06-19
5930
5931 CHANGES WITH 220:
5932
5933 * The gudev library has been extracted into a separate repository
5934 available at: https://git.gnome.org/browse/libgudev/
5935 It is now managed as part of the Gnome project. Distributions
5936 are recommended to pass --disable-gudev to systemd and use
5937 gudev from the Gnome project instead. gudev is still included
5938 in systemd, for now. It will be removed soon, though. Please
5939 also see the announcement-thread on systemd-devel:
5940 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2015-May/032070.html
5941
5942 * systemd now exposes a CPUUsageNSec= property for each
5943 service unit on the bus, that contains the overall consumed
5944 CPU time of a service (the sum of what each process of the
5945 service consumed). This value is only available if
5946 CPUAccounting= is turned on for a service, and is then shown
5947 in the "systemctl status" output.
5948
5949 * Support for configuring alternative mappings of the old SysV
5950 runlevels to systemd targets has been removed. They are now
5951 hardcoded in a way that runlevels 2, 3, 4 all map to
5952 multi-user.target and 5 to graphical.target (which
5953 previously was already the default behaviour).
5954
5955 * The auto-mounter logic gained support for mount point
5956 expiry, using a new TimeoutIdleSec= setting in .automount
5957 units. (Also available as x-systemd.idle-timeout= in /etc/fstab).
5958
5959 * The EFI System Partition (ESP) as mounted to /boot by
5960 systemd-efi-boot-generator will now be unmounted
5961 automatically after 2 minutes of not being used. This should
5962 minimize the risk of ESP corruptions.
5963
5964 * New /etc/fstab options x-systemd.requires= and
5965 x-systemd.requires-mounts-for= are now supported to express
5966 additional dependencies for mounts. This is useful for
5967 journalling file systems that support external journal
5968 devices or overlay file systems that require underlying file
5969 systems to be mounted.
5970
5971 * systemd does not support direct live-upgrades (via systemctl
5972 daemon-reexec) from versions older than v44 anymore. As no
5973 distribution we are aware of shipped such old versions in a
5974 stable release this should not be problematic.
5975
5976 * When systemd forks off a new per-connection service instance
5977 it will now set the $REMOTE_ADDR environment variable to the
5978 remote IP address, and $REMOTE_PORT environment variable to
5979 the remote IP port. This behaviour is similar to the
5980 corresponding environment variables defined by CGI.
5981
5982 * systemd-networkd gained support for uplink failure
5983 detection. The BindCarrier= option allows binding interface
5984 configuration dynamically to the link sense of other
5985 interfaces. This is useful to achieve behaviour like in
5986 network switches.
5987
5988 * systemd-networkd gained support for configuring the DHCP
5989 client identifier to use when requesting leases.
5990
5991 * systemd-networkd now has a per-network UseNTP= option to
5992 configure whether NTP server information acquired via DHCP
5993 is passed on to services like systemd-timesyncd.
5994
5995 * systemd-networkd gained support for vti6 tunnels.
5996
5997 * Note that systemd-networkd manages the sysctl variable
5998 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/conf/*/forwarding for each interface
5999 it is configured for since v219. The variable controls IP
6000 forwarding, and is a per-interface alternative to the global
6001 /proc/sys/net/ipv[46]/ip_forward. This setting is
6002 configurable in the IPForward= option, which defaults to
6003 "no". This means if networkd is used for an interface it is
6004 no longer sufficient to set the global sysctl option to turn
6005 on IP forwarding! Instead, the .network file option
6006 IPForward= needs to be turned on! Note that the
6007 implementation of this behaviour was broken in v219 and has
6008 been fixed in v220.
6009
6010 * Many bonding and vxlan options are now configurable in
6011 systemd-networkd.
6012
6013 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --property= setting to set unit
6014 properties for the container scope. This is useful for
6015 setting resource parameters (e.g. "CPUShares=500") on
6016 containers started from the command line.
6017
6018 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --private-users= switch to make
6019 use of user namespacing available on recent Linux kernels.
6020
6021 * systemd-nspawn may now be called as part of a shell pipeline
6022 in which case the pipes used for stdin and stdout are passed
6023 directly to the process invoked in the container, without
6024 indirection via a pseudo tty.
6025
6026 * systemd-nspawn gained a new switch to control the UNIX
6027 signal to use when killing the init process of the container
6028 when shutting down.
6029
6030 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --overlay= switch for mounting
6031 overlay file systems into the container using the new kernel
6032 overlayfs support.
6033
6034 * When a container image is imported via systemd-importd and
6035 the host file system is not btrfs, a loopback block device
6036 file is created in /var/lib/machines.raw with a btrfs file
6037 system inside. It is then mounted to /var/lib/machines to
6038 enable btrfs features for container management. The loopback
6039 file and btrfs file system is grown as needed when container
6040 images are imported via systemd-importd.
6041
6042 * systemd-machined/systemd-importd gained support for btrfs
6043 quota, to enforce container disk space limits on disk. This
6044 is exposed in "machinectl set-limit".
6045
6046 * systemd-importd now can import containers from local .tar,
6047 .raw and .qcow2 images, and export them to .tar and .raw. It
6048 can also import dkr v2 images now from the network (on top
6049 of v1 as before).
6050
6051 * systemd-importd gained support for verifying downloaded
6052 images with gpg2 (previously only gpg1 was supported).
6053
6054 * systemd-machined, systemd-logind, systemd: most bus calls are
6055 now accessible to unprivileged processes via polkit. Also,
6056 systemd-logind will now allow users to kill their own sessions
6057 without further privileges or authorization.
6058
6059 * systemd-shutdownd has been removed. This service was
6060 previously responsible for implementing scheduled shutdowns
6061 as exposed in /usr/bin/shutdown's time parameter. This
6062 functionality has now been moved into systemd-logind and is
6063 accessible via a bus interface.
6064
6065 * "systemctl reboot" gained a new switch --firmware-setup that
6066 can be used to reboot into the EFI firmware setup, if that
6067 is available. systemd-logind now exposes an API on the bus
6068 to trigger such reboots, in case graphical desktop UIs want
6069 to cover this functionality.
6070
6071 * "systemctl enable", "systemctl disable" and "systemctl mask"
6072 now support a new "--now" switch. If specified the units
6073 that are enabled will also be started, and the ones
6074 disabled/masked also stopped.
6075
6076 * The Gummiboot EFI boot loader tool has been merged into
6077 systemd, and renamed to "systemd-boot". The bootctl tool has been
6078 updated to support systemd-boot.
6079
6080 * An EFI kernel stub has been added that may be used to create
6081 kernel EFI binaries that contain not only the actual kernel,
6082 but also an initrd, boot splash, command line and OS release
6083 information. This combined binary can then be signed as a
6084 single image, so that the firmware can verify it all in one
6085 step. systemd-boot has special support for EFI binaries created
6086 like this and can extract OS release information from them
6087 and show them in the boot menu. This functionality is useful
6088 to implement cryptographically verified boot schemes.
6089
6090 * Optional support has been added to systemd-fsck to pass
6091 fsck's progress report to an AF_UNIX socket in the file
6092 system.
6093
6094 * udev will no longer create device symlinks for all block
6095 devices by default. A blacklist for excluding special block
6096 devices from this logic has been turned into a whitelist
6097 that requires picking block devices explicitly that require
6098 device symlinks.
6099
6100 * A new (currently still internal) API sd-device.h has been
6101 added to libsystemd. This modernized API is supposed to
6102 replace libudev eventually. In fact, already much of libudev
6103 is now just a wrapper around sd-device.h.
6104
6105 * A new hwdb database for storing metadata about pointing
6106 stick devices has been added.
6107
6108 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for setting file attributes
6109 similar to the "chattr" tool with new 'h' and 'H' lines.
6110
6111 * systemd-journald will no longer unconditionally set the
6112 btrfs NOCOW flag on new journal files. This is instead done
6113 with tmpfiles snippet using the new 'h' line type. This
6114 allows easy disabling of this logic, by masking the
6115 journal-nocow.conf tmpfiles file.
6116
6117 * systemd-journald will now translate audit message types to
6118 human readable identifiers when writing them to the
6119 journal. This should improve readability of audit messages.
6120
6121 * The LUKS logic gained support for the offset= and skip=
6122 options in /etc/crypttab, as previously implemented by
6123 Debian.
6124
6125 * /usr/lib/os-release gained a new optional field VARIANT= for
6126 distributions that support multiple variants (such as a
6127 desktop edition, a server edition, ...)
6128
6129 Contributions from: Aaro Koskinen, Adam Goode, Alban Crequy,
6130 Alberto Fanjul Alonso, Alexander Sverdlin, Alex Puchades, Alin
6131 Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrew Jones, Arend van Spriel,
6132 Benedikt Morbach, Benjamin Franzke, Benjamin Tissoires, Blaž
6133 Tomažič, Chris Morgan, Chris Morin, Colin Walters, Cristian
6134 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Drake, Daniele Medri, Daniel
6135 Mack, Daniel Mustieles, daurnimator, Davide Bettio, David
6136 Herrmann, David Strauss, Didier Roche, Dimitri John Ledkov,
6137 Eric Cook, Gavin Li, Goffredo Baroncelli, Hannes Reinecke,
6138 Hans de Goede, Hans-Peter Deifel, Harald Hoyer, Iago López
6139 Galeiras, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jan
6140 Pazdziora, Jan Synacek, Jasper St. Pierre, Jay Faulkner, John
6141 Paul Adrian Glaubitz, Jonathon Gilbert, Karel Zak, Kay
6142 Sievers, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lucas
6143 De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Lukas Rusak, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz
6144 Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel
6145 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Chevrier, Matthew Garrett,
6146 Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal
6147 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Mirco Tischler, Nir Soffer, Patrik
6148 Flykt, Pavel Odvody, Peter Hutterer, Peter Lemenkov, Peter
6149 Waller, Piotr Drąg, Raul Gutierrez S, Richard Maw, Ronny
6150 Chevalier, Ross Burton, Sebastian Rasmussen, Sergey Ptashnick,
6151 Seth Jennings, Shawn Landden, Simon Farnsworth, Stefan Junker,
6152 Stephen Gallagher, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas
6153 Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tobias Hunger, Tom
6154 Gundersen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Will
6155 Woods, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6156
6157 — Berlin, 2015-05-22
6158
6159 CHANGES WITH 219:
6160
6161 * Introduce a new API "sd-hwdb.h" for querying the hardware
6162 metadata database. With this minimal interface one can query
6163 and enumerate the udev hwdb, decoupled from the old libudev
6164 library. libudev's interface for this is now only a wrapper
6165 around sd-hwdb. A new tool systemd-hwdb has been added to
6166 interface with and update the database.
6167
6168 * When any of systemd's tools copies files (for example due to
6169 tmpfiles' C lines) a btrfs reflink will attempted first,
6170 before bytewise copying is done.
6171
6172 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --ephemeral switch. When
6173 specified a btrfs snapshot is taken of the container's root
6174 directory, and immediately removed when the container
6175 terminates again. Thus, a container can be started whose
6176 changes never alter the container's root directory, and are
6177 lost on container termination. This switch can also be used
6178 for starting a container off the root file system of the
6179 host without affecting the host OS. This switch is only
6180 available on btrfs file systems.
6181
6182 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --template= switch. It takes the
6183 path to a container tree to use as template for the tree
6184 specified via --directory=, should that directory be
6185 missing. This allows instantiating containers dynamically,
6186 on first run. This switch is only available on btrfs file
6187 systems.
6188
6189 * When a .mount unit refers to a mount point on which multiple
6190 mounts are stacked, and the .mount unit is stopped all of
6191 the stacked mount points will now be unmounted until no
6192 mount point remains.
6193
6194 * systemd now has an explicit notion of supported and
6195 unsupported unit types. Jobs enqueued for unsupported unit
6196 types will now fail with an "unsupported" error code. More
6197 specifically .swap, .automount and .device units are not
6198 supported in containers, .busname units are not supported on
6199 non-kdbus systems. .swap and .automount are also not
6200 supported if their respective kernel compile time options
6201 are disabled.
6202
6203 * machinectl gained support for two new "copy-from" and
6204 "copy-to" commands for copying files from a running
6205 container to the host or vice versa.
6206
6207 * machinectl gained support for a new "bind" command to bind
6208 mount host directories into local containers. This is
6209 currently only supported for nspawn containers.
6210
6211 * networkd gained support for configuring bridge forwarding
6212 database entries (fdb) from .network files.
6213
6214 * A new tiny daemon "systemd-importd" has been added that can
6215 download container images in tar, raw, qcow2 or dkr formats,
6216 and make them available locally in /var/lib/machines, so
6217 that they can run as nspawn containers. The daemon can GPG
6218 verify the downloads (not supported for dkr, since it has no
6219 provisions for verifying downloads). It will transparently
6220 decompress bz2, xz, gzip compressed downloads if necessary,
6221 and restore sparse files on disk. The daemon uses privilege
6222 separation to ensure the actual download logic runs with
6223 fewer privileges than the daemon itself. machinectl has
6224 gained new commands "pull-tar", "pull-raw" and "pull-dkr" to
6225 make the functionality of importd available to the
6226 user. With this in place the Fedora and Ubuntu "Cloud"
6227 images can be downloaded and booted as containers unmodified
6228 (the Fedora images lack the appropriate GPG signature files
6229 currently, so they cannot be verified, but this will change
6230 soon, hopefully). Note that downloading images is currently
6231 only fully supported on btrfs.
6232
6233 * machinectl is now able to list container images found in
6234 /var/lib/machines, along with some metadata about sizes of
6235 disk and similar. If the directory is located on btrfs and
6236 quota is enabled, this includes quota display. A new command
6237 "image-status" has been added that shows additional
6238 information about images.
6239
6240 * machinectl is now able to clone container images
6241 efficiently, if the underlying file system (btrfs) supports
6242 it, with the new "machinectl clone" command. It also
6243 gained commands for renaming and removing images, as well as
6244 marking them read-only or read-write (supported also on
6245 legacy file systems).
6246
6247 * networkd gained support for collecting LLDP network
6248 announcements, from hardware that supports this. This is
6249 shown in networkctl output.
6250
6251 * systemd-run gained support for a new -t (--pty) switch for
6252 invoking a binary on a pty whose input and output is
6253 connected to the invoking terminal. This allows executing
6254 processes as system services while interactively
6255 communicating with them via the terminal. Most interestingly
6256 this is supported across container boundaries. Invoking
6257 "systemd-run -t /bin/bash" is an alternative to running a
6258 full login session, the difference being that the former
6259 will not register a session, nor go through the PAM session
6260 setup.
6261
6262 * tmpfiles gained support for a new "v" line type for creating
6263 btrfs subvolumes. If the underlying file system is a legacy
6264 file system, this automatically degrades to creating a
6265 normal directory. Among others /var/lib/machines is now
6266 created like this at boot, should it be missing.
6267
6268 * The directory /var/lib/containers/ has been deprecated and
6269 been replaced by /var/lib/machines. The term "machines" has
6270 been used in the systemd context as generic term for both
6271 VMs and containers, and hence appears more appropriate for
6272 this, as the directory can also contain raw images bootable
6273 via qemu/kvm.
6274
6275 * systemd-nspawn when invoked with -M but without --directory=
6276 or --image= is now capable of searching for the container
6277 root directory, subvolume or disk image automatically, in
6278 /var/lib/machines. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated
6279 to make use of this, thus allowing it to be used for raw
6280 disk images, too.
6281
6282 * A new machines.target unit has been introduced that is
6283 supposed to group all containers/VMs invoked as services on
6284 the system. systemd-nspawn@.service has been updated to
6285 integrate with that.
6286
6287 * machinectl gained a new "start" command, for invoking a
6288 container as a service. "machinectl start foo" is mostly
6289 equivalent to "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foo.service",
6290 but handles escaping in a nicer way.
6291
6292 * systemd-nspawn will now mount most of the cgroupfs tree
6293 read-only into each container, with the exception of the
6294 container's own subtree in the name=systemd hierarchy.
6295
6296 * journald now sets the special FS_NOCOW file flag for its
6297 journal files. This should improve performance on btrfs, by
6298 avoiding heavy fragmentation when journald's write-pattern
6299 is used on COW file systems. It degrades btrfs' data
6300 integrity guarantees for the files to the same levels as for
6301 ext3/ext4 however. This should be OK though as journald does
6302 its own data integrity checks and all its objects are
6303 checksummed on disk. Also, journald should handle btrfs disk
6304 full events a lot more gracefully now, by processing SIGBUS
6305 errors, and not relying on fallocate() anymore.
6306
6307 * When journald detects that journal files it is writing to
6308 have been deleted it will immediately start new journal
6309 files.
6310
6311 * systemd now provides a way to store file descriptors
6312 per-service in PID 1. This is useful for daemons to ensure
6313 that fds they require are not lost during a daemon
6314 restart. The fds are passed to the daemon on the next
6315 invocation in the same way socket activation fds are
6316 passed. This is now used by journald to ensure that the
6317 various sockets connected to all the system's stdout/stderr
6318 are not lost when journald is restarted. File descriptors
6319 may be stored in PID 1 via the sd_pid_notify_with_fds() API,
6320 an extension to sd_notify(). Note that a limit is enforced
6321 on the number of fds a service can store in PID 1, and it
6322 defaults to 0, so that no fds may be stored, unless this is
6323 explicitly turned on.
6324
6325 * The default TERM variable to use for units connected to a
6326 terminal, when no other value is explicitly is set is now
6327 vt220 rather than vt102. This should be fairly safe still,
6328 but allows PgUp/PgDn work.
6329
6330 * The /etc/crypttab option header= as known from Debian is now
6331 supported.
6332
6333 * "loginctl user-status" and "loginctl session-status" will
6334 now show the last 10 lines of log messages of the
6335 user/session following the status output. Similar,
6336 "machinectl status" will show the last 10 log lines
6337 associated with a virtual machine or container
6338 service. (Note that this is usually not the log messages
6339 done in the VM/container itself, but simply what the
6340 container manager logs. For nspawn this includes all console
6341 output however.)
6342
6343 * "loginctl session-status" without further argument will now
6344 show the status of the session of the caller. Similar,
6345 "lock-session", "unlock-session", "activate",
6346 "enable-linger", "disable-linger" may now be called without
6347 session/user parameter in which case they apply to the
6348 caller's session/user.
6349
6350 * An X11 session scriptlet is now shipped that uploads
6351 $DISPLAY and $XAUTHORITY into the environment of the systemd
6352 --user daemon if a session begins. This should improve
6353 compatibility with X11 enabled applications run as systemd
6354 user services.
6355
6356 * Generators are now subject to masking via /etc and /run, the
6357 same way as unit files.
6358
6359 * networkd .network files gained support for configuring
6360 per-link IPv4/IPv6 packet forwarding as well as IPv4
6361 masquerading. This is by default turned on for veth links to
6362 containers, as registered by systemd-nspawn. This means that
6363 nspawn containers run with --network-veth will now get
6364 automatic routed access to the host's networks without any
6365 further configuration or setup, as long as networkd runs on
6366 the host.
6367
6368 * systemd-nspawn gained the --port= (-p) switch to expose TCP
6369 or UDP posts of a container on the host. With this in place
6370 it is possible to run containers with private veth links
6371 (--network-veth), and have their functionality exposed on
6372 the host as if their services were running directly on the
6373 host.
6374
6375 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth switch now gained a short
6376 version "-n", since with the changes above it is now truly
6377 useful out-of-the-box. The systemd-nspawn@.service has been
6378 updated to make use of it too by default.
6379
6380 * systemd-nspawn will now maintain a per-image R/W lock, to
6381 ensure that the same image is not started more than once
6382 writable. (It's OK to run an image multiple times
6383 simultaneously in read-only mode.)
6384
6385 * systemd-nspawn's --image= option is now capable of
6386 dissecting and booting MBR and GPT disk images that contain
6387 only a single active Linux partition. Previously it
6388 supported only GPT disk images with proper GPT type
6389 IDs. This allows running cloud images from major
6390 distributions directly with systemd-nspawn, without
6391 modification.
6392
6393 * In addition to collecting mouse dpi data in the udev
6394 hardware database, there's now support for collecting angle
6395 information for mouse scroll wheels. The database is
6396 supposed to guarantee similar scrolling behavior on mice
6397 that it knows about. There's also support for collecting
6398 information about Touchpad types.
6399
6400 * udev's input_id built-in will now also collect touch screen
6401 dimension data and attach it to probed devices.
6402
6403 * /etc/os-release gained support for a Distribution Privacy
6404 Policy link field.
6405
6406 * networkd gained support for creating "ipvlan", "gretap",
6407 "ip6gre", "ip6gretap" and "ip6tnl" network devices.
6408
6409 * systemd-tmpfiles gained support for "a" lines for setting
6410 ACLs on files.
6411
6412 * systemd-nspawn will now mount /tmp in the container to
6413 tmpfs, automatically.
6414
6415 * systemd now exposes the memory.usage_in_bytes cgroup
6416 attribute and shows it for each service in the "systemctl
6417 status" output, if available.
6418
6419 * When the user presses Ctrl-Alt-Del more than 7x within 2s an
6420 immediate reboot is triggered. This useful if shutdown is
6421 hung and is unable to complete, to expedite the
6422 operation. Note that this kind of reboot will still unmount
6423 all file systems, and hence should not result in fsck being
6424 run on next reboot.
6425
6426 * A .device unit for an optical block device will now be
6427 considered active only when a medium is in the drive. Also,
6428 mount units are now bound to their backing devices thus
6429 triggering automatic unmounting when devices become
6430 unavailable. With this in place systemd will now
6431 automatically unmount left-over mounts when a CD-ROM is
6432 ejected or an USB stick is yanked from the system.
6433
6434 * networkd-wait-online now has support for waiting for
6435 specific interfaces only (with globbing), and for giving up
6436 after a configurable timeout.
6437
6438 * networkd now exits when idle. It will be automatically
6439 restarted as soon as interfaces show up, are removed or
6440 change state. networkd will stay around as long as there is
6441 at least one DHCP state machine or similar around, that keep
6442 it non-idle.
6443
6444 * networkd may now configure IPv6 link-local addressing in
6445 addition to IPv4 link-local addressing.
6446
6447 * The IPv6 "token" for use in SLAAC may now be configured for
6448 each .network interface in networkd.
6449
6450 * Routes configured with networkd may now be assigned a scope
6451 in .network files.
6452
6453 * networkd's [Match] sections now support globbing and lists
6454 of multiple space-separated matches per item.
6455
6456 Contributions from: Alban Crequy, Alin Rauta, Andrey Chaser,
6457 Bastien Nocera, Bruno Bottazzini, Carlos Garnacho, Carlos
6458 Morata Castillo, Chris Atkinson, Chris J. Arges, Christian
6459 Kirbach, Christian Seiler, Christoph Brill, Colin Guthrie,
6460 Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack,
6461 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni, Erik Auerswald,
6462 Filipe Brandenburger, Frank Theile, Gabor Kelemen, Gabriel de
6463 Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Hui Wang, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan
6464 Engelhardt, Jan Synacek, Jay Faulkner, Johannes Hölzl, Jonas
6465 Ådahl, Jonathan Boulle, Josef Andersson, Kay Sievers, Ken
6466 Werner, Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Märdian,
6467 Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
6468 Manuel Mendez, Marcel Holtmann, Marc Schmitzer, Marko
6469 Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Maxim Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl,
6470 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Mindaugas
6471 Baranauskas, Moez Bouhlel, Naveen Kumar, Patrik Flykt, Paul
6472 Martin, Peter Hutterer, Peter Mattern, Philippe De Swert,
6473 Piotr Drąg, Rafael Ferreira, Rami Rosen, Robert Milasan, Ronny
6474 Chevalier, Sangjung Woo, Sebastien Bacher, Sergey Ptashnick,
6475 Shawn Landden, Stéphane Graber, Susant Sahani, Sylvain
6476 Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tim JP, Tom
6477 Gundersen, Topi Miettinen, Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar
6478 Lindskog, Veres Lajos, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, Wieland
6479 Hoffmann, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6480
6481 — Berlin, 2015-02-16
6482
6483 CHANGES WITH 218:
6484
6485 * When querying unit file enablement status (for example via
6486 "systemctl is-enabled"), a new state "indirect" is now known
6487 which indicates that a unit might not be enabled itself, but
6488 another unit listed in its Also= setting might be.
6489
6490 * Similar to the various existing ConditionXYZ= settings for
6491 units, there are now matching AssertXYZ= settings. While
6492 failing conditions cause a unit to be skipped, but its job
6493 to succeed, failing assertions declared like this will cause
6494 a unit start operation and its job to fail.
6495
6496 * hostnamed now knows a new chassis type "embedded".
6497
6498 * systemctl gained a new "edit" command. When used on a unit
6499 file, this allows extending unit files with .d/ drop-in
6500 configuration snippets or editing the full file (after
6501 copying it from /usr/lib to /etc). This will invoke the
6502 user's editor (as configured with $EDITOR), and reload the
6503 modified configuration after editing.
6504
6505 * "systemctl status" now shows the suggested enablement state
6506 for a unit, as declared in the (usually vendor-supplied)
6507 system preset files.
6508
6509 * nss-myhostname will now resolve the single-label hostname
6510 "gateway" to the locally configured default IP routing
6511 gateways, ordered by their metrics. This assigns a stable
6512 name to the used gateways, regardless which ones are
6513 currently configured. Note that the name will only be
6514 resolved after all other name sources (if nss-myhostname is
6515 configured properly) and should hence not negatively impact
6516 systems that use the single-label hostname "gateway" in
6517 other contexts.
6518
6519 * systemd-inhibit now allows filtering by mode when listing
6520 inhibitors.
6521
6522 * Scope and service units gained a new "Delegate" boolean
6523 property, which, when set, allows processes running inside the
6524 unit to further partition resources. This is primarily
6525 useful for systemd user instances as well as container
6526 managers.
6527
6528 * journald will now pick up audit messages directly from
6529 the kernel, and log them like any other log message. The
6530 audit fields are split up and fully indexed. This means that
6531 journalctl in many ways is now a (nicer!) alternative to
6532 ausearch, the traditional audit client. Note that this
6533 implements only a minimal audit client. If you want the
6534 special audit modes like reboot-on-log-overflow, please use
6535 the traditional auditd instead, which can be used in
6536 parallel to journald.
6537
6538 * The ConditionSecurity= unit file option now understands the
6539 special string "audit" to check whether auditing is
6540 available.
6541
6542 * journalctl gained two new commands --vacuum-size= and
6543 --vacuum-time= to delete old journal files until the
6544 remaining ones take up no more than the specified size on disk,
6545 or are not older than the specified time.
6546
6547 * A new, native PPPoE library has been added to sd-network,
6548 systemd's library of light-weight networking protocols. This
6549 library will be used in a future version of networkd to
6550 enable PPPoE communication without an external pppd daemon.
6551
6552 * The busctl tool now understands a new "capture" verb that
6553 works similar to "monitor", but writes a packet capture
6554 trace to STDOUT that can be redirected to a file which is
6555 compatible with libcap's capture file format. This can then
6556 be loaded in Wireshark and similar tools to inspect bus
6557 communication.
6558
6559 * The busctl tool now understands a new "tree" verb that shows
6560 the object trees of a specific service on the bus, or of all
6561 services.
6562
6563 * The busctl tool now understands a new "introspect" verb that
6564 shows all interfaces and members of objects on the bus,
6565 including their signature and values. This is particularly
6566 useful to get more information about bus objects shown by
6567 the new "busctl tree" command.
6568
6569 * The busctl tool now understands new verbs "call",
6570 "set-property" and "get-property" for invoking bus method
6571 calls, setting and getting bus object properties in a
6572 friendly way.
6573
6574 * busctl gained a new --augment-creds= argument that controls
6575 whether the tool shall augment credential information it
6576 gets from the bus with data from /proc, in a possibly
6577 race-ful way.
6578
6579 * nspawn's --link-journal= switch gained two new values
6580 "try-guest" and "try-host" that work like "guest" and
6581 "host", but do not fail if the host has no persistent
6582 journalling enabled. -j is now equivalent to
6583 --link-journal=try-guest.
6584
6585 * macvlan network devices created by nspawn will now have
6586 stable MAC addresses.
6587
6588 * A new SmackProcessLabel= unit setting has been added, which
6589 controls the SMACK security label processes forked off by
6590 the respective unit shall use.
6591
6592 * If compiled with --enable-xkbcommon, systemd-localed will
6593 verify x11 keymap settings by compiling the given keymap. It
6594 will spew out warnings if the compilation fails. This
6595 requires libxkbcommon to be installed.
6596
6597 * When a coredump is collected, a larger number of metadata
6598 fields is now collected and included in the journal records
6599 created for it. More specifically, control group membership,
6600 environment variables, memory maps, working directory,
6601 chroot directory, /proc/$PID/status, and a list of open file
6602 descriptors is now stored in the log entry.
6603
6604 * The udev hwdb now contains DPI information for mice. For
6605 details see:
6606
6607 http://who-t.blogspot.de/2014/12/building-a-dpi-database-for-mice.html
6608
6609 * All systemd programs that read standalone configuration
6610 files in /etc now also support a corresponding series of
6611 .conf.d configuration directories in /etc/, /run/,
6612 /usr/local/lib/, /usr/lib/, and (if configured with
6613 --enable-split-usr) /lib/. In particular, the following
6614 configuration files now have corresponding configuration
6615 directories: system.conf user.conf, logind.conf,
6616 journald.conf, sleep.conf, bootchart.conf, coredump.conf,
6617 resolved.conf, timesyncd.conf, journal-remote.conf, and
6618 journal-upload.conf. Note that distributions should use the
6619 configuration directories in /usr/lib/; the directories in
6620 /etc/ are reserved for the system administrator.
6621
6622 * systemd-rfkill will no longer take the rfkill device name
6623 into account when storing rfkill state on disk, as the name
6624 might be dynamically assigned and not stable. Instead, the
6625 ID_PATH udev variable combined with the rfkill type (wlan,
6626 bluetooth, ...) is used.
6627
6628 * A new service systemd-machine-id-commit.service has been
6629 added. When used on systems where /etc is read-only during
6630 boot, and /etc/machine-id is not initialized (but an empty
6631 file), this service will copy the temporary machine ID
6632 created as replacement into /etc after the system is fully
6633 booted up. This is useful for systems that are freshly
6634 installed with a non-initialized machine ID, but should get
6635 a fixed machine ID for subsequent boots.
6636
6637 * networkd's .netdev files now provide a large set of
6638 configuration parameters for VXLAN devices. Similarly, the
6639 bridge port cost parameter is now configurable in .network
6640 files. There's also new support for configuring IP source
6641 routing. networkd .link files gained support for a new
6642 OriginalName= match that is useful to match against the
6643 original interface name the kernel assigned. .network files
6644 may include MTU= and MACAddress= fields for altering the MTU
6645 and MAC address while being connected to a specific network
6646 interface.
6647
6648 * The LUKS logic gained supported for configuring
6649 UUID-specific key files. There's also new support for naming
6650 LUKS device from the kernel command line, using the new
6651 luks.name= argument.
6652
6653 * Timer units may now be transiently created via the bus API
6654 (this was previously already available for scope and service
6655 units). In addition it is now possible to create multiple
6656 transient units at the same time with a single bus call. The
6657 "systemd-run" tool has been updated to make use of this for
6658 running commands on a specified time, in at(1)-style.
6659
6660 * tmpfiles gained support for "t" lines, for assigning
6661 extended attributes to files. Among other uses this may be
6662 used to assign SMACK labels to files.
6663
6664 Contributions from: Alin Rauta, Alison Chaiken, Andrej
6665 Manduch, Bastien Nocera, Chris Atkinson, Chris Leech, Chris
6666 Mayo, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Cristian Rodríguez,
6667 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dan Winship, Dave
6668 Reisner, David Herrmann, Didier Roche, Felipe Sateler, Gavin
6669 Li, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Iago López Galeiras, Ivan
6670 Shapovalov, Jakub Filak, Jan Janssen, Jan Synacek, Joe
6671 Lawrence, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
6672 Lukas Nykryn, Łukasz Stelmach, Maciej Wereski, Mantas
6673 Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Maurizio Lombardi,
6674 Michael Biebl, Michael Chapman, Michael Marineau, Michal
6675 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt, Peter
6676 Hutterer, Przemyslaw Kedzierski, Rami Rosen, Ray Strode,
6677 Richard Schütz, Richard W.M. Jones, Ronny Chevalier, Ross
6678 Lagerwall, Sean Young, Stanisław Pitucha, Susant Sahani,
6679 Thomas Haller, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
6680 Torstein Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Vicente Olivert
6681 Riera, WaLyong Cho, Wesley Dawson, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6682
6683 — Berlin, 2014-12-10
6684
6685 CHANGES WITH 217:
6686
6687 * journalctl gained the new options -t/--identifier= to match
6688 on the syslog identifier (aka "tag"), as well as --utc to
6689 show log timestamps in the UTC timezone. journalctl now also
6690 accepts -n/--lines=all to disable line capping in a pager.
6691
6692 * journalctl gained a new switch, --flush, that synchronously
6693 flushes logs from /run/log/journal to /var/log/journal if
6694 persistent storage is enabled. systemd-journal-flush.service
6695 now waits until the operation is complete.
6696
6697 * Services can notify the manager before they start a reload
6698 (by sending RELOADING=1) or shutdown (by sending
6699 STOPPING=1). This allows the manager to track and show the
6700 internal state of daemons and closes a race condition when
6701 the process is still running but has closed its D-Bus
6702 connection.
6703
6704 * Services with Type=oneshot do not have to have any ExecStart
6705 commands anymore.
6706
6707 * User units are now loaded also from
6708 $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR/systemd/user/. This is similar to the
6709 /run/systemd/user directory that was already previously
6710 supported, but is under the control of the user.
6711
6712 * Job timeouts (i.e. timeouts on the time a job that is
6713 queued stays in the run queue) can now optionally result in
6714 immediate reboot or power-off actions (JobTimeoutAction= and
6715 JobTimeoutRebootArgument=). This is useful on ".target"
6716 units, to limit the maximum time a target remains
6717 undispatched in the run queue, and to trigger an emergency
6718 operation in such a case. This is now used by default to
6719 turn off the system if boot-up (as defined by everything in
6720 basic.target) hangs and does not complete for at least
6721 15min. Also, if power-off or reboot hang for at least 30min
6722 an immediate power-off/reboot operation is triggered. This
6723 functionality is particularly useful to increase reliability
6724 on embedded devices, but also on laptops which might
6725 accidentally get powered on when carried in a backpack and
6726 whose boot stays stuck in a hard disk encryption passphrase
6727 question.
6728
6729 * systemd-logind can be configured to also handle lid switch
6730 events even when the machine is docked or multiple displays
6731 are attached (HandleLidSwitchDocked= option).
6732
6733 * A helper binary and a service have been added which can be
6734 used to resume from hibernation in the initramfs. A
6735 generator will parse the resume= option on the kernel
6736 command line to trigger resume.
6737
6738 * A user console daemon systemd-consoled has been
6739 added. Currently, it is a preview, and will so far open a
6740 single terminal on each session of the user marked as
6741 Desktop=systemd-console.
6742
6743 * Route metrics can be specified for DHCP routes added by
6744 systemd-networkd.
6745
6746 * The SELinux context of socket-activated services can be set
6747 from the information provided by the networking stack
6748 (SELinuxContextFromNet= option).
6749
6750 * Userspace firmware loading support has been removed and
6751 the minimum supported kernel version is thus bumped to 3.7.
6752
6753 * Timeout for udev workers has been increased from 1 to 3
6754 minutes, but a warning will be printed after 1 minute to
6755 help diagnose kernel modules that take a long time to load.
6756
6757 * Udev rules can now remove tags on devices with TAG-="foobar".
6758
6759 * systemd's readahead implementation has been removed. In many
6760 circumstances it didn't give expected benefits even for
6761 rotational disk drives and was becoming less relevant in the
6762 age of SSDs. As none of the developers has been using
6763 rotating media anymore, and nobody stepped up to actively
6764 maintain this component of systemd it has now been removed.
6765
6766 * Swap units can use Options= to specify discard options.
6767 Discard options specified for swaps in /etc/fstab are now
6768 respected.
6769
6770 * Docker containers are now detected as a separate type of
6771 virtualization.
6772
6773 * The Password Agent protocol gained support for queries where
6774 the user input is shown, useful e.g. for user names.
6775 systemd-ask-password gained a new --echo option to turn that
6776 on.
6777
6778 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set:
6779
6780 net.core.default_qdisc = fq_codel
6781
6782 This selects Fair Queuing Controlled Delay as the default
6783 queuing discipline for network interfaces. fq_codel helps
6784 fight the network bufferbloat problem. It is believed to be
6785 a good default with no tuning required for most workloads.
6786 Downstream distributions may override this choice. On 10Gbit
6787 servers that do not do forwarding, "fq" may perform better.
6788 Systems without a good clocksource should use "pfifo_fast".
6789
6790 * If kdbus is enabled during build a new option BusPolicy= is
6791 available for service units, that allows locking all service
6792 processes into a stricter bus policy, in order to limit
6793 access to various bus services, or even hide most of them
6794 from the service's view entirely.
6795
6796 * networkctl will now show the .network and .link file
6797 networkd has applied to a specific interface.
6798
6799 * sd-login gained a new API call sd_session_get_desktop() to
6800 query which desktop environment has been selected for a
6801 session.
6802
6803 * UNIX utmp support is now compile-time optional to support
6804 legacy-free systems.
6805
6806 * systemctl gained two new commands "add-wants" and
6807 "add-requires" for pulling in units from specific targets
6808 easily.
6809
6810 * If the word "rescue" is specified on the kernel command line
6811 the system will now boot into rescue mode (aka
6812 rescue.target), which was previously available only by
6813 specifying "1" or "systemd.unit=rescue.target" on the kernel
6814 command line. This new kernel command line option nicely
6815 mirrors the already existing "emergency" kernel command line
6816 option.
6817
6818 * New kernel command line options mount.usr=, mount.usrflags=,
6819 mount.usrfstype= have been added that match root=, rootflags=,
6820 rootfstype= but allow mounting a specific file system to
6821 /usr.
6822
6823 * The $NOTIFY_SOCKET is now also passed to control processes of
6824 services, not only the main process.
6825
6826 * This version reenables support for fsck's -l switch. This
6827 means at least version v2.25 of util-linux is required for
6828 operation, otherwise dead-locks on device nodes may
6829 occur. Again: you need to update util-linux to at least
6830 v2.25 when updating systemd to v217.
6831
6832 * The "multi-seat-x" tool has been removed from systemd, as
6833 its functionality has been integrated into X servers 1.16,
6834 and the tool is hence redundant. It is recommended to update
6835 display managers invoking this tool to simply invoke X
6836 directly from now on, again.
6837
6838 * Support for the new ALLOW_INTERACTIVE_AUTHORIZATION D-Bus
6839 message flag has been added for all of systemd's polkit
6840 authenticated method calls has been added. In particular this
6841 now allows optional interactive authorization via polkit for
6842 many of PID1's privileged operations such as unit file
6843 enabling and disabling.
6844
6845 * "udevadm hwdb --update" learnt a new switch "--usr" for
6846 placing the rebuilt hardware database in /usr instead of
6847 /etc. When used only hardware database entries stored in
6848 /usr will be used, and any user database entries in /etc are
6849 ignored. This functionality is useful for vendors to ship a
6850 pre-built database on systems where local configuration is
6851 unnecessary or unlikely.
6852
6853 * Calendar time specifications in .timer units now also
6854 understand the strings "semi-annually", "quarterly" and
6855 "minutely" as shortcuts (in addition to the preexisting
6856 "annually", "hourly", ...).
6857
6858 * systemd-tmpfiles will now correctly create files in /dev
6859 at boot which are marked for creation only at boot. It is
6860 recommended to always create static device nodes with 'c!'
6861 and 'b!', so that they are created only at boot and not
6862 overwritten at runtime.
6863
6864 * When the watchdog logic is used for a service (WatchdogSec=)
6865 and the watchdog timeout is hit the service will now be
6866 terminated with SIGABRT (instead of just SIGTERM), in order
6867 to make sure a proper coredump and backtrace is
6868 generated. This ensures that hanging services will result in
6869 similar coredump/backtrace behaviour as services that hit a
6870 segmentation fault.
6871
6872 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Andrei Borzenkov,
6873 Angus Gibson, Ansgar Burchardt, Ben Wolsieffer, Brandon L.
6874 Black, Christian Hesse, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
6875 Daniele Medri, Daniel Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David
6876 Herrmann, David Sommerseth, David Strauss, Emil Renner
6877 Berthing, Eric Cook, Evangelos Foutras, Filipe Brandenburger,
6878 Gustavo Sverzut Barbieri, Hans de Goede, Harald Hoyer, Hristo
6879 Venev, Hugo Grostabussiat, Ivan Shapovalov, Jan Janssen, Jan
6880 Synacek, Jonathan Liu, Juho Son, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Klaus
6881 Purer, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
6882 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
6883 Marius Tessmann, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl,
6884 Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michael Scherer, Michal
6885 Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miroslav Lichvar, Patrik Flykt,
6886 Philippe De Swert, Piotr Drąg, Rahul Sundaram, Richard
6887 Weinberger, Robert Milasan, Ronny Chevalier, Ruben Kerkhof,
6888 Santiago Vila, Sergey Ptashnick, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd
6889 Simons, Stefan Brüns, Steven Allen, Steven Noonan, Susant
6890 Sahani, Sylvain Plantefève, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
6891 Timofey Titovets, Tobias Hunger, Tom Gundersen, Torstein
6892 Husebø, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Zbigniew
6893 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
6894
6895 — Berlin, 2014-10-28
6896
6897 CHANGES WITH 216:
6898
6899 * timedated no longer reads NTP implementation unit names from
6900 /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list. Alternative NTP
6901 implementations should add a
6902
6903 Conflicts=systemd-timesyncd.service
6904
6905 to their unit files to take over and replace systemd's NTP
6906 default functionality.
6907
6908 * systemd-sysusers gained a new line type "r" for configuring
6909 which UID/GID ranges to allocate system users/groups
6910 from. Lines of type "u" may now add an additional column
6911 that specifies the home directory for the system user to be
6912 created. Also, systemd-sysusers may now optionally read user
6913 information from STDIN instead of a file. This is useful for
6914 invoking it from RPM preinst scriptlets that need to create
6915 users before the first RPM file is installed since these
6916 files might need to be owned by them. A new
6917 %sysusers_create_inline RPM macro has been introduced to do
6918 just that. systemd-sysusers now updates the shadow files as
6919 well as the user/group databases, which should enhance
6920 compatibility with certain tools like grpck.
6921
6922 * A number of bus APIs of PID 1 now optionally consult polkit to
6923 permit access for otherwise unprivileged clients under certain
6924 conditions. Note that this currently doesn't support
6925 interactive authentication yet, but this is expected to be
6926 added eventually, too.
6927
6928 * /etc/machine-info now has new fields for configuring the
6929 deployment environment of the machine, as well as the
6930 location of the machine. hostnamectl has been updated with
6931 new command to update these fields.
6932
6933 * systemd-timesyncd has been updated to automatically acquire
6934 NTP server information from systemd-networkd, which might
6935 have been discovered via DHCP.
6936
6937 * systemd-resolved now includes a caching DNS stub resolver
6938 and a complete LLMNR name resolution implementation. A new
6939 NSS module "nss-resolve" has been added which can be used
6940 instead of glibc's own "nss-dns" to resolve hostnames via
6941 systemd-resolved. Hostnames, addresses and arbitrary RRs may
6942 be resolved via systemd-resolved D-Bus APIs. In contrast to
6943 the glibc internal resolver systemd-resolved is aware of
6944 multi-homed system, and keeps DNS server and caches separate
6945 and per-interface. Queries are sent simultaneously on all
6946 interfaces that have DNS servers configured, in order to
6947 properly handle VPNs and local LANs which might resolve
6948 separate sets of domain names. systemd-resolved may acquire
6949 DNS server information from systemd-networkd automatically,
6950 which in turn might have discovered them via DHCP. A tool
6951 "systemd-resolve-host" has been added that may be used to
6952 query the DNS logic in resolved. systemd-resolved implements
6953 IDNA and automatically uses IDNA or UTF-8 encoding depending
6954 on whether classic DNS or LLMNR is used as transport. In the
6955 next releases we intend to add a DNSSEC and mDNS/DNS-SD
6956 implementation to systemd-resolved.
6957
6958 * A new NSS module nss-mymachines has been added, that
6959 automatically resolves the names of all local registered
6960 containers to their respective IP addresses.
6961
6962 * A new client tool "networkctl" for systemd-networkd has been
6963 added. It currently is entirely passive and will query
6964 networking configuration from udev, rtnetlink and networkd,
6965 and present it to the user in a very friendly
6966 way. Eventually, we hope to extend it to become a full
6967 control utility for networkd.
6968
6969 * .socket units gained a new DeferAcceptSec= setting that
6970 controls the kernels' TCP_DEFER_ACCEPT sockopt for
6971 TCP. Similarly, support for controlling TCP keep-alive
6972 settings has been added (KeepAliveTimeSec=,
6973 KeepAliveIntervalSec=, KeepAliveProbes=). Also, support for
6974 turning off Nagle's algorithm on TCP has been added
6975 (NoDelay=).
6976
6977 * logind learned a new session type "web", for use in projects
6978 like Cockpit which register web clients as PAM sessions.
6979
6980 * timer units with at least one OnCalendar= setting will now
6981 be started only after time-sync.target has been
6982 reached. This way they will not elapse before the system
6983 clock has been corrected by a local NTP client or
6984 similar. This is particular useful on RTC-less embedded
6985 machines, that come up with an invalid system clock.
6986
6987 * systemd-nspawn's --network-veth= switch should now result in
6988 stable MAC addresses for both the outer and the inner side
6989 of the link.
6990
6991 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --volatile= switch for running
6992 container instances with /etc or /var unpopulated.
6993
6994 * The kdbus client code has been updated to use the new Linux
6995 3.17 memfd subsystem instead of the old kdbus-specific one.
6996
6997 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client and server now support
6998 FORCERENEW. There are also new configuration options to
6999 configure the vendor client identifier and broadcast mode
7000 for DHCP.
7001
7002 * systemd will no longer inform the kernel about the current
7003 timezone, as this is necessarily incorrect and racy as the
7004 kernel has no understanding of DST and similar
7005 concepts. This hence means FAT timestamps will be always
7006 considered UTC, similar to what Android is already
7007 doing. Also, when the RTC is configured to the local time
7008 (rather than UTC) systemd will never synchronize back to it,
7009 as this might confuse Windows at a later boot.
7010
7011 * systemd-analyze gained a new command "verify" for offline
7012 validation of unit files.
7013
7014 * systemd-networkd gained support for a couple of additional
7015 settings for bonding networking setups. Also, the metric for
7016 statically configured routes may now be configured. For
7017 network interfaces where this is appropriate the peer IP
7018 address may now be configured.
7019
7020 * systemd-networkd's DHCP client will no longer request
7021 broadcasting by default, as this tripped up some networks.
7022 For hardware where broadcast is required the feature should
7023 be switched back on using RequestBroadcast=yes.
7024
7025 * systemd-networkd will now set up IPv4LL addresses (when
7026 enabled) even if DHCP is configured successfully.
7027
7028 * udev will now default to respect network device names given
7029 by the kernel when the kernel indicates that these are
7030 predictable. This behavior can be tweaked by changing
7031 NamePolicy= in the relevant .link file.
7032
7033 * A new library systemd-terminal has been added that
7034 implements full TTY stream parsing and rendering. This
7035 library is supposed to be used later on for implementing a
7036 full userspace VT subsystem, replacing the current kernel
7037 implementation.
7038
7039 * A new tool systemd-journal-upload has been added to push
7040 journal data to a remote system running
7041 systemd-journal-remote.
7042
7043 * journald will no longer forward all local data to another
7044 running syslog daemon. This change has been made because
7045 rsyslog (which appears to be the most commonly used syslog
7046 implementation these days) no longer makes use of this, and
7047 instead pulls the data out of the journal on its own. Since
7048 forwarding the messages to a non-existent syslog server is
7049 more expensive than we assumed we have now turned this
7050 off. If you run a syslog server that is not a recent rsyslog
7051 version, you have to turn this option on again
7052 (ForwardToSyslog= in journald.conf).
7053
7054 * journald now optionally supports the LZ4 compressor for
7055 larger journal fields. This compressor should perform much
7056 better than XZ which was the previous default.
7057
7058 * machinectl now shows the IP addresses of local containers,
7059 if it knows them, plus the interface name of the container.
7060
7061 * A new tool "systemd-escape" has been added that makes it
7062 easy to escape strings to build unit names and similar.
7063
7064 * sd_notify() messages may now include a new ERRNO= field
7065 which is parsed and collected by systemd and shown among the
7066 "systemctl status" output for a service.
7067
7068 * A new component "systemd-firstboot" has been added that
7069 queries the most basic systemd information (timezone,
7070 hostname, root password) interactively on first
7071 boot. Alternatively it may also be used to provision these
7072 things offline on OS images installed into directories.
7073
7074 * The default sysctl.d/ snippets will now set
7075
7076 net.ipv4.conf.default.promote_secondaries=1
7077
7078 This has the benefit of no flushing secondary IP addresses
7079 when primary addresses are removed.
7080
7081 Contributions from: Ansgar Burchardt, Bastien Nocera, Colin
7082 Walters, Dan Dedrick, Daniel Buch, Daniel Korostil, Daniel
7083 Mack, Dan Williams, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Denis
7084 Kenzior, Eelco Dolstra, Eric Cook, Hannes Reinecke, Harald
7085 Hoyer, Hong Shick Pak, Hui Wang, Jean-André Santoni, Jóhann
7086 B. Guðmundsson, Jon Severinsson, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kevin
7087 Wells, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7088 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael
7089 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar,
7090 Miguel Angel Ajo, Mike Gilbert, Olivier Brunel, Robert
7091 Schiele, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie, Sjoerd Simons, Stef
7092 Walter, Steven Noonan, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas
7093 Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Timofey Titovets,
7094 Tobias Geerinckx-Rice, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen, Umut
7095 Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7096
7097 — Berlin, 2014-08-19
7098
7099 CHANGES WITH 215:
7100
7101 * A new tool systemd-sysusers has been added. This tool
7102 creates system users and groups in /etc/passwd and
7103 /etc/group, based on static declarative system user/group
7104 definitions in /usr/lib/sysusers.d/. This is useful to
7105 enable factory resets and volatile systems that boot up with
7106 an empty /etc directory, and thus need system users and
7107 groups created during early boot. systemd now also ships
7108 with two default sysusers.d/ files for the most basic
7109 users and groups systemd and the core operating system
7110 require.
7111
7112 * A new tmpfiles snippet has been added that rebuilds the
7113 essential files in /etc on boot, should they be missing.
7114
7115 * A directive for ensuring automatic clean-up of
7116 /var/cache/man/ has been removed from the default
7117 configuration. This line should now be shipped by the man
7118 implementation. The necessary change has been made to the
7119 man-db implementation. Note that you need to update your man
7120 implementation to one that ships this line, otherwise no
7121 automatic clean-up of /var/cache/man will take place.
7122
7123 * A new condition ConditionNeedsUpdate= has been added that
7124 may conditionalize services to only run when /etc or /var
7125 are "older" than the vendor operating system resources in
7126 /usr. This is useful for reconstructing or updating /etc
7127 after an offline update of /usr or a factory reset, on the
7128 next reboot. Services that want to run once after such an
7129 update or reset should use this condition and order
7130 themselves before the new systemd-update-done.service, which
7131 will mark the two directories as fully updated. A number of
7132 service files have been added making use of this, to rebuild
7133 the udev hardware database, the journald message catalog and
7134 dynamic loader cache (ldconfig). The systemd-sysusers tool
7135 described above also makes use of this now. With this in
7136 place it is now possible to start up a minimal operating
7137 system with /etc empty cleanly. For more information on the
7138 concepts involved see this recent blog story:
7139
7140 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/stateless.html
7141
7142 * A new system group "input" has been introduced, and all
7143 input device nodes get this group assigned. This is useful
7144 for system-level software to get access to input devices. It
7145 complements what is already done for "audio" and "video".
7146
7147 * systemd-networkd learnt minimal DHCPv4 server support in
7148 addition to the existing DHCPv4 client support. It also
7149 learnt DHCPv6 client and IPv6 Router Solicitation client
7150 support. The DHCPv4 client gained support for static routes
7151 passed in from the server. Note that the [DHCPv4] section
7152 known in older systemd-networkd versions has been renamed to
7153 [DHCP] and is now also used by the DHCPv6 client. Existing
7154 .network files using settings of this section should be
7155 updated, though compatibility is maintained. Optionally, the
7156 client hostname may now be sent to the DHCP server.
7157
7158 * networkd gained support for vxlan virtual networks as well
7159 as tun/tap and dummy devices.
7160
7161 * networkd gained support for automatic allocation of address
7162 ranges for interfaces from a system-wide pool of
7163 addresses. This is useful for dynamically managing a large
7164 number of interfaces with a single network configuration
7165 file. In particular this is useful to easily assign
7166 appropriate IP addresses to the veth links of a large number
7167 of nspawn instances.
7168
7169 * RPM macros for processing sysusers, sysctl and binfmt
7170 drop-in snippets at package installation time have been
7171 added.
7172
7173 * The /etc/os-release file should now be placed in
7174 /usr/lib/os-release. The old location is automatically
7175 created as symlink. /usr/lib is the more appropriate
7176 location of this file, since it shall actually describe the
7177 vendor operating system shipped in /usr, and not the
7178 configuration stored in /etc.
7179
7180 * .mount units gained a new boolean SloppyOptions= setting
7181 that maps to mount(8)'s -s option which enables permissive
7182 parsing of unknown mount options.
7183
7184 * tmpfiles learnt a new "L+" directive which creates a symlink
7185 but (unlike "L") deletes a pre-existing file first, should
7186 it already exist and not already be the correct
7187 symlink. Similarly, "b+", "c+" and "p+" directives have been
7188 added as well, which create block and character devices, as
7189 well as fifos in the filesystem, possibly removing any
7190 pre-existing files of different types.
7191
7192 * For tmpfiles' "L", "L+", "C" and "C+" directives the final
7193 'argument' field (which so far specified the source to
7194 symlink/copy the files from) is now optional. If omitted the
7195 same file os copied from /usr/share/factory/ suffixed by the
7196 full destination path. This is useful for populating /etc
7197 with essential files, by copying them from vendor defaults
7198 shipped in /usr/share/factory/etc.
7199
7200 * A new command "systemctl preset-all" has been added that
7201 applies the service preset settings to all installed unit
7202 files. A new switch --preset-mode= has been added that
7203 controls whether only enable or only disable operations
7204 shall be executed.
7205
7206 * A new command "systemctl is-system-running" has been added
7207 that allows checking the overall state of the system, for
7208 example whether it is fully up and running.
7209
7210 * When the system boots up with an empty /etc, the equivalent
7211 to "systemctl preset-all" is executed during early boot, to
7212 make sure all default services are enabled after a factory
7213 reset.
7214
7215 * systemd now contains a minimal preset file that enables the
7216 most basic services systemd ships by default.
7217
7218 * Unit files' [Install] section gained a new DefaultInstance=
7219 field for defining the default instance to create if a
7220 template unit is enabled with no instance specified.
7221
7222 * A new passive target cryptsetup-pre.target has been added
7223 that may be used by services that need to make they run and
7224 finish before the first LUKS cryptographic device is set up.
7225
7226 * The /dev/loop-control and /dev/btrfs-control device nodes
7227 are now owned by the "disk" group by default, opening up
7228 access to this group.
7229
7230 * systemd-coredump will now automatically generate a
7231 stack trace of all core dumps taking place on the system,
7232 based on elfutils' libdw library. This stack trace is logged
7233 to the journal.
7234
7235 * systemd-coredump may now optionally store coredumps directly
7236 on disk (in /var/lib/systemd/coredump, possibly compressed),
7237 instead of storing them unconditionally in the journal. This
7238 mode is the new default. A new configuration file
7239 /etc/systemd/coredump.conf has been added to configure this
7240 and other parameters of systemd-coredump.
7241
7242 * coredumpctl gained a new "info" verb to show details about a
7243 specific coredump. A new switch "-1" has also been added
7244 that makes sure to only show information about the most
7245 recent entry instead of all entries. Also, as the tool is
7246 generally useful now the "systemd-" prefix of the binary
7247 name has been removed. Distributions that want to maintain
7248 compatibility with the old name should add a symlink from
7249 the old name to the new name.
7250
7251 * journald's SplitMode= now defaults to "uid". This makes sure
7252 that unprivileged users can access their own coredumps with
7253 coredumpctl without restrictions.
7254
7255 * New kernel command line options "systemd.wants=" (for
7256 pulling an additional unit during boot), "systemd.mask="
7257 (for masking a specific unit for the boot), and
7258 "systemd.debug-shell" (for enabling the debug shell on tty9)
7259 have been added. This is implemented in the new generator
7260 "systemd-debug-generator".
7261
7262 * systemd-nspawn will now by default filter a couple of
7263 syscalls for containers, among them those required for
7264 kernel module loading, direct x86 IO port access, swap
7265 management, and kexec. Most importantly though
7266 open_by_handle_at() is now prohibited for containers,
7267 closing a hole similar to a recently discussed vulnerability
7268 in docker regarding access to files on file hierarchies the
7269 container should normally not have access to. Note that, for
7270 nspawn, we generally make no security claims anyway (and
7271 this is explicitly documented in the man page), so this is
7272 just a fix for one of the most obvious problems.
7273
7274 * A new man page file-hierarchy(7) has been added that
7275 contains a minimized, modernized version of the file system
7276 layout systemd expects, similar in style to the FHS
7277 specification or hier(5). A new tool systemd-path(1) has
7278 been added to query many of these paths for the local
7279 machine and user.
7280
7281 * Automatic time-based clean-up of $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR is no
7282 longer done. Since the directory now has a per-user size
7283 limit, and is cleaned on logout this appears unnecessary,
7284 in particular since this now brings the lifecycle of this
7285 directory closer in line with how IPC objects are handled.
7286
7287 * systemd.pc now exports a number of additional directories,
7288 including $libdir (which is useful to identify the library
7289 path for the primary architecture of the system), and a
7290 couple of drop-in directories.
7291
7292 * udev's predictable network interface names now use the dev_port
7293 sysfs attribute, introduced in linux 3.15 instead of dev_id to
7294 distinguish between ports of the same PCI function. dev_id should
7295 only be used for ports using the same HW address, hence the need
7296 for dev_port.
7297
7298 * machined has been updated to export the OS version of a
7299 container (read from /etc/os-release and
7300 /usr/lib/os-release) on the bus. This is now shown in
7301 "machinectl status" for a machine.
7302
7303 * A new service setting RestartForceExitStatus= has been
7304 added. If configured to a set of exit signals or process
7305 return values, the service will be restarted when the main
7306 daemon process exits with any of them, regardless of the
7307 Restart= setting.
7308
7309 * systemctl's -H switch for connecting to remote systemd
7310 machines has been extended so that it may be used to
7311 directly connect to a specific container on the
7312 host. "systemctl -H root@foobar:waldi" will now connect as
7313 user "root" to host "foobar", and then proceed directly to
7314 the container named "waldi". Note that currently you have to
7315 authenticate as user "root" for this to work, as entering
7316 containers is a privileged operation.
7317
7318 Contributions from: Andreas Henriksson, Benjamin Steinwender,
7319 Carl Schaefer, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian King, Cristian
7320 Rodríguez, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Eugene
7321 Yakubovich, Filipe Brandenburger, Frederic Crozat, Hristo
7322 Venev, Jan Engelhardt, Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart
7323 Poettering, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine
7324 Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich,
7325 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Michal Sekletar, Patrik Flykt, Ronan Le
7326 Martret, Ronny Chevalier, Ruediger Oertel, Steven Noonan,
7327 Susant Sahani, Thadeu Lima de Souza Cascardo, Thomas Hindoe
7328 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tom Hirst, Umut Tezduyar
7329 Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7330
7331 — Berlin, 2014-07-03
7332
7333 CHANGES WITH 214:
7334
7335 * As an experimental feature, udev now tries to lock the
7336 disk device node (flock(LOCK_SH|LOCK_NB)) while it
7337 executes events for the disk or any of its partitions.
7338 Applications like partitioning programs can lock the
7339 disk device node (flock(LOCK_EX)) and claim temporary
7340 device ownership that way; udev will entirely skip all event
7341 handling for this disk and its partitions. If the disk
7342 was opened for writing, the close will trigger a partition
7343 table rescan in udev's "watch" facility, and if needed
7344 synthesize "change" events for the disk and all its partitions.
7345 This is now unconditionally enabled, and if it turns out to
7346 cause major problems, we might turn it on only for specific
7347 devices, or might need to disable it entirely. Device Mapper
7348 devices are excluded from this logic.
7349
7350 * We temporarily dropped the "-l" switch for fsck invocations,
7351 since they collide with the flock() logic above. util-linux
7352 upstream has been changed already to avoid this conflict,
7353 and we will re-add "-l" as soon as util-linux with this
7354 change has been released.
7355
7356 * The dependency on libattr has been removed. Since a long
7357 time, the extended attribute calls have moved to glibc, and
7358 libattr is thus unnecessary.
7359
7360 * Virtualization detection works without privileges now. This
7361 means the systemd-detect-virt binary no longer requires
7362 CAP_SYS_PTRACE file capabilities, and our daemons can run
7363 with fewer privileges.
7364
7365 * systemd-networkd now runs under its own "systemd-network"
7366 user. It retains the CAP_NET_ADMIN, CAP_NET_BIND_SERVICE,
7367 CAP_NET_BROADCAST, CAP_NET_RAW capabilities though, but
7368 loses the ability to write to files owned by root this way.
7369
7370 * Similarly, systemd-resolved now runs under its own
7371 "systemd-resolve" user with no capabilities remaining.
7372
7373 * Similarly, systemd-bus-proxyd now runs under its own
7374 "systemd-bus-proxy" user with only CAP_IPC_OWNER remaining.
7375
7376 * systemd-networkd gained support for setting up "veth"
7377 virtual Ethernet devices for container connectivity, as well
7378 as GRE and VTI tunnels.
7379
7380 * systemd-networkd will no longer automatically attempt to
7381 manually load kernel modules necessary for certain tunnel
7382 transports. Instead, it is assumed the kernel loads them
7383 automatically when required. This only works correctly on
7384 very new kernels. On older kernels, please consider adding
7385 the kernel modules to /etc/modules-load.d/ as a work-around.
7386
7387 * The resolv.conf file systemd-resolved generates has been
7388 moved to /run/systemd/resolve/. If you have a symlink from
7389 /etc/resolv.conf, it might be necessary to correct it.
7390
7391 * Two new service settings, ProtectHome= and ProtectSystem=,
7392 have been added. When enabled, they will make the user data
7393 (such as /home) inaccessible or read-only and the system
7394 (such as /usr) read-only, for specific services. This allows
7395 very light-weight per-service sandboxing to avoid
7396 modifications of user data or system files from
7397 services. These two new switches have been enabled for all
7398 of systemd's long-running services, where appropriate.
7399
7400 * Socket units gained new SocketUser= and SocketGroup=
7401 settings to set the owner user and group of AF_UNIX sockets
7402 and FIFOs in the file system.
7403
7404 * Socket units gained a new RemoveOnStop= setting. If enabled,
7405 all FIFOS and sockets in the file system will be removed
7406 when the specific socket unit is stopped.
7407
7408 * Socket units gained a new Symlinks= setting. It takes a list
7409 of symlinks to create to file system sockets or FIFOs
7410 created by the specific Unix sockets. This is useful to
7411 manage symlinks to socket nodes with the same lifecycle as
7412 the socket itself.
7413
7414 * The /dev/log socket and /dev/initctl FIFO have been moved to
7415 /run, and have been replaced by symlinks. This allows
7416 connecting to these facilities even if PrivateDevices=yes is
7417 used for a service (which makes /dev/log itself unavailable,
7418 but /run is left). This also has the benefit of ensuring
7419 that /dev only contains device nodes, directories and
7420 symlinks, and nothing else.
7421
7422 * sd-daemon gained two new calls sd_pid_notify() and
7423 sd_pid_notifyf(). They are similar to sd_notify() and
7424 sd_notifyf(), but allow overriding of the source PID of
7425 notification messages if permissions permit this. This is
7426 useful to send notify messages on behalf of a different
7427 process (for example, the parent process). The
7428 systemd-notify tool has been updated to make use of this
7429 when sending messages (so that notification messages now
7430 originate from the shell script invoking systemd-notify and
7431 not the systemd-notify process itself. This should minimize
7432 a race where systemd fails to associate notification
7433 messages to services when the originating process already
7434 vanished.
7435
7436 * A new "on-abnormal" setting for Restart= has been added. If
7437 set, it will result in automatic restarts on all "abnormal"
7438 reasons for a process to exit, which includes unclean
7439 signals, core dumps, timeouts and watchdog timeouts, but
7440 does not include clean and unclean exit codes or clean
7441 signals. Restart=on-abnormal is an alternative for
7442 Restart=on-failure for services that shall be able to
7443 terminate and avoid restarts on certain errors, by
7444 indicating so with an unclean exit code. Restart=on-failure
7445 or Restart=on-abnormal is now the recommended setting for
7446 all long-running services.
7447
7448 * If the InaccessibleDirectories= service setting points to a
7449 mount point (or if there are any submounts contained within
7450 it), it is now attempted to completely unmount it, to make
7451 the file systems truly unavailable for the respective
7452 service.
7453
7454 * The ReadOnlyDirectories= service setting and
7455 systemd-nspawn's --read-only parameter are now recursively
7456 applied to all submounts, too.
7457
7458 * Mount units may now be created transiently via the bus APIs.
7459
7460 * The support for SysV and LSB init scripts has been removed
7461 from the systemd daemon itself. Instead, it is now
7462 implemented as a generator that creates native systemd units
7463 from these scripts when needed. This enables us to remove a
7464 substantial amount of legacy code from PID 1, following the
7465 fact that many distributions only ship a very small number
7466 of LSB/SysV init scripts nowadays.
7467
7468 * Privileged Xen (dom0) domains are not considered
7469 virtualization anymore by the virtualization detection
7470 logic. After all, they generally have unrestricted access to
7471 the hardware and usually are used to manage the unprivileged
7472 (domU) domains.
7473
7474 * systemd-tmpfiles gained a new "C" line type, for copying
7475 files or entire directories.
7476
7477 * systemd-tmpfiles "m" lines are now fully equivalent to "z"
7478 lines. So far, they have been non-globbing versions of the
7479 latter, and have thus been redundant. In future, it is
7480 recommended to only use "z". "m" has hence been removed
7481 from the documentation, even though it stays supported.
7482
7483 * A tmpfiles snippet to recreate the most basic structure in
7484 /var has been added. This is enough to create the /var/run →
7485 /run symlink and create a couple of structural
7486 directories. This allows systems to boot up with an empty or
7487 volatile /var. Of course, while with this change, the core OS
7488 now is capable with dealing with a volatile /var, not all
7489 user services are ready for it. However, we hope that sooner
7490 or later, many service daemons will be changed upstream so
7491 that they are able to automatically create their necessary
7492 directories in /var at boot, should they be missing. This is
7493 the first step to allow state-less systems that only require
7494 the vendor image for /usr to boot.
7495
7496 * systemd-nspawn has gained a new --tmpfs= switch to mount an
7497 empty tmpfs instance to a specific directory. This is
7498 particularly useful for making use of the automatic
7499 reconstruction of /var (see above), by passing --tmpfs=/var.
7500
7501 * Access modes specified in tmpfiles snippets may now be
7502 prefixed with "~", which indicates that they shall be masked
7503 by whether the existing file or directory is currently
7504 writable, readable or executable at all. Also, if specified,
7505 the sgid/suid/sticky bits will be masked for all
7506 non-directories.
7507
7508 * A new passive target unit "network-pre.target" has been
7509 added which is useful for services that shall run before any
7510 network is configured, for example firewall scripts.
7511
7512 * The "floppy" group that previously owned the /dev/fd*
7513 devices is no longer used. The "disk" group is now used
7514 instead. Distributions should probably deprecate usage of
7515 this group.
7516
7517 Contributions from: Camilo Aguilar, Christian Hesse, Colin Ian
7518 King, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, David
7519 Strauss, Denis Tikhomirov, John, Jonathan Liu, Kay Sievers,
7520 Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mark Eichin, Ronny
7521 Chevalier, Susant Sahani, Thomas Blume, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
7522 Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Zbigniew
7523 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7524
7525 — Berlin, 2014-06-11
7526
7527 CHANGES WITH 213:
7528
7529 * A new "systemd-timesyncd" daemon has been added for
7530 synchronizing the system clock across the network. It
7531 implements an SNTP client. In contrast to NTP
7532 implementations such as chrony or the NTP reference server,
7533 this only implements a client side, and does not bother with
7534 the full NTP complexity, focusing only on querying time from
7535 one remote server and synchronizing the local clock to
7536 it. Unless you intend to serve NTP to networked clients or
7537 want to connect to local hardware clocks, this simple NTP
7538 client should be more than appropriate for most
7539 installations. The daemon runs with minimal privileges, and
7540 has been hooked up with networkd to only operate when
7541 network connectivity is available. The daemon saves the
7542 current clock to disk every time a new NTP sync has been
7543 acquired, and uses this to possibly correct the system clock
7544 early at bootup, in order to accommodate for systems that
7545 lack an RTC such as the Raspberry Pi and embedded devices,
7546 and to make sure that time monotonically progresses on these
7547 systems, even if it is not always correct. To make use of
7548 this daemon, a new system user and group "systemd-timesync"
7549 needs to be created on installation of systemd.
7550
7551 * The queue "seqnum" interface of libudev has been disabled, as
7552 it was generally incompatible with device namespacing as
7553 sequence numbers of devices go "missing" if the devices are
7554 part of a different namespace.
7555
7556 * "systemctl list-timers" and "systemctl list-sockets" gained
7557 a --recursive switch for showing units of these types also
7558 for all local containers, similar in style to the already
7559 supported --recursive switch for "systemctl list-units".
7560
7561 * A new RebootArgument= setting has been added for service
7562 units, which may be used to specify a kernel reboot argument
7563 to use when triggering reboots with StartLimitAction=.
7564
7565 * A new FailureAction= setting has been added for service
7566 units which may be used to specify an operation to trigger
7567 when a service fails. This works similarly to
7568 StartLimitAction=, but unlike it, controls what is done
7569 immediately rather than only after several attempts to
7570 restart the service in question.
7571
7572 * hostnamed got updated to also expose the kernel name,
7573 release, and version on the bus. This is useful for
7574 executing commands like hostnamectl with the -H switch.
7575 systemd-analyze makes use of this to properly display
7576 details when running non-locally.
7577
7578 * The bootchart tool can now show cgroup information in the
7579 graphs it generates.
7580
7581 * The CFS CPU quota cgroup attribute is now exposed for
7582 services. The new CPUQuota= switch has been added for this
7583 which takes a percentage value. Setting this will have the
7584 result that a service may never get more CPU time than the
7585 specified percentage, even if the machine is otherwise idle.
7586
7587 * systemd-networkd learned IPIP and SIT tunnel support.
7588
7589 * LSB init scripts exposing a dependency on $network will now
7590 get a dependency on network-online.target rather than simply
7591 network.target. This should bring LSB handling closer to
7592 what it was on SysV systems.
7593
7594 * A new fsck.repair= kernel option has been added to control
7595 how fsck shall deal with unclean file systems at boot.
7596
7597 * The (.ini) configuration file parser will now silently ignore
7598 sections whose names begin with "X-". This may be used to maintain
7599 application-specific extension sections in unit files.
7600
7601 * machined gained a new API to query the IP addresses of
7602 registered containers. "machinectl status" has been updated
7603 to show these addresses in its output.
7604
7605 * A new call sd_uid_get_display() has been added to the
7606 sd-login APIs for querying the "primary" session of a
7607 user. The "primary" session of the user is elected from the
7608 user's sessions and generally a graphical session is
7609 preferred over a text one.
7610
7611 * A minimal systemd-resolved daemon has been added. It
7612 currently simply acts as a companion to systemd-networkd and
7613 manages resolv.conf based on per-interface DNS
7614 configuration, possibly supplied via DHCP. In the long run
7615 we hope to extend this into a local DNSSEC enabled DNS and
7616 mDNS cache.
7617
7618 * The systemd-networkd-wait-online tool is now enabled by
7619 default. It will delay network-online.target until a network
7620 connection has been configured. The tool primarily integrates
7621 with networkd, but will also make a best effort to make sense
7622 of network configuration performed in some other way.
7623
7624 * Two new service options StartupCPUShares= and
7625 StartupBlockIOWeight= have been added that work similarly to
7626 CPUShares= and BlockIOWeight= however only apply during
7627 system startup. This is useful to prioritize certain services
7628 differently during bootup than during normal runtime.
7629
7630 * hostnamed has been changed to prefer the statically
7631 configured hostname in /etc/hostname (unless set to
7632 'localhost' or empty) over any dynamic one supplied by
7633 dhcp. With this change, the rules for picking the hostname
7634 match more closely the rules of other configuration settings
7635 where the local administrator's configuration in /etc always
7636 overrides any other settings.
7637
7638 Contributions from: Ali H. Caliskan, Alison Chaiken, Bas van
7639 den Berg, Brandon Philips, Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch,
7640 Dan Kilman, Dave Reisner, David Härdeman, David Herrmann,
7641 David Strauss, Dimitris Spingos, Djalal Harouni, Eelco
7642 Dolstra, Evan Nemerson, Florian Albrechtskirchinger, Greg
7643 Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan
7644 Engelhardt, Jani Nikula, Jason St. John, Jeffrey Clark,
7645 Jonathan Boulle, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas
7646 Nykryn, Lukasz Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Mantas Mikulėnas,
7647 Marcel Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
7648 Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Michal Sekletar, Mike Gilbert, Nis
7649 Martensen, Patrik Flykt, Philip Lorenz, poma, Ray Strode,
7650 Reyad Attiyat, Robert Milasan, Scott Thrasher, Stef Walter,
7651 Steven Siloti, Susant Sahani, Tanu Kaskinen, Thomas Bächler,
7652 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar
7653 Lindskog, WaLyong Cho, Will Woods, Zbigniew
7654 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7655
7656 — Beijing, 2014-05-28
7657
7658 CHANGES WITH 212:
7659
7660 * When restoring the screen brightness at boot, stay away from
7661 the darkest setting or from the lowest 5% of the available
7662 range, depending on which is the larger value of both. This
7663 should effectively protect the user from rebooting into a
7664 black screen, should the brightness have been set to minimum
7665 by accident.
7666
7667 * sd-login gained a new sd_machine_get_class() call to
7668 determine the class ("vm" or "container") of a machine
7669 registered with machined.
7670
7671 * sd-login gained new calls
7672 sd_peer_get_{session,owner_uid,unit,user_unit,slice,machine_name}(),
7673 to query the identity of the peer of a local AF_UNIX
7674 connection. They operate similarly to their sd_pid_get_xyz()
7675 counterparts.
7676
7677 * PID 1 will now maintain a system-wide system state engine
7678 with the states "starting", "running", "degraded",
7679 "maintenance", "stopping". These states are bound to system
7680 startup, normal runtime, runtime with at least one failed
7681 service, rescue/emergency mode and system shutdown. This
7682 state is shown in the "systemctl status" output when no unit
7683 name is passed. It is useful to determine system state, in
7684 particularly when doing so for many systems or containers at
7685 once.
7686
7687 * A new command "list-machines" has been added to "systemctl"
7688 that lists all local OS containers and shows their system
7689 state (see above), if systemd runs inside of them.
7690
7691 * systemctl gained a new "-r" switch to recursively enumerate
7692 units on all local containers, when used with the
7693 "list-unit" command (which is the default one that is
7694 executed when no parameters are specified).
7695
7696 * The GPT automatic partition discovery logic will now honour
7697 two GPT partition flags: one may be set on a partition to
7698 cause it to be mounted read-only, and the other may be set
7699 on a partition to ignore it during automatic discovery.
7700
7701 * Two new GPT type UUIDs have been added for automatic root
7702 partition discovery, for 32-bit and 64-bit ARM. This is not
7703 particularly useful for discovering the root directory on
7704 these architectures during bare-metal boots (since UEFI is
7705 not common there), but still very useful to allow booting of
7706 ARM disk images in nspawn with the -i option.
7707
7708 * MAC addresses of interfaces created with nspawn's
7709 --network-interface= switch will now be generated from the
7710 machine name, and thus be stable between multiple invocations
7711 of the container.
7712
7713 * logind will now automatically remove all IPC objects owned
7714 by a user if she or he fully logs out. This makes sure that
7715 users who are logged out cannot continue to consume IPC
7716 resources. This covers SysV memory, semaphores and message
7717 queues as well as POSIX shared memory and message
7718 queues. Traditionally, SysV and POSIX IPC had no lifecycle
7719 limits. With this functionality, that is corrected. This may
7720 be turned off by using the RemoveIPC= switch of logind.conf.
7721
7722 * The systemd-machine-id-setup and tmpfiles tools gained a
7723 --root= switch to operate on a specific root directory,
7724 instead of /.
7725
7726 * journald can now forward logged messages to the TTYs of all
7727 logged in users ("wall"). This is the default for all
7728 emergency messages now.
7729
7730 * A new tool systemd-journal-remote has been added to stream
7731 journal log messages across the network.
7732
7733 * /sys/fs/cgroup/ is now mounted read-only after all cgroup
7734 controller trees are mounted into it. Note that the
7735 directories mounted beneath it are not read-only. This is a
7736 security measure and is particularly useful because glibc
7737 actually includes a search logic to pick any tmpfs it can
7738 find to implement shm_open() if /dev/shm is not available
7739 (which it might very well be in namespaced setups).
7740
7741 * machinectl gained a new "poweroff" command to cleanly power
7742 down a local OS container.
7743
7744 * The PrivateDevices= unit file setting will now also drop the
7745 CAP_MKNOD capability from the capability bound set, and
7746 imply DevicePolicy=closed.
7747
7748 * PrivateDevices=, PrivateNetwork= and PrivateTmp= is now used
7749 comprehensively on all long-running systemd services where
7750 this is appropriate.
7751
7752 * systemd-udevd will now run in a disassociated mount
7753 namespace. To mount directories from udev rules, make sure to
7754 pull in mount units via SYSTEMD_WANTS properties.
7755
7756 * The kdbus support gained support for uploading policy into
7757 the kernel. sd-bus gained support for creating "monitoring"
7758 connections that can eavesdrop into all bus communication
7759 for debugging purposes.
7760
7761 * Timestamps may now be specified in seconds since the UNIX
7762 epoch Jan 1st, 1970 by specifying "@" followed by the value
7763 in seconds.
7764
7765 * Native tcpwrap support in systemd has been removed. tcpwrap
7766 is old code, not really maintained anymore and has serious
7767 shortcomings, and better options such as firewalls
7768 exist. For setups that require tcpwrap usage, please
7769 consider invoking your socket-activated service via tcpd,
7770 like on traditional inetd.
7771
7772 * A new system.conf configuration option
7773 DefaultTimerAccuracySec= has been added that controls the
7774 default AccuracySec= setting of .timer units.
7775
7776 * Timer units gained a new WakeSystem= switch. If enabled,
7777 timers configured this way will cause the system to resume
7778 from system suspend (if the system supports that, which most
7779 do these days).
7780
7781 * Timer units gained a new Persistent= switch. If enabled,
7782 timers configured this way will save to disk when they have
7783 been last triggered. This information is then used on next
7784 reboot to possible execute overdue timer events, that
7785 could not take place because the system was powered off.
7786 This enables simple anacron-like behaviour for timer units.
7787
7788 * systemctl's "list-timers" will now also list the time a
7789 timer unit was last triggered in addition to the next time
7790 it will be triggered.
7791
7792 * systemd-networkd will now assign predictable IPv4LL
7793 addresses to its local interfaces.
7794
7795 Contributions from: Brandon Philips, Daniel Buch, Daniel Mack,
7796 Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gerd Hoffmann, Greg
7797 Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Jason St. John, Josh
7798 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marc-Antoine
7799 Perennou, Michael Marineau, Michael Olbrich, Miklos Vajna,
7800 Patrik Flykt, poma, Sebastian Thorarensen, Thomas Bächler,
7801 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom Gundersen,
7802 Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Wieland Hoffmann, Zbigniew
7803 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7804
7805 — Berlin, 2014-03-25
7806
7807 CHANGES WITH 211:
7808
7809 * A new unit file setting RestrictAddressFamilies= has been
7810 added to restrict which socket address families unit
7811 processes gain access to. This takes address family names
7812 like "AF_INET" or "AF_UNIX", and is useful to minimize the
7813 attack surface of services via exotic protocol stacks. This
7814 is built on seccomp system call filters.
7815
7816 * Two new unit file settings RuntimeDirectory= and
7817 RuntimeDirectoryMode= have been added that may be used to
7818 manage a per-daemon runtime directories below /run. This is
7819 an alternative for setting up directory permissions with
7820 tmpfiles snippets, and has the advantage that the runtime
7821 directory's lifetime is bound to the daemon runtime and that
7822 the daemon starts up with an empty directory each time. This
7823 is particularly useful when writing services that drop
7824 privileges using the User= or Group= setting.
7825
7826 * The DeviceAllow= unit setting now supports globbing for
7827 matching against device group names.
7828
7829 * The systemd configuration file system.conf gained new
7830 settings DefaultCPUAccounting=, DefaultBlockIOAccounting=,
7831 DefaultMemoryAccounting= to globally turn on/off accounting
7832 for specific resources (cgroups) for all units. These
7833 settings may still be overridden individually in each unit
7834 though.
7835
7836 * systemd-gpt-auto-generator is now able to discover /srv and
7837 root partitions in addition to /home and swap partitions. It
7838 also supports LUKS-encrypted partitions now. With this in
7839 place, automatic discovery of partitions to mount following
7840 the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7841 (https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/DiscoverablePartitionsSpec)
7842 is now a lot more complete. This allows booting without
7843 /etc/fstab and without root= on the kernel command line on
7844 systems prepared appropriately.
7845
7846 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --image= switch which allows
7847 booting up disk images and Linux installations on any block
7848 device that follow the Discoverable Partitions Specification
7849 (see above). This means that installations made with
7850 appropriately updated installers may now be started and
7851 deployed using container managers, completely
7852 unmodified. (We hope that libvirt-lxc will add support for
7853 this feature soon, too.)
7854
7855 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-macvlan= setting to
7856 set up a private macvlan interface for the
7857 container. Similarly, systemd-networkd gained a new
7858 Kind=macvlan setting in .netdev files.
7859
7860 * systemd-networkd now supports configuring local addresses
7861 using IPv4LL.
7862
7863 * A new tool systemd-network-wait-online has been added to
7864 synchronously wait for network connectivity using
7865 systemd-networkd.
7866
7867 * The sd-bus.h bus API gained a new sd_bus_track object for
7868 tracking the lifecycle of bus peers. Note that sd-bus.h is
7869 still not a public API though (unless you specify
7870 --enable-kdbus on the configure command line, which however
7871 voids your warranty and you get no API stability guarantee).
7872
7873 * The $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR runtime directories for each user are
7874 now individual tmpfs instances, which has the benefit of
7875 introducing separate pools for each user, with individual
7876 size limits, and thus making sure that unprivileged clients
7877 can no longer negatively impact the system or other users by
7878 filling up their $XDG_RUNTIME_DIR. A new logind.conf setting
7879 RuntimeDirectorySize= has been introduced that allows
7880 controlling the default size limit for all users. It
7881 defaults to 10% of the available physical memory. This is no
7882 replacement for quotas on tmpfs though (which the kernel
7883 still does not support), as /dev/shm and /tmp are still
7884 shared resources used by both the system and unprivileged
7885 users.
7886
7887 * logind will now automatically turn off automatic suspending
7888 on laptop lid close when more than one display is
7889 connected. This was previously expected to be implemented
7890 individually in desktop environments (such as GNOME),
7891 however has been added to logind now, in order to fix a
7892 boot-time race where a desktop environment might not have
7893 been started yet and thus not been able to take an inhibitor
7894 lock at the time where logind already suspends the system
7895 due to a closed lid.
7896
7897 * logind will now wait at least 30s after each system
7898 suspend/resume cycle, and 3min after system boot before
7899 suspending the system due to a closed laptop lid. This
7900 should give USB docking stations and similar enough time to
7901 be probed and configured after system resume and boot in
7902 order to then act as suspend blocker.
7903
7904 * systemd-run gained a new --property= setting which allows
7905 initialization of resource control properties (and others)
7906 for the created scope or service unit. Example: "systemd-run
7907 --property=BlockIOWeight=10 updatedb" may be used to run
7908 updatedb at a low block IO scheduling weight.
7909
7910 * systemd-run's --uid=, --gid=, --setenv=, --setenv= switches
7911 now also work in --scope mode.
7912
7913 * When systemd is compiled with kdbus support, basic support
7914 for enforced policies is now in place. (Note that enabling
7915 kdbus still voids your warranty and no API compatibility
7916 promises are made.)
7917
7918 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Ansgar Burchardt, Armin
7919 K., Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
7920 Harald Hoyer, Henrik Grindal Bakken, Jasper St. Pierre, Kay
7921 Sievers, Kieran Clancy, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
7922 Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann, Mark Oteiza, Martin Pitt,
7923 Mike Gilbert, Peter Rajnoha, poma, Samuli Suominen, Stef
7924 Walter, Susant Sahani, Tero Roponen, Thomas Andersen, Thomas
7925 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tomasz Torcz, Tom
7926 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Uoti Urpala, Zachary Cook,
7927 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
7928
7929 — Berlin, 2014-03-12
7930
7931 CHANGES WITH 210:
7932
7933 * systemd will now relabel /dev after loading the SMACK policy
7934 according to SMACK rules.
7935
7936 * A new unit file option AppArmorProfile= has been added to
7937 set the AppArmor profile for the processes of a unit.
7938
7939 * A new condition check ConditionArchitecture= has been added
7940 to conditionalize units based on the system architecture, as
7941 reported by uname()'s "machine" field.
7942
7943 * systemd-networkd now supports matching on the system
7944 virtualization, architecture, kernel command line, hostname
7945 and machine ID.
7946
7947 * logind is now a lot more aggressive when suspending the
7948 machine due to a closed laptop lid. Instead of acting only
7949 on the lid close action, it will continuously watch the lid
7950 status and act on it. This is useful for laptops where the
7951 power button is on the outside of the chassis so that it can
7952 be reached without opening the lid (such as the Lenovo
7953 Yoga). On those machines, logind will now immediately
7954 re-suspend the machine if the power button has been
7955 accidentally pressed while the laptop was suspended and in a
7956 backpack or similar.
7957
7958 * logind will now watch SW_DOCK switches and inhibit reaction
7959 to the lid switch if it is pressed. This means that logind
7960 will not suspend the machine anymore if the lid is closed
7961 and the system is docked, if the laptop supports SW_DOCK
7962 notifications via the input layer. Note that ACPI docking
7963 stations do not generate this currently. Also note that this
7964 logic is usually not fully sufficient and Desktop
7965 Environments should take a lid switch inhibitor lock when an
7966 external display is connected, as systemd will not watch
7967 this on its own.
7968
7969 * nspawn will now make use of the devices cgroup controller by
7970 default, and only permit creation of and access to the usual
7971 API device nodes like /dev/null or /dev/random, as well as
7972 access to (but not creation of) the pty devices.
7973
7974 * We will now ship a default .network file for
7975 systemd-networkd that automatically configures DHCP for
7976 network interfaces created by nspawn's --network-veth or
7977 --network-bridge= switches.
7978
7979 * systemd will now understand the usual M, K, G, T suffixes
7980 according to SI conventions (i.e. to the base 1000) when
7981 referring to throughput and hardware metrics. It will stay
7982 with IEC conventions (i.e. to the base 1024) for software
7983 metrics, according to what is customary according to
7984 Wikipedia. We explicitly document which base applies for
7985 each configuration option.
7986
7987 * The DeviceAllow= setting in unit files now supports a syntax
7988 to whitelist an entire group of devices node majors at once,
7989 based on the /proc/devices listing. For example, with the
7990 string "char-pts", it is now possible to whitelist all
7991 current and future pseudo-TTYs at once.
7992
7993 * sd-event learned a new "post" event source. Event sources of
7994 this type are triggered by the dispatching of any event
7995 source of a type that is not "post". This is useful for
7996 implementing clean-up and check event sources that are
7997 triggered by other work being done in the program.
7998
7999 * systemd-networkd is no longer statically enabled, but uses
8000 the usual [Install] sections so that it can be
8001 enabled/disabled using systemctl. It still is enabled by
8002 default however.
8003
8004 * When creating a veth interface pair with systemd-nspawn, the
8005 host side will now be prefixed with "vb-" if
8006 --network-bridge= is used, and with "ve-" if --network-veth
8007 is used. This way, it is easy to distinguish these cases on
8008 the host, for example to apply different configuration to
8009 them with systemd-networkd.
8010
8011 * The compatibility libraries for libsystemd-journal.so,
8012 libsystem-id128.so, libsystemd-login.so and
8013 libsystemd-daemon.so do not make use of IFUNC
8014 anymore. Instead, we now build libsystemd.so multiple times
8015 under these alternative names. This means that the footprint
8016 is drastically increased, but given that these are
8017 transitional compatibility libraries, this should not matter
8018 much. This change has been made necessary to support the ARM
8019 platform for these compatibility libraries, as the ARM
8020 toolchain is not really at the same level as the toolchain
8021 for other architectures like x86 and does not support
8022 IFUNC. Please make sure to use --enable-compat-libs only
8023 during a transitional period!
8024
8025 * The .include syntax has been deprecated and is not documented
8026 anymore. Drop-in files in .d directories should be used instead.
8027
8028 Contributions from: Andreas Fuchs, Armin K., Colin Walters,
8029 Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Djalal Harouni,
8030 Holger Schurig, Jason A. Donenfeld, Jason St. John, Jasper
8031 St. Pierre, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Łukasz Stelmach,
8032 Marcel Holtmann, Michael Scherer, Michal Sekletar, Mike
8033 Gilbert, Samuli Suominen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8034 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog,
8035 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8036
8037 — Berlin, 2014-02-24
8038
8039 CHANGES WITH 209:
8040
8041 * A new component "systemd-networkd" has been added that can
8042 be used to configure local network interfaces statically or
8043 via DHCP. It is capable of bringing up bridges, VLANs, and
8044 bonding. Currently, no hook-ups for interactive network
8045 configuration are provided. Use this for your initrd,
8046 container, embedded, or server setup if you need a simple,
8047 yet powerful, network configuration solution. This
8048 configuration subsystem is quite nifty, as it allows wildcard
8049 hotplug matching in interfaces. For example, with a single
8050 configuration snippet, you can configure that all Ethernet
8051 interfaces showing up are automatically added to a bridge,
8052 or similar. It supports link-sensing and more.
8053
8054 * A new tool "systemd-socket-proxyd" has been added which can
8055 act as a bidirectional proxy for TCP sockets. This is
8056 useful for adding socket activation support to services that
8057 do not actually support socket activation, including virtual
8058 machines and the like.
8059
8060 * Add a new tool to save/restore rfkill state on
8061 shutdown/boot.
8062
8063 * Save/restore state of keyboard backlights in addition to
8064 display backlights on shutdown/boot.
8065
8066 * udev learned a new SECLABEL{} construct to label device
8067 nodes with a specific security label when they appear. For
8068 now, only SECLABEL{selinux} is supported, but the syntax is
8069 prepared for additional security frameworks.
8070
8071 * udev gained a new scheme to configure link-level attributes
8072 from files in /etc/systemd/network/*.link. These files can
8073 match against MAC address, device path, driver name and type,
8074 and will apply attributes like the naming policy, link speed,
8075 MTU, duplex settings, Wake-on-LAN settings, MAC address, MAC
8076 address assignment policy (randomized, ...).
8077
8078 * The configuration of network interface naming rules for
8079 "permanent interface names" has changed: a new NamePolicy=
8080 setting in the [Link] section of .link files determines the
8081 priority of possible naming schemes (onboard, slot, MAC,
8082 path). The default value of this setting is determined by
8083 /usr/lib/net/links/99-default.link. Old
8084 80-net-name-slot.rules udev configuration file has been
8085 removed, so local configuration overriding this file should
8086 be adapted to override 99-default.link instead.
8087
8088 * When the User= switch is used in a unit file, also
8089 initialize $SHELL= based on the user database entry.
8090
8091 * systemd no longer depends on libdbus. All communication is
8092 now done with sd-bus, systemd's low-level bus library
8093 implementation.
8094
8095 * kdbus support has been added to PID 1 itself. When kdbus is
8096 enabled, this causes PID 1 to set up the system bus and
8097 enable support for a new ".busname" unit type that
8098 encapsulates bus name activation on kdbus. It works a little
8099 bit like ".socket" units, except for bus names. A new
8100 generator has been added that converts classic dbus1 service
8101 activation files automatically into native systemd .busname
8102 and .service units.
8103
8104 * sd-bus: add a light-weight vtable implementation that allows
8105 defining objects on the bus with a simple static const
8106 vtable array of its methods, signals and properties.
8107
8108 * systemd will not generate or install static dbus
8109 introspection data anymore to /usr/share/dbus-1/interfaces,
8110 as the precise format of these files is unclear, and
8111 nothing makes use of it.
8112
8113 * A proxy daemon is now provided to proxy clients connecting
8114 via classic D-Bus AF_UNIX sockets to kdbus, to provide full
8115 compatibility with classic D-Bus.
8116
8117 * A bus driver implementation has been added that supports the
8118 classic D-Bus bus driver calls on kdbus, also for
8119 compatibility purposes.
8120
8121 * A new API "sd-event.h" has been added that implements a
8122 minimal event loop API built around epoll. It provides a
8123 couple of features that direct epoll usage is lacking:
8124 prioritization of events, scales to large numbers of timer
8125 events, per-event timer slack (accuracy), system-wide
8126 coalescing of timer events, exit handlers, watchdog
8127 supervision support using systemd's sd_notify() API, child
8128 process handling.
8129
8130 * A new API "sd-rntl.h" has been added that provides an API
8131 around the route netlink interface of the kernel, similar in
8132 style to "sd-bus.h".
8133
8134 * A new API "sd-dhcp-client.h" has been added that provides a
8135 small DHCPv4 client-side implementation. This is used by
8136 "systemd-networkd".
8137
8138 * There is a new kernel command line option
8139 "systemd.restore_state=0|1". When set to "0", none of the
8140 systemd tools will restore saved runtime state to hardware
8141 devices. More specifically, the rfkill and backlight states
8142 are not restored.
8143
8144 * The FsckPassNo= compatibility option in mount/service units
8145 has been removed. The fstab generator will now add the
8146 necessary dependencies automatically, and does not require
8147 PID1's support for that anymore.
8148
8149 * journalctl gained a new switch, --list-boots, that lists
8150 recent boots with their times and boot IDs.
8151
8152 * The various tools like systemctl, loginctl, timedatectl,
8153 busctl, systemd-run, ... have gained a new switch "-M" to
8154 connect to a specific, local OS container (as direct
8155 connection, without requiring SSH). This works on any
8156 container that is registered with machined, such as those
8157 created by libvirt-lxc or nspawn.
8158
8159 * systemd-run and systemd-analyze also gained support for "-H"
8160 to connect to remote hosts via SSH. This is particularly
8161 useful for systemd-run because it enables queuing of jobs
8162 onto remote systems.
8163
8164 * machinectl gained a new command "login" to open a getty
8165 login in any local container. This works with any container
8166 that is registered with machined (such as those created by
8167 libvirt-lxc or nspawn), and which runs systemd inside.
8168
8169 * machinectl gained a new "reboot" command that may be used to
8170 trigger a reboot on a specific container that is registered
8171 with machined. This works on any container that runs an init
8172 system of some kind.
8173
8174 * systemctl gained a new "list-timers" command to print a nice
8175 listing of installed timer units with the times they elapse
8176 next.
8177
8178 * Alternative reboot() parameters may now be specified on the
8179 "systemctl reboot" command line and are passed to the
8180 reboot() system call.
8181
8182 * systemctl gained a new --job-mode= switch to configure the
8183 mode to queue a job with. This is a more generic version of
8184 --fail, --irreversible, and --ignore-dependencies, which are
8185 still available but not advertised anymore.
8186
8187 * /etc/systemd/system.conf gained new settings to configure
8188 various default timeouts of units, as well as the default
8189 start limit interval and burst. These may still be overridden
8190 within each Unit.
8191
8192 * PID1 will now export on the bus profile data of the security
8193 policy upload process (such as the SELinux policy upload to
8194 the kernel).
8195
8196 * journald: when forwarding logs to the console, include
8197 timestamps (following the setting in
8198 /sys/module/printk/parameters/time).
8199
8200 * OnCalendar= in timer units now understands the special
8201 strings "yearly" and "annually". (Both are equivalent)
8202
8203 * The accuracy of timer units is now configurable with the new
8204 AccuracySec= setting. It defaults to 1min.
8205
8206 * A new dependency type JoinsNamespaceOf= has been added that
8207 allows running two services within the same /tmp and network
8208 namespace, if PrivateNetwork= or PrivateTmp= are used.
8209
8210 * A new command "cat" has been added to systemctl. It outputs
8211 the original unit file of a unit, and concatenates the
8212 contents of additional "drop-in" unit file snippets, so that
8213 the full configuration is shown.
8214
8215 * systemctl now supports globbing on the various "list-xyz"
8216 commands, like "list-units" or "list-sockets", as well as on
8217 those commands which take multiple unit names.
8218
8219 * journalctl's --unit= switch gained support for globbing.
8220
8221 * All systemd daemons now make use of the watchdog logic so
8222 that systemd automatically notices when they hang.
8223
8224 * If the $container_ttys environment variable is set,
8225 getty-generator will automatically spawn a getty for each
8226 listed tty. This is useful for container managers to request
8227 login gettys to be spawned on as many ttys as needed.
8228
8229 * %h, %s, %U specifier support is not available anymore when
8230 used in unit files for PID 1. This is because NSS calls are
8231 not safe from PID 1. They stay available for --user
8232 instances of systemd, and as special case for the root user.
8233
8234 * loginctl gained a new "--no-legend" switch to turn off output
8235 of the legend text.
8236
8237 * The "sd-login.h" API gained three new calls:
8238 sd_session_is_remote(), sd_session_get_remote_user(),
8239 sd_session_get_remote_host() to query information about
8240 remote sessions.
8241
8242 * The udev hardware database now also carries vendor/product
8243 information of SDIO devices.
8244
8245 * The "sd-daemon.h" API gained a new sd_watchdog_enabled() to
8246 determine whether watchdog notifications are requested by
8247 the system manager.
8248
8249 * Socket-activated per-connection services now include a
8250 short description of the connection parameters in the
8251 description.
8252
8253 * tmpfiles gained a new "--boot" option. When this is not used,
8254 only lines where the command character is not suffixed with
8255 "!" are executed. When this option is specified, those
8256 options are executed too. This partitions tmpfiles
8257 directives into those that can be safely executed at any
8258 time, and those which should be run only at boot (for
8259 example, a line that creates /run/nologin).
8260
8261 * A new API "sd-resolve.h" has been added which provides a simple
8262 asynchronous wrapper around glibc NSS hostname resolution
8263 calls, such as getaddrinfo(). In contrast to glibc's
8264 getaddrinfo_a(), it does not use signals. In contrast to most
8265 other asynchronous name resolution libraries, this one does
8266 not reimplement DNS, but reuses NSS, so that alternate
8267 hostname resolution systems continue to work, such as mDNS,
8268 LDAP, etc. This API is based on libasyncns, but it has been
8269 cleaned up for inclusion in systemd.
8270
8271 * The APIs "sd-journal.h", "sd-login.h", "sd-id128.h",
8272 "sd-daemon.h" are no longer found in individual libraries
8273 libsystemd-journal.so, libsystemd-login.so,
8274 libsystemd-id128.so, libsystemd-daemon.so. Instead, we have
8275 merged them into a single library, libsystemd.so, which
8276 provides all symbols. The reason for this is cyclic
8277 dependencies, as these libraries tend to use each other's
8278 symbols. So far, we have managed to workaround that by linking
8279 a copy of a good part of our code into each of these
8280 libraries again and again, which, however, makes certain
8281 things hard to do, like sharing static variables. Also, it
8282 substantially increases footprint. With this change, there
8283 is only one library for the basic APIs systemd
8284 provides. Also, "sd-bus.h", "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h",
8285 "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h", "sd-utf8.h" are found in this
8286 library as well, however are subject to the --enable-kdbus
8287 switch (see below). Note that "sd-dhcp-client.h" is not part
8288 of this library (this is because it only consumes, never
8289 provides, services of/to other APIs). To make the transition
8290 easy from the separate libraries to the unified one, we
8291 provide the --enable-compat-libs compile-time switch which
8292 will generate stub libraries that are compatible with the
8293 old ones but redirect all calls to the new one.
8294
8295 * All of the kdbus logic and the new APIs "sd-bus.h",
8296 "sd-memfd.h", "sd-event.h", "sd-rtnl.h", "sd-resolve.h",
8297 and "sd-utf8.h" are compile-time optional via the
8298 "--enable-kdbus" switch, and they are not compiled in by
8299 default. To make use of kdbus, you have to explicitly enable
8300 the switch. Note however, that neither the kernel nor the
8301 userspace API for all of this is considered stable yet. We
8302 want to maintain the freedom to still change the APIs for
8303 now. By specifying this build-time switch, you acknowledge
8304 that you are aware of the instability of the current
8305 APIs.
8306
8307 * Also, note that while kdbus is pretty much complete,
8308 it lacks one thing: proper policy support. This means you
8309 can build a fully working system with all features; however,
8310 it will be highly insecure. Policy support will be added in
8311 one of the next releases, at the same time that we will
8312 declare the APIs stable.
8313
8314 * When the kernel command line argument "kdbus" is specified,
8315 systemd will automatically load the kdbus.ko kernel module. At
8316 this stage of development, it is only useful for testing kdbus
8317 and should not be used in production. Note: if "--enable-kdbus"
8318 is specified, and the kdbus.ko kernel module is available, and
8319 "kdbus" is added to the kernel command line, the entire system
8320 runs with kdbus instead of dbus-daemon, with the above mentioned
8321 problem of missing the system policy enforcement. Also a future
8322 version of kdbus.ko or a newer systemd will not be compatible with
8323 each other, and will unlikely be able to boot the machine if only
8324 one of them is updated.
8325
8326 * systemctl gained a new "import-environment" command which
8327 uploads the caller's environment (or parts thereof) into the
8328 service manager so that it is inherited by services started
8329 by the manager. This is useful to upload variables like
8330 $DISPLAY into the user service manager.
8331
8332 * A new PrivateDevices= switch has been added to service units
8333 which allows running a service with a namespaced /dev
8334 directory that does not contain any device nodes for
8335 physical devices. More specifically, it only includes devices
8336 such as /dev/null, /dev/urandom, and /dev/zero which are API
8337 entry points.
8338
8339 * logind has been extended to support behaviour like VT
8340 switching on seats that do not support a VT. This makes
8341 multi-session available on seats that are not the first seat
8342 (seat0), and on systems where kernel support for VTs has
8343 been disabled at compile-time.
8344
8345 * If a process holds a delay lock for system sleep or shutdown
8346 and fails to release it in time, we will now log its
8347 identity. This makes it easier to identify processes that
8348 cause slow suspends or power-offs.
8349
8350 * When parsing /etc/crypttab, support for a new key-slot=
8351 option as supported by Debian is added. It allows indicating
8352 which LUKS slot to use on disk, speeding up key loading.
8353
8354 * The sd_journal_sendv() API call has been checked and
8355 officially declared to be async-signal-safe so that it may
8356 be invoked from signal handlers for logging purposes.
8357
8358 * Boot-time status output is now enabled automatically after a
8359 short timeout if boot does not progress, in order to give
8360 the user an indication what she or he is waiting for.
8361
8362 * The boot-time output has been improved to show how much time
8363 remains until jobs expire.
8364
8365 * The KillMode= switch in service units gained a new possible
8366 value "mixed". If set, and the unit is shut down, then the
8367 initial SIGTERM signal is sent only to the main daemon
8368 process, while the following SIGKILL signal is sent to
8369 all remaining processes of the service.
8370
8371 * When a scope unit is registered, a new property "Controller"
8372 may be set. If set to a valid bus name, systemd will send a
8373 RequestStop() signal to this name when it would like to shut
8374 down the scope. This may be used to hook manager logic into
8375 the shutdown logic of scope units. Also, scope units may now
8376 be put in a special "abandoned" state, in which case the
8377 manager process which created them takes no further
8378 responsibilities for it.
8379
8380 * When reading unit files, systemd will now verify
8381 the access mode of these files, and warn about certain
8382 suspicious combinations. This has been added to make it
8383 easier to track down packaging bugs where unit files are
8384 marked executable or world-writable.
8385
8386 * systemd-nspawn gained a new "--setenv=" switch to set
8387 container-wide environment variables. The similar option in
8388 systemd-activate was renamed from "--environment=" to
8389 "--setenv=" for consistency.
8390
8391 * systemd-nspawn has been updated to create a new kdbus domain
8392 for each container that is invoked, thus allowing each
8393 container to have its own set of system and user buses,
8394 independent of the host.
8395
8396 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --drop-capability= switch to run
8397 the container with less capabilities than the default. Both
8398 --drop-capability= and --capability= now take the special
8399 string "all" for dropping or keeping all capabilities.
8400
8401 * systemd-nspawn gained new switches for executing containers
8402 with specific SELinux labels set.
8403
8404 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --quiet switch to not generate
8405 any additional output but the container's own console
8406 output.
8407
8408 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --share-system switch to run a
8409 container without PID namespacing enabled.
8410
8411 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --register= switch to control
8412 whether the container is registered with systemd-machined or
8413 not. This is useful for containers that do not run full
8414 OS images, but only specific apps.
8415
8416 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --keep-unit which may be used
8417 when invoked as the only program from a service unit, and
8418 results in registration of the unit service itself in
8419 systemd-machined, instead of a newly opened scope unit.
8420
8421 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --network-interface= switch for
8422 moving arbitrary interfaces to the container. The new
8423 --network-veth switch creates a virtual Ethernet connection
8424 between host and container. The new --network-bridge=
8425 switch then allows assigning the host side of this virtual
8426 Ethernet connection to a bridge device.
8427
8428 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --personality= switch for
8429 setting the kernel personality for the container. This is
8430 useful when running a 32-bit container on a 64-bit host. A
8431 similar option Personality= is now also available for service
8432 units to use.
8433
8434 * logind will now also track a "Desktop" identifier for each
8435 session which encodes the desktop environment of it. This is
8436 useful for desktop environments that want to identify
8437 multiple running sessions of itself easily.
8438
8439 * A new SELinuxContext= setting for service units has been
8440 added that allows setting a specific SELinux execution
8441 context for a service.
8442
8443 * Most systemd client tools will now honour $SYSTEMD_LESS for
8444 settings of the "less" pager. By default, these tools will
8445 override $LESS to allow certain operations to work, such as
8446 jump-to-the-end. With $SYSTEMD_LESS, it is possible to
8447 influence this logic.
8448
8449 * systemd's "seccomp" hook-up has been changed to make use of
8450 the libseccomp library instead of using its own
8451 implementation. This has benefits for portability among
8452 other things.
8453
8454 * For usage together with SystemCallFilter=, a new
8455 SystemCallErrorNumber= setting has been introduced that
8456 allows configuration of a system error number to be returned
8457 on filtered system calls, instead of immediately killing the
8458 process. Also, SystemCallArchitectures= has been added to
8459 limit access to system calls of a particular architecture
8460 (in order to turn off support for unused secondary
8461 architectures). There is also a global
8462 SystemCallArchitectures= setting in system.conf now to turn
8463 off support for non-native system calls system-wide.
8464
8465 * systemd requires a kernel with a working name_to_handle_at(),
8466 please see the kernel config requirements in the README file.
8467
8468 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alex Jia, Anatol Pomozov,
8469 Ansgar Burchardt, AppleBloom, Auke Kok, Bastien Nocera,
8470 Chengwei Yang, Christian Seiler, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
8471 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniele Medri, Daniel J
8472 Walsh, Daniel Mack, Dan McGee, Dave Reisner, David Coppa,
8473 David Herrmann, David Strauss, Djalal Harouni, Dmitry Pisklov,
8474 Elia Pinto, Florian Weimer, George McCollister, Goffredo
8475 Baroncelli, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Hendrik Brueckner, Igor
8476 Zhbanov, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason A. Donenfeld,
8477 Jason St. John, Jasper St. Pierre, Jóhann B. Guðmundsson, Jose
8478 Ignacio Naranjo, Karel Zak, Kay Sievers, Kristian Høgsberg,
8479 Lennart Poettering, Lubomir Rintel, Lukas Nykryn, Lukasz
8480 Skalski, Łukasz Stelmach, Luke Shumaker, Mantas Mikulėnas,
8481 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marcel Holtmann, Marcos Felipe Rasia de
8482 Mello, Marko Myllynen, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael
8483 Marineau, Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Michal Sekletar,
8484 Michele Curti, Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Patrik Flykt,
8485 Pavel Holica, Raudi, Richard Marko, Ronny Chevalier, Sébastien
8486 Luttringer, Sergey Ptashnick, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters,
8487 Stefan Beller, Susant Sahani, Sylvain Plantefeve, Sylvia Else,
8488 Tero Roponen, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen,
8489 Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar Lindskog, Unai Uribarri, Václav
8490 Pavlín, Vincent Batts, WaLyong Cho, William Giokas, Yang
8491 Zhiyong, Yin Kangkai, Yuxuan Shui, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8492
8493 — Berlin, 2014-02-20
8494
8495 CHANGES WITH 208:
8496
8497 * logind has gained support for facilitating privileged input
8498 and drm device access for unprivileged clients. This work is
8499 useful to allow Wayland display servers (and similar
8500 programs, such as kmscon) to run under the user's ID and
8501 access input and drm devices which are normally
8502 protected. When this is used (and the kernel is new enough)
8503 logind will "mute" IO on the file descriptors passed to
8504 Wayland as long as it is in the background and "unmute" it
8505 if it returns into the foreground. This allows secure
8506 session switching without allowing background sessions to
8507 eavesdrop on input and display data. This also introduces
8508 session switching support if VT support is turned off in the
8509 kernel, and on seats that are not seat0.
8510
8511 * A new kernel command line option luks.options= is understood
8512 now which allows specifying LUKS options for usage for LUKS
8513 encrypted partitions specified with luks.uuid=.
8514
8515 * tmpfiles.d(5) snippets may now use specifier expansion in
8516 path names. More specifically %m, %b, %H, %v, are now
8517 replaced by the local machine id, boot id, hostname, and
8518 kernel version number.
8519
8520 * A new tmpfiles.d(5) command "m" has been introduced which
8521 may be used to change the owner/group/access mode of a file
8522 or directory if it exists, but do nothing if it does not.
8523
8524 * This release removes high-level support for the
8525 MemorySoftLimit= cgroup setting. The underlying kernel
8526 cgroup attribute memory.soft_limit= is currently badly
8527 designed and likely to be removed from the kernel API in its
8528 current form, hence we should not expose it for now.
8529
8530 * The memory.use_hierarchy cgroup attribute is now enabled for
8531 all cgroups systemd creates in the memory cgroup
8532 hierarchy. This option is likely to be come the built-in
8533 default in the kernel anyway, and the non-hierarchical mode
8534 never made much sense in the intrinsically hierarchical
8535 cgroup system.
8536
8537 * A new field _SYSTEMD_SLICE= is logged along with all journal
8538 messages containing the slice a message was generated
8539 from. This is useful to allow easy per-customer filtering of
8540 logs among other things.
8541
8542 * systemd-journald will no longer adjust the group of journal
8543 files it creates to the "systemd-journal" group. Instead we
8544 rely on the journal directory to be owned by the
8545 "systemd-journal" group, and its setgid bit set, so that the
8546 kernel file system layer will automatically enforce that
8547 journal files inherit this group assignment. The reason for
8548 this change is that we cannot allow NSS look-ups from
8549 journald which would be necessary to resolve
8550 "systemd-journal" to a numeric GID, because this might
8551 create deadlocks if NSS involves synchronous queries to
8552 other daemons (such as nscd, or sssd) which in turn are
8553 logging clients of journald and might block on it, which
8554 would then dead lock. A tmpfiles.d(5) snippet included in
8555 systemd will make sure the setgid bit and group are
8556 properly set on the journal directory if it exists on every
8557 boot. However, we recommend adjusting it manually after
8558 upgrades too (or from RPM scriptlets), so that the change is
8559 not delayed until next reboot.
8560
8561 * Backlight and random seed files in /var/lib/ have moved into
8562 the /var/lib/systemd/ directory, in order to centralize all
8563 systemd generated files in one directory.
8564
8565 * Boot time performance measurements (as displayed by
8566 "systemd-analyze" for example) will now read ACPI 5.0 FPDT
8567 performance information if that's available to determine how
8568 much time BIOS and boot loader initialization required. With
8569 a sufficiently new BIOS you hence no longer need to boot
8570 with Gummiboot to get access to such information.
8571
8572 Contributions from: Andrey Borzenkov, Chen Jie, Colin Walters,
8573 Cristian Rodríguez, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David
8574 Mackey, David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Evan Callicoat, Gao
8575 feng, Harald Hoyer, Jimmie Tauriainen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8576 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt,
8577 Michael Scherer, Michał Górny, Mike Gilbert, Patrick McCarty,
8578 Sebastian Ott, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8579
8580 — Berlin, 2013-10-02
8581
8582 CHANGES WITH 207:
8583
8584 * The Restart= option for services now understands a new
8585 on-watchdog setting, which will restart the service
8586 automatically if the service stops sending out watchdog keep
8587 alive messages (as configured with WatchdogSec=).
8588
8589 * The getty generator (which is responsible for bringing up a
8590 getty on configured serial consoles) will no longer only
8591 start a getty on the primary kernel console but on all
8592 others, too. This makes the order in which console= is
8593 specified on the kernel command line less important.
8594
8595 * libsystemd-logind gained a new sd_session_get_vt() call to
8596 retrieve the VT number of a session.
8597
8598 * If the option "tries=0" is set for an entry of /etc/crypttab
8599 its passphrase is queried indefinitely instead of any
8600 maximum number of tries.
8601
8602 * If a service with a configure PID file terminates its PID
8603 file will now be removed automatically if it still exists
8604 afterwards. This should put an end to stale PID files.
8605
8606 * systemd-run will now also take relative binary path names
8607 for execution and no longer insists on absolute paths.
8608
8609 * InaccessibleDirectories= and ReadOnlyDirectories= now take
8610 paths that are optionally prefixed with "-" to indicate that
8611 it should not be considered a failure if they do not exist.
8612
8613 * journalctl -o (and similar commands) now understands a new
8614 output mode "short-precise", it is similar to "short" but
8615 shows timestamps with usec accuracy.
8616
8617 * The option "discard" (as known from Debian) is now
8618 synonymous to "allow-discards" in /etc/crypttab. In fact,
8619 "discard" is preferred now (since it is easier to remember
8620 and type).
8621
8622 * Some licensing clean-ups were made, so that more code is now
8623 LGPL-2.1 licensed than before.
8624
8625 * A minimal tool to save/restore the display backlight
8626 brightness across reboots has been added. It will store the
8627 backlight setting as late as possible at shutdown, and
8628 restore it as early as possible during reboot.
8629
8630 * A logic to automatically discover and enable home and swap
8631 partitions on GPT disks has been added. With this in place
8632 /etc/fstab becomes optional for many setups as systemd can
8633 discover certain partitions located on the root disk
8634 automatically. Home partitions are recognized under their
8635 GPT type ID 933ac7e12eb44f13b8440e14e2aef915. Swap
8636 partitions are recognized under their GPT type ID
8637 0657fd6da4ab43c484e50933c84b4f4f.
8638
8639 * systemd will no longer pass any environment from the kernel
8640 or initrd to system services. If you want to set an
8641 environment for all services, do so via the kernel command
8642 line systemd.setenv= assignment.
8643
8644 * The systemd-sysctl tool no longer natively reads the file
8645 /etc/sysctl.conf. If desired, the file should be symlinked
8646 from /etc/sysctl.d/99-sysctl.conf. Apart from providing
8647 legacy support by a symlink rather than built-in code, it
8648 also makes the otherwise hidden order of application of the
8649 different files visible. (Note that this partly reverts to a
8650 pre-198 application order of sysctl knobs!)
8651
8652 * The "systemctl set-log-level" and "systemctl dump" commands
8653 have been moved to systemd-analyze.
8654
8655 * systemd-run learned the new --remain-after-exit switch,
8656 which causes the scope unit not to be cleaned up
8657 automatically after the process terminated.
8658
8659 * tmpfiles learned a new --exclude-prefix= switch to exclude
8660 certain paths from operation.
8661
8662 * journald will now automatically flush all messages to disk
8663 as soon as a message at the log level CRIT, ALERT or EMERG
8664 is received.
8665
8666 Contributions from: Andrew Cook, Brandon Philips, Christian
8667 Hesse, Christoph Junghans, Colin Walters, Daniel Schaal,
8668 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, Gao feng, George
8669 McCollister, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer,
8670 Herczeg Zsolt, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt,
8671 Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Khem Raj, Lennart Poettering,
8672 Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel
8673 Holtmann, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Marineau,
8674 Michael Scherer, Michael Stapelberg, Michal Sekletar, Michał
8675 Górny, Olivier Brunel, Ondrej Balaz, Ronny Chevalier, Shawn
8676 Landden, Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Bächler, Thomas Hindoe
8677 Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, WANG Chao,
8678 William Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8679
8680 — Berlin, 2013-09-13
8681
8682 CHANGES WITH 206:
8683
8684 * The documentation has been updated to cover the various new
8685 concepts introduced with 205.
8686
8687 * Unit files now understand the new %v specifier which
8688 resolves to the kernel version string as returned by "uname
8689 -r".
8690
8691 * systemctl now supports filtering the unit list output by
8692 load state, active state and sub state, using the new
8693 --state= parameter.
8694
8695 * "systemctl status" will now show the results of the
8696 condition checks (like ConditionPathExists= and similar) of
8697 the last start attempts of the unit. They are also logged to
8698 the journal.
8699
8700 * "journalctl -b" may now be used to look for boot output of a
8701 specific boot. Try "journalctl -b -1" for the previous boot,
8702 but the syntax is substantially more powerful.
8703
8704 * "journalctl --show-cursor" has been added which prints the
8705 cursor string the last shown log line. This may then be used
8706 with the new "journalctl --after-cursor=" switch to continue
8707 browsing logs from that point on.
8708
8709 * "journalctl --force" may now be used to force regeneration
8710 of an FSS key.
8711
8712 * Creation of "dead" device nodes has been moved from udev
8713 into kmod and tmpfiles. Previously, udev would read the kmod
8714 databases to pre-generate dead device nodes based on meta
8715 information contained in kernel modules, so that these would
8716 be auto-loaded on access rather then at boot. As this
8717 does not really have much to do with the exposing actual
8718 kernel devices to userspace this has always been slightly
8719 alien in the udev codebase. Following the new scheme kmod
8720 will now generate a runtime snippet for tmpfiles from the
8721 module meta information and it now is tmpfiles' job to the
8722 create the nodes. This also allows overriding access and
8723 other parameters for the nodes using the usual tmpfiles
8724 facilities. As side effect this allows us to remove the
8725 CAP_SYS_MKNOD capability bit from udevd entirely.
8726
8727 * logind's device ACLs may now be applied to these "dead"
8728 devices nodes too, thus finally allowing managed access to
8729 devices such as /dev/snd/sequencer without loading the
8730 backing module right-away.
8731
8732 * A new RPM macro has been added that may be used to apply
8733 tmpfiles configuration during package installation.
8734
8735 * systemd-detect-virt and ConditionVirtualization= now can
8736 detect User-Mode-Linux machines (UML).
8737
8738 * journald will now implicitly log the effective capabilities
8739 set of processes in the message metadata.
8740
8741 * systemd-cryptsetup has gained support for TrueCrypt volumes.
8742
8743 * The initrd interface has been simplified (more specifically,
8744 support for passing performance data via environment
8745 variables and fsck results via files in /run has been
8746 removed). These features were non-essential, and are
8747 nowadays available in a much nicer way by having systemd in
8748 the initrd serialize its state and have the hosts systemd
8749 deserialize it again.
8750
8751 * The udev "keymap" data files and tools to apply keyboard
8752 specific mappings of scan to key codes, and force-release
8753 scan code lists have been entirely replaced by a udev
8754 "keyboard" builtin and a hwdb data file.
8755
8756 * systemd will now honour the kernel's "quiet" command line
8757 argument also during late shutdown, resulting in a
8758 completely silent shutdown when used.
8759
8760 * There's now an option to control the SO_REUSEPORT socket
8761 option in .socket units.
8762
8763 * Instance units will now automatically get a per-template
8764 subslice of system.slice unless something else is explicitly
8765 configured. For example, instances of sshd@.service will now
8766 implicitly be placed in system-sshd.slice rather than
8767 system.slice as before.
8768
8769 * Test coverage support may now be enabled at build time.
8770
8771 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Harald
8772 Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Jan Engelhardt, Jan
8773 Janssen, Jason St. John, Jesper Larsen, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8774 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Maciej Wereski, Martin Pitt, Michael
8775 Olbrich, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Ross Lagerwall, Shawn Landden,
8776 Thomas H.P. Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tomasz Torcz, William
8777 Giokas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8778
8779 — Berlin, 2013-07-23
8780
8781 CHANGES WITH 205:
8782
8783 * Two new unit types have been introduced:
8784
8785 Scope units are very similar to service units, however, are
8786 created out of pre-existing processes — instead of PID 1
8787 forking off the processes. By using scope units it is
8788 possible for system services and applications to group their
8789 own child processes (worker processes) in a powerful way
8790 which then maybe used to organize them, or kill them
8791 together, or apply resource limits on them.
8792
8793 Slice units may be used to partition system resources in an
8794 hierarchical fashion and then assign other units to them. By
8795 default there are now three slices: system.slice (for all
8796 system services), user.slice (for all user sessions),
8797 machine.slice (for VMs and containers).
8798
8799 Slices and scopes have been introduced primarily in
8800 context of the work to move cgroup handling to a
8801 single-writer scheme, where only PID 1
8802 creates/removes/manages cgroups.
8803
8804 * There's a new concept of "transient" units. In contrast to
8805 normal units these units are created via an API at runtime,
8806 not from configuration from disk. More specifically this
8807 means it is now possible to run arbitrary programs as
8808 independent services, with all execution parameters passed
8809 in via bus APIs rather than read from disk. Transient units
8810 make systemd substantially more dynamic then it ever was,
8811 and useful as a general batch manager.
8812
8813 * logind has been updated to make use of scope and slice units
8814 for managing user sessions. As a user logs in he will get
8815 his own private slice unit, to which all sessions are added
8816 as scope units. We also added support for automatically
8817 adding an instance of user@.service for the user into the
8818 slice. Effectively logind will no longer create cgroup
8819 hierarchies on its own now, it will defer entirely to PID 1
8820 for this by means of scope, service and slice units. Since
8821 user sessions this way become entities managed by PID 1
8822 the output of "systemctl" is now a lot more comprehensive.
8823
8824 * A new mini-daemon "systemd-machined" has been added which
8825 may be used by virtualization managers to register local
8826 VMs/containers. nspawn has been updated accordingly, and
8827 libvirt will be updated shortly. machined will collect a bit
8828 of meta information about the VMs/containers, and assign
8829 them their own scope unit (see above). The collected
8830 meta-data is then made available via the "machinectl" tool,
8831 and exposed in "ps" and similar tools. machined/machinectl
8832 is compile-time optional.
8833
8834 * As discussed earlier, the low-level cgroup configuration
8835 options ControlGroup=, ControlGroupModify=,
8836 ControlGroupPersistent=, ControlGroupAttribute= have been
8837 removed. Please use high-level attribute settings instead as
8838 well as slice units.
8839
8840 * A new bus call SetUnitProperties() has been added to alter
8841 various runtime parameters of a unit. This is primarily
8842 useful to alter cgroup parameters dynamically in a nice way,
8843 but will be extended later on to make more properties
8844 modifiable at runtime. systemctl gained a new set-properties
8845 command that wraps this call.
8846
8847 * A new tool "systemd-run" has been added which can be used to
8848 run arbitrary command lines as transient services or scopes,
8849 while configuring a number of settings via the command
8850 line. This tool is currently very basic, however already
8851 very useful. We plan to extend this tool to even allow
8852 queuing of execution jobs with time triggers from the
8853 command line, similar in fashion to "at".
8854
8855 * nspawn will now inform the user explicitly that kernels with
8856 audit enabled break containers, and suggest the user to turn
8857 off audit.
8858
8859 * Support for detecting the IMA and AppArmor security
8860 frameworks with ConditionSecurity= has been added.
8861
8862 * journalctl gained a new "-k" switch for showing only kernel
8863 messages, mimicking dmesg output; in addition to "--user"
8864 and "--system" switches for showing only user's own logs
8865 and system logs.
8866
8867 * systemd-delta can now show information about drop-in
8868 snippets extending unit files.
8869
8870 * libsystemd-bus has been substantially updated but is still
8871 not available as public API.
8872
8873 * systemd will now look for the "debug" argument on the kernel
8874 command line and enable debug logging, similar to what
8875 "systemd.log_level=debug" already did before.
8876
8877 * "systemctl set-default", "systemctl get-default" has been
8878 added to configure the default.target symlink, which
8879 controls what to boot into by default.
8880
8881 * "systemctl set-log-level" has been added as a convenient
8882 way to raise and lower systemd logging threshold.
8883
8884 * "systemd-analyze plot" will now show the time the various
8885 generators needed for execution, as well as information
8886 about the unit file loading.
8887
8888 * libsystemd-journal gained a new sd_journal_open_files() call
8889 for opening specific journal files. journactl also gained a
8890 new switch to expose this new functionality. Previously we
8891 only supported opening all files from a directory, or all
8892 files from the system, as opening individual files only is
8893 racy due to journal file rotation.
8894
8895 * systemd gained the new DefaultEnvironment= setting in
8896 /etc/systemd/system.conf to set environment variables for
8897 all services.
8898
8899 * If a privileged process logs a journal message with the
8900 OBJECT_PID= field set, then journald will automatically
8901 augment this with additional OBJECT_UID=, OBJECT_GID=,
8902 OBJECT_COMM=, OBJECT_EXE=, ... fields. This is useful if
8903 system services want to log events about specific client
8904 processes. journactl/systemctl has been updated to make use
8905 of this information if all log messages regarding a specific
8906 unit is requested.
8907
8908 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Chengwei Yang, Colin Walters,
8909 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Albers, Daniel Wallace, Dave
8910 Reisner, David Coppa, David King, David Strauss, Eelco
8911 Dolstra, Gabriel de Perthuis, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander
8912 Steffens, Jan Engelhardt, Jan Janssen, Jason St. John, Johan
8913 Heikkilä, Karel Zak, Karol Lewandowski, Kay Sievers, Lennart
8914 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marius Vollmer,
8915 Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michael Tremer,
8916 Michal Schmidt, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Nirbheek Chauhan,
8917 Pierre Neidhardt, Ross Burton, Ross Lagerwall, Sean McGovern,
8918 Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
8919 Václav Pavlín, Zachary Cook, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek,
8920 Łukasz Stelmach, 장동준
8921
8922 CHANGES WITH 204:
8923
8924 * The Python bindings gained some minimal support for the APIs
8925 exposed by libsystemd-logind.
8926
8927 * ConditionSecurity= gained support for detecting SMACK. Since
8928 this condition already supports SELinux and AppArmor we only
8929 miss IMA for this. Patches welcome!
8930
8931 Contributions from: Karol Lewandowski, Lennart Poettering,
8932 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
8933
8934 CHANGES WITH 203:
8935
8936 * systemd-nspawn will now create /etc/resolv.conf if
8937 necessary, before bind-mounting the host's file onto it.
8938
8939 * systemd-nspawn will now store meta information about a
8940 container on the container's cgroup as extended attribute
8941 fields, including the root directory.
8942
8943 * The cgroup hierarchy has been reworked in many ways. All
8944 objects any of the components systemd creates in the cgroup
8945 tree are now suffixed. More specifically, user sessions are
8946 now placed in cgroups suffixed with ".session", users in
8947 cgroups suffixed with ".user", and nspawn containers in
8948 cgroups suffixed with ".nspawn". Furthermore, all cgroup
8949 names are now escaped in a simple scheme to avoid collision
8950 of userspace object names with kernel filenames. This work
8951 is preparation for making these objects relocatable in the
8952 cgroup tree, in order to allow easy resource partitioning of
8953 these objects without causing naming conflicts.
8954
8955 * systemctl list-dependencies gained the new switches
8956 --plain, --reverse, --after and --before.
8957
8958 * systemd-inhibit now shows the process name of processes that
8959 have taken an inhibitor lock.
8960
8961 * nss-myhostname will now also resolve "localhost"
8962 implicitly. This makes /etc/hosts an optional file and
8963 nicely handles that on IPv6 ::1 maps to both "localhost" and
8964 the local hostname.
8965
8966 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call
8967 sd_get_machine_names() to enumerate running containers and
8968 VMs (currently only supported by very new libvirt and
8969 nspawn). sd_login_monitor can now be used to watch
8970 VMs/containers coming and going.
8971
8972 * .include is not allowed recursively anymore, and only in
8973 unit files. Usually it is better to use drop-in snippets in
8974 .d/*.conf anyway, as introduced with systemd 198.
8975
8976 * systemd-analyze gained a new "critical-chain" command that
8977 determines the slowest chain of units run during system
8978 boot-up. It is very useful for tracking down where
8979 optimizing boot time is the most beneficial.
8980
8981 * systemd will no longer allow manipulating service paths in
8982 the name=systemd:/system cgroup tree using ControlGroup= in
8983 units. (But is still fine with it in all other dirs.)
8984
8985 * There's a new systemd-nspawn@.service service file that may
8986 be used to easily run nspawn containers as system
8987 services. With the container's root directory in
8988 /var/lib/container/foobar it is now sufficient to run
8989 "systemctl start systemd-nspawn@foobar.service" to boot it.
8990
8991 * systemd-cgls gained a new parameter "--machine" to list only
8992 the processes within a certain container.
8993
8994 * ConditionSecurity= now can check for "apparmor". We still
8995 are lacking checks for SMACK and IMA for this condition
8996 check though. Patches welcome!
8997
8998 * A new configuration file /etc/systemd/sleep.conf has been
8999 added that may be used to configure which kernel operation
9000 systemd is supposed to execute when "suspend", "hibernate"
9001 or "hybrid-sleep" is requested. This makes the new kernel
9002 "freeze" state accessible to the user.
9003
9004 * ENV{SYSTEMD_WANTS} in udev rules will now implicitly escape
9005 the passed argument if applicable.
9006
9007 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters,
9008 Cristian Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9009 Evangelos Foutras, Greg Kroah-Hartman, Harald Hoyer, Josh
9010 Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn,
9011 MUNEDA Takahiro, Mantas Mikulėnas, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel
9012 Chen, Nirbheek Chauhan, Ronny Chevalier, Ross Lagerwall, Tom
9013 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
9014 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9015
9016 CHANGES WITH 202:
9017
9018 * The output of 'systemctl list-jobs' got some polishing. The
9019 '--type=' argument may now be passed more than once. A new
9020 command 'systemctl list-sockets' has been added which shows
9021 a list of kernel sockets systemd is listening on with the
9022 socket units they belong to, plus the units these socket
9023 units activate.
9024
9025 * The experimental libsystemd-bus library got substantial
9026 updates to work in conjunction with the (also experimental)
9027 kdbus kernel project. It works well enough to exchange
9028 messages with some sophistication. Note that kdbus is not
9029 ready yet, and the library is mostly an elaborate test case
9030 for now, and not installable.
9031
9032 * systemd gained a new unit 'systemd-static-nodes.service'
9033 that generates static device nodes earlier during boot, and
9034 can run in conjunction with udev.
9035
9036 * libsystemd-login gained a new call sd_pid_get_user_unit()
9037 to retrieve the user systemd unit a process is running
9038 in. This is useful for systems where systemd is used as
9039 session manager.
9040
9041 * systemd-nspawn now places all containers in the new /machine
9042 top-level cgroup directory in the name=systemd
9043 hierarchy. libvirt will soon do the same, so that we get a
9044 uniform separation of /system, /user and /machine for system
9045 services, user processes and containers/virtual
9046 machines. This new cgroup hierarchy is also useful to stick
9047 stable names to specific container instances, which can be
9048 recognized later this way (this name may be controlled
9049 via systemd-nspawn's new -M switch). libsystemd-login also
9050 gained a new call sd_pid_get_machine_name() to retrieve the
9051 name of the container/VM a specific process belongs to.
9052
9053 * bootchart can now store its data in the journal.
9054
9055 * libsystemd-journal gained a new call
9056 sd_journal_add_conjunction() for AND expressions to the
9057 matching logic. This can be used to express more complex
9058 logical expressions.
9059
9060 * journactl can now take multiple --unit= and --user-unit=
9061 switches.
9062
9063 * The cryptsetup logic now understands the "luks.key=" kernel
9064 command line switch for specifying a file to read the
9065 decryption key from. Also, if a configured key file is not
9066 found the tool will now automatically fall back to prompting
9067 the user.
9068
9069 * Python systemd.journal module was updated to wrap recently
9070 added functions from libsystemd-journal. The interface was
9071 changed to bring the low level interface in s.j._Reader
9072 closer to the C API, and the high level interface in
9073 s.j.Reader was updated to wrap and convert all data about
9074 an entry.
9075
9076 Contributions from: Anatol Pomozov, Auke Kok, Harald Hoyer,
9077 Henrik Grindal Bakken, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9078 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas Marius Vollmer,
9079 Martin Jansa, Martin Pitt, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
9080 Mirco Tischler, Pali Rohar, Simon Peeters, Steven Hiscocks,
9081 Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9082
9083 CHANGES WITH 201:
9084
9085 * journalctl --update-catalog now understands a new --root=
9086 option to operate on catalogs found in a different root
9087 directory.
9088
9089 * During shutdown after systemd has terminated all running
9090 services a final killing loop kills all remaining left-over
9091 processes. We will now print the name of these processes
9092 when we send SIGKILL to them, since this usually indicates a
9093 problem.
9094
9095 * If /etc/crypttab refers to password files stored on
9096 configured mount points automatic dependencies will now be
9097 generated to ensure the specific mount is established first
9098 before the key file is attempted to be read.
9099
9100 * 'systemctl status' will now show information about the
9101 network sockets a socket unit is listening on.
9102
9103 * 'systemctl status' will also shown information about any
9104 drop-in configuration file for units. (Drop-In configuration
9105 files in this context are files such as
9106 /etc/systemd/systemd/foobar.service.d/*.conf)
9107
9108 * systemd-cgtop now optionally shows summed up CPU times of
9109 cgroups. Press '%' while running cgtop to switch between
9110 percentage and absolute mode. This is useful to determine
9111 which cgroups use up the most CPU time over the entire
9112 runtime of the system. systemd-cgtop has also been updated
9113 to be 'pipeable' for processing with further shell tools.
9114
9115 * 'hostnamectl set-hostname' will now allow setting of FQDN
9116 hostnames.
9117
9118 * The formatting and parsing of time span values has been
9119 changed. The parser now understands fractional expressions
9120 such as "5.5h". The formatter will now output fractional
9121 expressions for all time spans under 1min, i.e. "5.123456s"
9122 rather than "5s 123ms 456us". For time spans under 1s
9123 millisecond values are shown, for those under 1ms
9124 microsecond values are shown. This should greatly improve
9125 all time-related output of systemd.
9126
9127 * libsystemd-login and libsystemd-journal gained new
9128 functions for querying the poll() events mask and poll()
9129 timeout value for integration into arbitrary event
9130 loops.
9131
9132 * localectl gained the ability to list available X11 keymaps
9133 (models, layouts, variants, options).
9134
9135 * 'systemd-analyze dot' gained the ability to filter for
9136 specific units via shell-style globs, to create smaller,
9137 more useful graphs. I.e. it is now possible to create simple
9138 graphs of all the dependencies between only target units, or
9139 of all units that Avahi has dependencies with.
9140
9141 Contributions from: Cristian Rodríguez, Dr. Tilmann Bubeck,
9142 Harald Hoyer, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers, Kelly
9143 Anderson, Koen Kooi, Lennart Poettering, Maksim Melnikau,
9144 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Marius Vollmer, Martin Pitt, Michal
9145 Schmidt, Oleksii Shevchuk, Ronny Chevalier, Simon McVittie,
9146 Steven Hiscocks, Thomas Weißschuh, Umut Tezduyar, Václav
9147 Pavlín, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Łukasz Stelmach
9148
9149 CHANGES WITH 200:
9150
9151 * The boot-time readahead implementation for rotating media
9152 will now read the read-ahead data in multiple passes which
9153 consist of all read requests made in equidistant time
9154 intervals. This means instead of strictly reading read-ahead
9155 data in its physical order on disk we now try to find a
9156 middle ground between physical and access time order.
9157
9158 * /etc/os-release files gained a new BUILD_ID= field for usage
9159 on operating systems that provide continuous builds of OS
9160 images.
9161
9162 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers,
9163 Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin Pitt, Václav Pavlín
9164 William Douglas, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9165
9166 CHANGES WITH 199:
9167
9168 * systemd-python gained an API exposing libsystemd-daemon.
9169
9170 * The SMACK setup logic gained support for uploading CIPSO
9171 security policy.
9172
9173 * Behaviour of PrivateTmp=, ReadWriteDirectories=,
9174 ReadOnlyDirectories= and InaccessibleDirectories= has
9175 changed. The private /tmp and /var/tmp directories are now
9176 shared by all processes of a service (which means
9177 ExecStartPre= may now leave data in /tmp that ExecStart= of
9178 the same service can still access). When a service is
9179 stopped its temporary directories are immediately deleted
9180 (normal clean-up with tmpfiles is still done in addition to
9181 this though).
9182
9183 * By default, systemd will now set a couple of sysctl
9184 variables in the kernel: the safe sysrq options are turned
9185 on, IP route verification is turned on, and source routing
9186 disabled. The recently added hardlink and softlink
9187 protection of the kernel is turned on. These settings should
9188 be reasonably safe, and good defaults for all new systems.
9189
9190 * The predictable network naming logic may now be turned off
9191 with a new kernel command line switch: net.ifnames=0.
9192
9193 * A new libsystemd-bus module has been added that implements a
9194 pretty complete D-Bus client library. For details see:
9195
9196 https://lists.freedesktop.org/archives/systemd-devel/2013-March/009797.html
9197
9198 * journald will now explicitly flush the journal files to disk
9199 at the latest 5min after each write. The file will then also
9200 be marked offline until the next write. This should increase
9201 reliability in case of a crash. The synchronization delay
9202 can be configured via SyncIntervalSec= in journald.conf.
9203
9204 * There's a new remote-fs-setup.target unit that can be used
9205 to pull in specific services when at least one remote file
9206 system is to be mounted.
9207
9208 * There are new targets timers.target and paths.target as
9209 canonical targets to pull user timer and path units in
9210 from. This complements sockets.target with a similar
9211 purpose for socket units.
9212
9213 * libudev gained a new call udev_device_set_attribute_value()
9214 to set sysfs attributes of a device.
9215
9216 * The udev daemon now sets the default number of worker
9217 processes executed in parallel based on the number of available
9218 CPUs instead of the amount of available RAM. This is supposed
9219 to provide a more reliable default and limit a too aggressive
9220 parallelism for setups with 1000s of devices connected.
9221
9222 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Walters, Cristian
9223 Rodríguez, Daniel Buch, Dave Reisner, Frederic Crozat, Hannes
9224 Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Jan Alexander Steffens, Jan
9225 Engelhardt, Josh Triplett, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9226 Mantas Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Mathieu Bridon, Michael Biebl,
9227 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nathaniel Chen,
9228 Oleksii Shevchuk, Ozan Çağlayan, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel
9229 Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar,
9230 Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9231
9232 CHANGES WITH 198:
9233
9234 * Configuration of unit files may now be extended via drop-in
9235 files without having to edit/override the unit files
9236 themselves. More specifically, if the administrator wants to
9237 change one value for a service file foobar.service he can
9238 now do so by dropping in a configuration snippet into
9239 /etc/systemd/system/foobar.service.d/*.conf. The unit logic
9240 will load all these snippets and apply them on top of the
9241 main unit configuration file, possibly extending or
9242 overriding its settings. Using these drop-in snippets is
9243 generally nicer than the two earlier options for changing
9244 unit files locally: copying the files from
9245 /usr/lib/systemd/system/ to /etc/systemd/system/ and editing
9246 them there; or creating a new file in /etc/systemd/system/
9247 that incorporates the original one via ".include". Drop-in
9248 snippets into these .d/ directories can be placed in any
9249 directory systemd looks for units in, and the usual
9250 overriding semantics between /usr/lib, /etc and /run apply
9251 for them too.
9252
9253 * Most unit file settings which take lists of items can now be
9254 reset by assigning the empty string to them. For example,
9255 normally, settings such as Environment=FOO=BAR append a new
9256 environment variable assignment to the environment block,
9257 each time they are used. By assigning Environment= the empty
9258 string the environment block can be reset to empty. This is
9259 particularly useful with the .d/*.conf drop-in snippets
9260 mentioned above, since this adds the ability to reset list
9261 settings from vendor unit files via these drop-ins.
9262
9263 * systemctl gained a new "list-dependencies" command for
9264 listing the dependencies of a unit recursively.
9265
9266 * Inhibitors are now honored and listed by "systemctl
9267 suspend", "systemctl poweroff" (and similar) too, not only
9268 GNOME. These commands will also list active sessions by
9269 other users.
9270
9271 * Resource limits (as exposed by the various control group
9272 controllers) can now be controlled dynamically at runtime
9273 for all units. More specifically, you can now use a command
9274 like "systemctl set-cgroup-attr foobar.service cpu.shares
9275 2000" to alter the CPU shares a specific service gets. These
9276 settings are stored persistently on disk, and thus allow the
9277 administrator to easily adjust the resource usage of
9278 services with a few simple commands. This dynamic resource
9279 management logic is also available to other programs via the
9280 bus. Almost any kernel cgroup attribute and controller is
9281 supported.
9282
9283 * systemd-vconsole-setup will now copy all font settings to
9284 all allocated VTs, where it previously applied them only to
9285 the foreground VT.
9286
9287 * libsystemd-login gained the new sd_session_get_tty() API
9288 call.
9289
9290 * This release drops support for a few legacy or
9291 distribution-specific LSB facility names when parsing init
9292 scripts: $x-display-manager, $mail-transfer-agent,
9293 $mail-transport-agent, $mail-transfer-agent, $smtp,
9294 $null. Also, the mail-transfer-agent.target unit backing
9295 this has been removed. Distributions which want to retain
9296 compatibility with this should carry the burden for
9297 supporting this themselves and patch support for these back
9298 in, if they really need to. Also, the facilities $syslog and
9299 $local_fs are now ignored, since systemd does not support
9300 early-boot LSB init scripts anymore, and these facilities
9301 are implied anyway for normal services. syslog.target has
9302 also been removed.
9303
9304 * There are new bus calls on PID1's Manager object for
9305 cancelling jobs, and removing snapshot units. Previously,
9306 both calls were only available on the Job and Snapshot
9307 objects themselves.
9308
9309 * systemd-journal-gatewayd gained SSL support.
9310
9311 * The various "environment" files, such as /etc/locale.conf
9312 now support continuation lines with a backslash ("\") as
9313 last character in the line, similarly in style (but different)
9314 to how this is supported in shells.
9315
9316 * For normal user processes the _SYSTEMD_USER_UNIT= field is
9317 now implicitly appended to every log entry logged. systemctl
9318 has been updated to filter by this field when operating on a
9319 user systemd instance.
9320
9321 * nspawn will now implicitly add the CAP_AUDIT_WRITE and
9322 CAP_AUDIT_CONTROL capabilities to the capabilities set for
9323 the container. This makes it easier to boot unmodified
9324 Fedora systems in a container, which however still requires
9325 audit=0 to be passed on the kernel command line. Auditing in
9326 kernel and userspace is unfortunately still too broken in
9327 context of containers, hence we recommend compiling it out
9328 of the kernel or using audit=0. Hopefully this will be fixed
9329 one day for good in the kernel.
9330
9331 * nspawn gained the new --bind= and --bind-ro= parameters to
9332 bind mount specific directories from the host into the
9333 container.
9334
9335 * nspawn will now mount its own devpts file system instance
9336 into the container, in order not to leak pty devices from
9337 the host into the container.
9338
9339 * systemd will now read the firmware boot time performance
9340 information from the EFI variables, if the used boot loader
9341 supports this, and takes it into account for boot performance
9342 analysis via "systemd-analyze". This is currently supported
9343 only in conjunction with Gummiboot, but could be supported
9344 by other boot loaders too. For details see:
9345
9346 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/BootLoaderInterface
9347
9348 * A new generator has been added that automatically mounts the
9349 EFI System Partition (ESP) to /boot, if that directory
9350 exists, is empty, and no other file system has been
9351 configured to be mounted there.
9352
9353 * logind will now send out PrepareForSleep(false) out
9354 unconditionally, after coming back from suspend. This may be
9355 used by applications as asynchronous notification for
9356 system resume events.
9357
9358 * "systemctl unlock-sessions" has been added, that allows
9359 unlocking the screens of all user sessions at once, similar
9360 to how "systemctl lock-sessions" already locked all users
9361 sessions. This is backed by a new D-Bus call UnlockSessions().
9362
9363 * "loginctl seat-status" will now show the master device of a
9364 seat. (i.e. the device of a seat that needs to be around for
9365 the seat to be considered available, usually the graphics
9366 card).
9367
9368 * tmpfiles gained a new "X" line type, that allows
9369 configuration of files and directories (with wildcards) that
9370 shall be excluded from automatic cleanup ("aging").
9371
9372 * udev default rules set the device node permissions now only
9373 at "add" events, and do not change them any longer with a
9374 later "change" event.
9375
9376 * The log messages for lid events and power/sleep keypresses
9377 now carry a message ID.
9378
9379 * We now have a substantially larger unit test suite, but this
9380 continues to be work in progress.
9381
9382 * udevadm hwdb gained a new --root= parameter to change the
9383 root directory to operate relative to.
9384
9385 * logind will now issue a background sync() request to the kernel
9386 early at shutdown, so that dirty buffers are flushed to disk early
9387 instead of at the last moment, in order to optimize shutdown
9388 times a little.
9389
9390 * A new bootctl tool has been added that is an interface for
9391 certain boot loader operations. This is currently a preview
9392 and is likely to be extended into a small mechanism daemon
9393 like timedated, localed, hostnamed, and can be used by
9394 graphical UIs to enumerate available boot options, and
9395 request boot into firmware operations.
9396
9397 * systemd-bootchart has been relicensed to LGPLv2.1+ to match
9398 the rest of the package. It also has been updated to work
9399 correctly in initrds.
9400
9401 * polkit previously has been runtime optional, and is now also
9402 compile time optional via a configure switch.
9403
9404 * systemd-analyze has been reimplemented in C. Also "systemctl
9405 dot" has moved into systemd-analyze.
9406
9407 * "systemctl status" with no further parameters will now print
9408 the status of all active or failed units.
9409
9410 * Operations such as "systemctl start" can now be executed
9411 with a new mode "--irreversible" which may be used to queue
9412 operations that cannot accidentally be reversed by a later
9413 job queuing. This is by default used to make shutdown
9414 requests more robust.
9415
9416 * The Python API of systemd now gained a new module for
9417 reading journal files.
9418
9419 * A new tool kernel-install has been added that can install
9420 kernel images according to the Boot Loader Specification:
9421
9422 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/BootLoaderSpec
9423
9424 * Boot time console output has been improved to provide
9425 animated boot time output for hanging jobs.
9426
9427 * A new tool systemd-activate has been added which can be used
9428 to test socket activation with, directly from the command
9429 line. This should make it much easier to test and debug
9430 socket activation in daemons.
9431
9432 * journalctl gained a new "--reverse" (or -r) option to show
9433 journal output in reverse order (i.e. newest line first).
9434
9435 * journalctl gained a new "--pager-end" (or -e) option to jump
9436 to immediately jump to the end of the journal in the
9437 pager. This is only supported in conjunction with "less".
9438
9439 * journalctl gained a new "--user-unit=" option, that works
9440 similarly to "--unit=" but filters for user units rather than
9441 system units.
9442
9443 * A number of unit files to ease adoption of systemd in
9444 initrds has been added. This moves some minimal logic from
9445 the various initrd implementations into systemd proper.
9446
9447 * The journal files are now owned by a new group
9448 "systemd-journal", which exists specifically to allow access
9449 to the journal, and nothing else. Previously, we used the
9450 "adm" group for that, which however possibly covers more
9451 than just journal/log file access. This new group is now
9452 already used by systemd-journal-gatewayd to ensure this
9453 daemon gets access to the journal files and as little else
9454 as possible. Note that "make install" will also set FS ACLs
9455 up for /var/log/journal to give "adm" and "wheel" read
9456 access to it, in addition to "systemd-journal" which owns
9457 the journal files. We recommend that packaging scripts also
9458 add read access to "adm" + "wheel" to /var/log/journal, and
9459 all existing/future journal files. To normal users and
9460 administrators little changes, however packagers need to
9461 ensure to create the "systemd-journal" system group at
9462 package installation time.
9463
9464 * The systemd-journal-gatewayd now runs as unprivileged user
9465 systemd-journal-gateway:systemd-journal-gateway. Packaging
9466 scripts need to create these system user/group at
9467 installation time.
9468
9469 * timedated now exposes a new boolean property CanNTP that
9470 indicates whether a local NTP service is available or not.
9471
9472 * systemd-detect-virt will now also detect xen PVs
9473
9474 * The pstore file system is now mounted by default, if it is
9475 available.
9476
9477 * In addition to the SELinux and IMA policies we will now also
9478 load SMACK policies at early boot.
9479
9480 Contributions from: Adel Gadllah, Aleksander Morgado, Auke
9481 Kok, Ayan George, Bastien Nocera, Colin Walters, Daniel Buch,
9482 Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David Herrmann, David Strauss,
9483 Eelco Dolstra, Enrico Scholz, Frederic Crozat, Harald Hoyer,
9484 Jan Janssen, Jonathan Callen, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
9485 Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin
9486 Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Max F. Albrecht, Michael Biebl, Michael
9487 Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michal Vyskocil,
9488 Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Mirco Tischler, Nathaniel Chen, Nestor
9489 Ovroy, Oleksii Shevchuk, Paul W. Frields, Piotr Drąg, Rob
9490 Clark, Ryan Lortie, Simon McVittie, Simon Peeters, Steven
9491 Hiscocks, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
9492 Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, William Giokas, Zbigniew
9493 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Zeeshan Ali (Khattak)
9494
9495 CHANGES WITH 197:
9496
9497 * Timer units now support calendar time events in addition to
9498 monotonic time events. That means you can now trigger a unit
9499 based on a calendar time specification such as "Thu,Fri
9500 2013-*-1,5 11:12:13" which refers to 11:12:13 of the first
9501 or fifth day of any month of the year 2013, given that it is
9502 a thursday or friday. This brings timer event support
9503 considerably closer to cron's capabilities. For details on
9504 the supported calendar time specification language see
9505 systemd.time(7).
9506
9507 * udev now supports a number of different naming policies for
9508 network interfaces for predictable names, and a combination
9509 of these policies is now the default. Please see this wiki
9510 document for details:
9511
9512 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PredictableNetworkInterfaceNames
9513
9514 * Auke Kok's bootchart implementation has been added to the
9515 systemd tree. It is an optional component that can graph the
9516 boot in quite some detail. It is one of the best bootchart
9517 implementations around and minimal in its code and
9518 dependencies.
9519
9520 * nss-myhostname has been integrated into the systemd source
9521 tree. nss-myhostname guarantees that the local hostname
9522 always stays resolvable via NSS. It has been a weak
9523 requirement of systemd-hostnamed since a long time, and
9524 since its code is actually trivial we decided to just
9525 include it in systemd's source tree. It can be turned off
9526 with a configure switch.
9527
9528 * The read-ahead logic is now capable of properly detecting
9529 whether a btrfs file system is on SSD or rotating media, in
9530 order to optimize the read-ahead scheme. Previously, it was
9531 only capable of detecting this on traditional file systems
9532 such as ext4.
9533
9534 * In udev, additional device properties are now read from the
9535 IAB in addition to the OUI database. Also, Bluetooth company
9536 identities are attached to the devices as well.
9537
9538 * In service files %U may be used as specifier that is
9539 replaced by the configured user name of the service.
9540
9541 * nspawn may now be invoked without a controlling TTY. This
9542 makes it suitable for invocation as its own service. This
9543 may be used to set up a simple containerized server system
9544 using only core OS tools.
9545
9546 * systemd and nspawn can now accept socket file descriptors
9547 when they are started for socket activation. This enables
9548 implementation of socket activated nspawn
9549 containers. i.e. think about autospawning an entire OS image
9550 when the first SSH or HTTP connection is received. We expect
9551 that similar functionality will also be added to libvirt-lxc
9552 eventually.
9553
9554 * journalctl will now suppress ANSI color codes when
9555 presenting log data.
9556
9557 * systemctl will no longer show control group information for
9558 a unit if the control group is empty anyway.
9559
9560 * logind can now automatically suspend/hibernate/shutdown the
9561 system on idle.
9562
9563 * /etc/machine-info and hostnamed now also expose the chassis
9564 type of the system. This can be used to determine whether
9565 the local system is a laptop, desktop, handset or
9566 tablet. This information may either be configured by the
9567 user/vendor or is automatically determined from ACPI and DMI
9568 information if possible.
9569
9570 * A number of polkit actions are now bound together with "imply"
9571 rules. This should simplify creating UIs because many actions
9572 will now authenticate similar ones as well.
9573
9574 * Unit files learnt a new condition ConditionACPower= which
9575 may be used to conditionalize a unit depending on whether an
9576 AC power source is connected or not, of whether the system
9577 is running on battery power.
9578
9579 * systemctl gained a new "is-failed" verb that may be used in
9580 shell scripts and suchlike to check whether a specific unit
9581 is in the "failed" state.
9582
9583 * The EnvironmentFile= setting in unit files now supports file
9584 globbing, and can hence be used to easily read a number of
9585 environment files at once.
9586
9587 * systemd will no longer detect and recognize specific
9588 distributions. All distribution-specific #ifdeffery has been
9589 removed, systemd is now fully generic and
9590 distribution-agnostic. Effectively, not too much is lost as
9591 a lot of the code is still accessible via explicit configure
9592 switches. However, support for some distribution specific
9593 legacy configuration file formats has been dropped. We
9594 recommend distributions to simply adopt the configuration
9595 files everybody else uses now and convert the old
9596 configuration from packaging scripts. Most distributions
9597 already did that. If that's not possible or desirable,
9598 distributions are welcome to forward port the specific
9599 pieces of code locally from the git history.
9600
9601 * When logging a message about a unit systemd will now always
9602 log the unit name in the message meta data.
9603
9604 * localectl will now also discover system locale data that is
9605 not stored in locale archives, but directly unpacked.
9606
9607 * logind will no longer unconditionally use framebuffer
9608 devices as seat masters, i.e. as devices that are required
9609 to be existing before a seat is considered preset. Instead,
9610 it will now look for all devices that are tagged as
9611 "seat-master" in udev. By default, framebuffer devices will
9612 be marked as such, but depending on local systems, other
9613 devices might be marked as well. This may be used to
9614 integrate graphics cards using closed source drivers (such
9615 as NVidia ones) more nicely into logind. Note however, that
9616 we recommend using the open source NVidia drivers instead,
9617 and no udev rules for the closed-source drivers will be
9618 shipped from us upstream.
9619
9620 Contributions from: Adam Williamson, Alessandro Crismani, Auke
9621 Kok, Colin Walters, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner, David
9622 Herrmann, David Strauss, Dimitrios Apostolou, Eelco Dolstra,
9623 Eric Benoit, Giovanni Campagna, Hannes Reinecke, Henrik
9624 Grindal Bakken, Hermann Gausterer, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9625 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas, Marcel Holtmann,
9626 Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Michael Biebl, Michael Terry,
9627 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Michał Bartoszkiewicz, Oleg
9628 Samarin, Pekka Lundstrom, Philip Nilsson, Ramkumar
9629 Ramachandra, Richard Yao, Robert Millan, Sami Kerola, Shawn
9630 Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Thomas Jarosch,
9631 Tollef Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew
9632 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9633
9634 CHANGES WITH 196:
9635
9636 * udev gained support for loading additional device properties
9637 from an indexed database that is keyed by vendor/product IDs
9638 and similar device identifiers. For the beginning this
9639 "hwdb" is populated with data from the well-known PCI and
9640 USB database, but also includes PNP, ACPI and OID data. In
9641 the longer run this indexed database shall grow into
9642 becoming the one central database for non-essential
9643 userspace device metadata. Previously, data from the PCI/USB
9644 database was only attached to select devices, since the
9645 lookup was a relatively expensive operation due to O(n) time
9646 complexity (with n being the number of entries in the
9647 database). Since this is now O(1), we decided to add in this
9648 data for all devices where this is available, by
9649 default. Note that the indexed database needs to be rebuilt
9650 when new data files are installed. To achieve this you need
9651 to update your packaging scripts to invoke "udevadm hwdb
9652 --update" after installation of hwdb data files. For
9653 RPM-based distributions we introduced the new
9654 %udev_hwdb_update macro for this purpose.
9655
9656 * The Journal gained support for the "Message Catalog", an
9657 indexed database to link up additional information with
9658 journal entries. For further details please check:
9659
9660 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/catalog
9661
9662 The indexed message catalog database also needs to be
9663 rebuilt after installation of message catalog files. Use
9664 "journalctl --update-catalog" for this. For RPM-based
9665 distributions we introduced the %journal_catalog_update
9666 macro for this purpose.
9667
9668 * The Python Journal bindings gained support for the standard
9669 Python logging framework.
9670
9671 * The Journal API gained new functions for checking whether
9672 the underlying file system of a journal file is capable of
9673 properly reporting file change notifications, or whether
9674 applications that want to reflect journal changes "live"
9675 need to recheck journal files continuously in appropriate
9676 time intervals.
9677
9678 * It is now possible to set the "age" field for tmpfiles
9679 entries to 0, indicating that files matching this entry
9680 shall always be removed when the directories are cleaned up.
9681
9682 * coredumpctl gained a new "gdb" verb which invokes gdb
9683 right-away on the selected coredump.
9684
9685 * There's now support for "hybrid sleep" on kernels that
9686 support this, in addition to "suspend" and "hibernate". Use
9687 "systemctl hybrid-sleep" to make use of this.
9688
9689 * logind's HandleSuspendKey= setting (and related settings)
9690 now gained support for a new "lock" setting to simply
9691 request the screen lock on all local sessions, instead of
9692 actually executing a suspend or hibernation.
9693
9694 * systemd will now mount the EFI variables file system by
9695 default.
9696
9697 * Socket units now gained support for configuration of the
9698 SMACK security label.
9699
9700 * timedatectl will now output the time of the last and next
9701 daylight saving change.
9702
9703 * We dropped support for various legacy and distro-specific
9704 concepts, such as insserv, early-boot SysV services
9705 (i.e. those for non-standard runlevels such as 'b' or 'S')
9706 or ArchLinux /etc/rc.conf support. We recommend the
9707 distributions who still need support this to either continue
9708 to maintain the necessary patches downstream, or find a
9709 different solution. (Talk to us if you have questions!)
9710
9711 * Various systemd components will now bypass polkit checks for
9712 root and otherwise handle properly if polkit is not found to
9713 be around. This should fix most issues for polkit-less
9714 systems. Quite frankly this should have been this way since
9715 day one. It is absolutely our intention to make systemd work
9716 fine on polkit-less systems, and we consider it a bug if
9717 something does not work as it should if polkit is not around.
9718
9719 * For embedded systems it is now possible to build udev and
9720 systemd without blkid and/or kmod support.
9721
9722 * "systemctl switch-root" is now capable of switching root
9723 more than once. I.e. in addition to transitions from the
9724 initrd to the host OS it is now possible to transition to
9725 further OS images from the host. This is useful to implement
9726 offline updating tools.
9727
9728 * Various other additions have been made to the RPM macros
9729 shipped with systemd. Use %udev_rules_update() after
9730 installing new udev rules files. %_udevhwdbdir,
9731 %_udevrulesdir, %_journalcatalogdir, %_tmpfilesdir,
9732 %_sysctldir are now available which resolve to the right
9733 directories for packages to place various data files in.
9734
9735 * journalctl gained the new --full switch (in addition to
9736 --all, to disable ellipsation for long messages.
9737
9738 Contributions from: Anders Olofsson, Auke Kok, Ben Boeckel,
9739 Colin Walters, Cosimo Cecchi, Daniel Wallace, Dave Reisner,
9740 Eelco Dolstra, Holger Hans Peter Freyther, Kay Sievers,
9741 Chun-Yi Lee, Lekensteyn, Lennart Poettering, Mantas Mikulėnas,
9742 Marti Raudsepp, Martin Pitt, Mauro Dreissig, Michael Biebl,
9743 Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Miklos Vajna, Nis Martensen,
9744 Oleksii Shevchuk, Olivier Brunel, Ramkumar Ramachandra, Thomas
9745 Bächler, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen, Tony
9746 Camuso, Umut Tezduyar, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9747
9748 CHANGES WITH 195:
9749
9750 * journalctl gained new --since= and --until= switches to
9751 filter by time. It also now supports nice filtering for
9752 units via --unit=/-u.
9753
9754 * Type=oneshot services may use ExecReload= and do the
9755 right thing.
9756
9757 * The journal daemon now supports time-based rotation and
9758 vacuuming, in addition to the usual disk-space based
9759 rotation.
9760
9761 * The journal will now index the available field values for
9762 each field name. This enables clients to show pretty drop
9763 downs of available match values when filtering. The bash
9764 completion of journalctl has been updated
9765 accordingly. journalctl gained a new switch -F to list all
9766 values a certain field takes in the journal database.
9767
9768 * More service events are now written as structured messages
9769 to the journal, and made recognizable via message IDs.
9770
9771 * The timedated, localed and hostnamed mini-services which
9772 previously only provided support for changing time, locale
9773 and hostname settings from graphical DEs such as GNOME now
9774 also have a minimal (but very useful) text-based client
9775 utility each. This is probably the nicest way to changing
9776 these settings from the command line now, especially since
9777 it lists available options and is fully integrated with bash
9778 completion.
9779
9780 * There's now a new tool "systemd-coredumpctl" to list and
9781 extract coredumps from the journal.
9782
9783 * We now install a README each in /var/log/ and
9784 /etc/rc.d/init.d explaining where the system logs and init
9785 scripts went. This hopefully should help folks who go to
9786 that dirs and look into the otherwise now empty void and
9787 scratch their heads.
9788
9789 * When user-services are invoked (by systemd --user) the
9790 $MANAGERPID env var is set to the PID of systemd.
9791
9792 * SIGRTMIN+24 when sent to a --user instance will now result
9793 in immediate termination of systemd.
9794
9795 * gatewayd received numerous feature additions such as a
9796 "follow" mode, for live syncing and filtering.
9797
9798 * browse.html now allows filtering and showing detailed
9799 information on specific entries. Keyboard navigation and
9800 mouse screen support has been added.
9801
9802 * gatewayd/journalctl now supports HTML5/JSON
9803 Server-Sent-Events as output.
9804
9805 * The SysV init script compatibility logic will now
9806 heuristically determine whether a script supports the
9807 "reload" verb, and only then make this available as
9808 "systemctl reload".
9809
9810 * "systemctl status --follow" has been removed, use "journalctl
9811 -u" instead.
9812
9813 * journald.conf's RuntimeMinSize=, PersistentMinSize= settings
9814 have been removed since they are hardly useful to be
9815 configured.
9816
9817 * And I'd like to take the opportunity to specifically mention
9818 Zbigniew for his great contributions. Zbigniew, you rock!
9819
9820 Contributions from: Andrew Eikum, Christian Hesse, Colin
9821 Guthrie, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner, Eelco Dolstra, Ferenc
9822 Wágner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas
9823 Mikulėnas, Martin Mikkelsen, Martin Pitt, Michael Olbrich,
9824 Michael Stapelberg, Michal Schmidt, Sebastian Ott, Thomas
9825 Bächler, Umut Tezduyar, Will Woods, Wulf C. Krueger, Zbigniew
9826 Jędrzejewski-Szmek, Сковорода Никита Андреевич
9827
9828 CHANGES WITH 194:
9829
9830 * If /etc/vconsole.conf is non-existent or empty we will no
9831 longer load any console font or key map at boot by
9832 default. Instead the kernel defaults will be left
9833 intact. This is definitely the right thing to do, as no
9834 configuration should mean no configuration, and hard-coding
9835 font names that are different on all archs is probably a bad
9836 idea. Also, the kernel default key map and font should be
9837 good enough for most cases anyway, and mostly identical to
9838 the userspace fonts/key maps we previously overloaded them
9839 with. If distributions want to continue to default to a
9840 non-kernel font or key map they should ship a default
9841 /etc/vconsole.conf with the appropriate contents.
9842
9843 Contributions from: Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave
9844 Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Tollef
9845 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
9846
9847 CHANGES WITH 193:
9848
9849 * journalctl gained a new --cursor= switch to show entries
9850 starting from the specified location in the journal.
9851
9852 * We now enforce a size limit on journal entry fields exported
9853 with "-o json" in journalctl. Fields larger than 4K will be
9854 assigned null. This can be turned off with --all.
9855
9856 * An (optional) journal gateway daemon is now available as
9857 "systemd-journal-gatewayd.service". This service provides
9858 access to the journal via HTTP and JSON. This functionality
9859 will be used to implement live log synchronization in both
9860 pull and push modes, but has various other users too, such
9861 as easy log access for debugging of embedded devices. Right
9862 now it is already useful to retrieve the journal via HTTP:
9863
9864 # systemctl start systemd-journal-gatewayd.service
9865 # wget http://localhost:19531/entries
9866
9867 This will download the journal contents in a
9868 /var/log/messages compatible format. The same as JSON:
9869
9870 # curl -H"Accept: application/json" http://localhost:19531/entries
9871
9872 This service is also accessible via a web browser where a
9873 single static HTML5 app is served that uses the JSON logic
9874 to enable the user to do some basic browsing of the
9875 journal. This will be extended later on. Here's an example
9876 screenshot of this app in its current state:
9877
9878 http://0pointer.de/public/journal-gatewayd
9879
9880 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Robert
9881 Milasan, Tom Gundersen
9882
9883 CHANGES WITH 192:
9884
9885 * The bash completion logic is now available for journalctl
9886 too.
9887
9888 * We do not mount the "cpuset" controller anymore together with
9889 "cpu" and "cpuacct", as "cpuset" groups generally cannot be
9890 started if no parameters are assigned to it. "cpuset" hence
9891 broke code that assumed it could create "cpu" groups and
9892 just start them.
9893
9894 * journalctl -f will now subscribe to terminal size changes,
9895 and line break accordingly.
9896
9897 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lennart
9898 Poettering, Lukas Nykrynm, Mirco Tischler, Václav Pavlín
9899
9900 CHANGES WITH 191:
9901
9902 * nspawn will now create a symlink /etc/localtime in the
9903 container environment, copying the host's timezone
9904 setting. Previously this has been done via a bind mount, but
9905 since symlinks cannot be bind mounted this has now been
9906 changed to create/update the appropriate symlink.
9907
9908 * journalctl -n's line number argument is now optional, and
9909 will default to 10 if omitted.
9910
9911 * journald will now log the maximum size the journal files may
9912 take up on disk. This is particularly useful if the default
9913 built-in logic of determining this parameter from the file
9914 system size is used. Use "systemctl status
9915 systemd-journald.service" to see this information.
9916
9917 * The multi-seat X wrapper tool has been stripped down. As X
9918 is now capable of enumerating graphics devices via udev in a
9919 seat-aware way the wrapper is not strictly necessary
9920 anymore. A stripped down temporary stop-gap is still shipped
9921 until the upstream display managers have been updated to
9922 fully support the new X logic. Expect this wrapper to be
9923 removed entirely in one of the next releases.
9924
9925 * HandleSleepKey= in logind.conf has been split up into
9926 HandleSuspendKey= and HandleHibernateKey=. The old setting
9927 is not available anymore. X11 and the kernel are
9928 distinguishing between these keys and we should too. This
9929 also means the inhibition lock for these keys has been split
9930 into two.
9931
9932 Contributions from: Dave Airlie, Eelco Dolstra, Lennart
9933 Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Václav Pavlín
9934
9935 CHANGES WITH 190:
9936
9937 * Whenever a unit changes state we will now log this to the
9938 journal and show along the unit's own log output in
9939 "systemctl status".
9940
9941 * ConditionPathIsMountPoint= can now properly detect bind
9942 mount points too. (Previously, a bind mount of one file
9943 system to another place in the same file system could not be
9944 detected as mount, since they shared struct stat's st_dev
9945 field.)
9946
9947 * We will now mount the cgroup controllers cpu, cpuacct,
9948 cpuset and the controllers net_cls, net_prio together by
9949 default.
9950
9951 * nspawn containers will now have a virtualized boot
9952 ID. (i.e. /proc/sys/kernel/random/boot_id is now mounted
9953 over with a randomized ID at container initialization). This
9954 has the effect of making "journalctl -b" do the right thing
9955 in a container.
9956
9957 * The JSON output journal serialization has been updated not
9958 to generate "endless" list objects anymore, but rather one
9959 JSON object per line. This is more in line how most JSON
9960 parsers expect JSON objects. The new output mode
9961 "json-pretty" has been added to provide similar output, but
9962 neatly aligned for readability by humans.
9963
9964 * We dropped all explicit sync() invocations in the shutdown
9965 code. The kernel does this implicitly anyway in the kernel
9966 reboot() syscall. halt(8)'s -n option is now a compatibility
9967 no-op.
9968
9969 * We now support virtualized reboot() in containers, as
9970 supported by newer kernels. We will fall back to exit() if
9971 CAP_SYS_REBOOT is not available to the container. Also,
9972 nspawn makes use of this now and will actually reboot the
9973 container if the containerized OS asks for that.
9974
9975 * journalctl will only show local log output by default
9976 now. Use --merge (-m) to show remote log output, too.
9977
9978 * libsystemd-journal gained the new sd_journal_get_usage()
9979 call to determine the current disk usage of all journal
9980 files. This is exposed in the new "journalctl --disk-usage"
9981 command.
9982
9983 * journald gained a new configuration setting SplitMode= in
9984 journald.conf which may be used to control how user journals
9985 are split off. See journald.conf(5) for details.
9986
9987 * A new condition type ConditionFileNotEmpty= has been added.
9988
9989 * tmpfiles' "w" lines now support file globbing, to write
9990 multiple files at once.
9991
9992 * We added Python bindings for the journal submission
9993 APIs. More Python APIs for a number of selected APIs will
9994 likely follow. Note that we intend to add native bindings
9995 only for the Python language, as we consider it common
9996 enough to deserve bindings shipped within systemd. There are
9997 various projects outside of systemd that provide bindings
9998 for languages such as PHP or Lua.
9999
10000 * Many conditions will now resolve specifiers such as %i. In
10001 addition, PathChanged= and related directives of .path units
10002 now support specifiers as well.
10003
10004 * There's now a new RPM macro definition for the system preset
10005 dir: %_presetdir.
10006
10007 * journald will now warn if it ca not forward a message to the
10008 syslog daemon because its socket is full.
10009
10010 * timedated will no longer write or process /etc/timezone,
10011 except on Debian. As we do not support late mounted /usr
10012 anymore /etc/localtime always being a symlink is now safe,
10013 and hence the information in /etc/timezone is not necessary
10014 anymore.
10015
10016 * logind will now always reserve one VT for a text getty (VT6
10017 by default). Previously if more than 6 X sessions where
10018 started they took up all the VTs with auto-spawned gettys,
10019 so that no text gettys were available anymore.
10020
10021 * udev will now automatically inform the btrfs kernel logic
10022 about btrfs RAID components showing up. This should make
10023 simple hotplug based btrfs RAID assembly work.
10024
10025 * PID 1 will now increase its RLIMIT_NOFILE to 64K by default
10026 (but not for its children which will stay at the kernel
10027 default). This should allow setups with a lot more listening
10028 sockets.
10029
10030 * systemd will now always pass the configured timezone to the
10031 kernel at boot. timedated will do the same when the timezone
10032 is changed.
10033
10034 * logind's inhibition logic has been updated. By default,
10035 logind will now handle the lid switch, the power and sleep
10036 keys all the time, even in graphical sessions. If DEs want
10037 to handle these events on their own they should take the new
10038 handle-power-key, handle-sleep-key and handle-lid-switch
10039 inhibitors during their runtime. A simple way to achieve
10040 that is to invoke the DE wrapped in an invocation of:
10041
10042 systemd-inhibit --what=handle-power-key:handle-sleep-key:handle-lid-switch ...
10043
10044 * Access to unit operations is now checked via SELinux taking
10045 the unit file label and client process label into account.
10046
10047 * systemd will now notify the administrator in the journal
10048 when he over-mounts a non-empty directory.
10049
10050 * There are new specifiers that are resolved in unit files,
10051 for the hostname (%H), the machine ID (%m) and the boot ID
10052 (%b).
10053
10054 Contributions from: Allin Cottrell, Auke Kok, Brandon Philips,
10055 Colin Guthrie, Colin Walters, Daniel J Walsh, Dave Reisner,
10056 Eelco Dolstra, Jan Engelhardt, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10057 Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Lukas Nykryn, Mantas Mikulėnas,
10058 Martin Pitt, Matthias Clasen, Michael Olbrich, Pierre Schmitz,
10059 Shawn Landden, Thomas Hindoe Paaboel Andersen, Tom Gundersen,
10060 Václav Pavlín, Yin Kangkai, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10061
10062 CHANGES WITH 189:
10063
10064 * Support for reading structured kernel messages from
10065 /dev/kmsg has now been added and is enabled by default.
10066
10067 * Support for reading kernel messages from /proc/kmsg has now
10068 been removed. If you want kernel messages in the journal
10069 make sure to run a recent kernel (>= 3.5) that supports
10070 reading structured messages from /dev/kmsg (see
10071 above). /proc/kmsg is now exclusive property of classic
10072 syslog daemons again.
10073
10074 * The libudev API gained the new
10075 udev_device_new_from_device_id() call.
10076
10077 * The logic for file system namespace (ReadOnlyDirectory=,
10078 ReadWriteDirectoy=, PrivateTmp=) has been reworked not to
10079 require pivot_root() anymore. This means fewer temporary
10080 directories are created below /tmp for this feature.
10081
10082 * nspawn containers will now see and receive all submounts
10083 made on the host OS below the root file system of the
10084 container.
10085
10086 * Forward Secure Sealing is now supported for Journal files,
10087 which provide cryptographical sealing of journal files so
10088 that attackers cannot alter log history anymore without this
10089 being detectable. Lennart will soon post a blog story about
10090 this explaining it in more detail.
10091
10092 * There are two new service settings RestartPreventExitStatus=
10093 and SuccessExitStatus= which allow configuration of exit
10094 status (exit code or signal) which will be excepted from the
10095 restart logic, resp. consider successful.
10096
10097 * journalctl gained the new --verify switch that can be used
10098 to check the integrity of the structure of journal files and
10099 (if Forward Secure Sealing is enabled) the contents of
10100 journal files.
10101
10102 * nspawn containers will now be run with /dev/stdin, /dev/fd/
10103 and similar symlinks pre-created. This makes running shells
10104 as container init process a lot more fun.
10105
10106 * The fstab support can now handle PARTUUID= and PARTLABEL=
10107 entries.
10108
10109 * A new ConditionHost= condition has been added to match
10110 against the hostname (with globs) and machine ID. This is
10111 useful for clusters where a single OS image is used to
10112 provision a large number of hosts which shall run slightly
10113 different sets of services.
10114
10115 * Services which hit the restart limit will now be placed in a
10116 failure state.
10117
10118 Contributions from: Bertram Poettering, Dave Reisner, Huang
10119 Hang, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Lukas Nykryn, Martin
10120 Pitt, Simon Peeters, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10121
10122 CHANGES WITH 188:
10123
10124 * When running in --user mode systemd will now become a
10125 subreaper (PR_SET_CHILD_SUBREAPER). This should make the ps
10126 tree a lot more organized.
10127
10128 * A new PartOf= unit dependency type has been introduced that
10129 may be used to group services in a natural way.
10130
10131 * "systemctl enable" may now be used to enable instances of
10132 services.
10133
10134 * journalctl now prints error log levels in red, and
10135 warning/notice log levels in bright white. It also supports
10136 filtering by log level now.
10137
10138 * cgtop gained a new -n switch (similar to top), to configure
10139 the maximum number of iterations to run for. It also gained
10140 -b, to run in batch mode (accepting no input).
10141
10142 * The suffix ".service" may now be omitted on most systemctl
10143 command lines involving service unit names.
10144
10145 * There's a new bus call in logind to lock all sessions, as
10146 well as a loginctl verb for it "lock-sessions".
10147
10148 * libsystemd-logind.so gained a new call sd_journal_perror()
10149 that works similar to libc perror() but logs to the journal
10150 and encodes structured information about the error number.
10151
10152 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-size=
10153 option.
10154
10155 * shutdown(8) now can send a (configurable) wall message when
10156 a shutdown is cancelled.
10157
10158 * The mount propagation mode for the root file system will now
10159 default to "shared", which is useful to make containers work
10160 nicely out-of-the-box so that they receive new mounts from
10161 the host. This can be undone locally by running "mount
10162 --make-rprivate /" if needed.
10163
10164 * The prefdm.service file has been removed. Distributions
10165 should maintain this unit downstream if they intend to keep
10166 it around. However, we recommend writing normal unit files
10167 for display managers instead.
10168
10169 * Since systemd is a crucial part of the OS we will now
10170 default to a number of compiler switches that improve
10171 security (hardening) such as read-only relocations, stack
10172 protection, and suchlike.
10173
10174 * The TimeoutSec= setting for services is now split into
10175 TimeoutStartSec= and TimeoutStopSec= to allow configuration
10176 of individual time outs for the start and the stop phase of
10177 the service.
10178
10179 Contributions from: Artur Zaprzala, Arvydas Sidorenko, Auke
10180 Kok, Bryan Kadzban, Dave Reisner, David Strauss, Harald Hoyer,
10181 Jim Meyering, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Mantas
10182 Mikulėnas, Martin Pitt, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Peter
10183 Alfredsen, Shawn Landden, Simon Peeters, Terence Honles, Tom
10184 Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10185
10186 CHANGES WITH 187:
10187
10188 * The journal and id128 C APIs are now fully documented as man
10189 pages.
10190
10191 * Extra safety checks have been added when transitioning from
10192 the initial RAM disk to the main system to avoid accidental
10193 data loss.
10194
10195 * /etc/crypttab entries now understand the new keyfile-offset=
10196 option.
10197
10198 * systemctl -t can now be used to filter by unit load state.
10199
10200 * The journal C API gained the new sd_journal_wait() call to
10201 make writing synchronous journal clients easier.
10202
10203 * journalctl gained the new -D switch to show journals from a
10204 specific directory.
10205
10206 * journalctl now displays a special marker between log
10207 messages of two different boots.
10208
10209 * The journal is now explicitly flushed to /var via a service
10210 systemd-journal-flush.service, rather than implicitly simply
10211 by seeing /var/log/journal to be writable.
10212
10213 * journalctl (and the journal C APIs) can now match for much
10214 more complex expressions, with alternatives and
10215 disjunctions.
10216
10217 * When transitioning from the initial RAM disk to the main
10218 system we will now kill all processes in a killing spree to
10219 ensure no processes stay around by accident.
10220
10221 * Three new specifiers may be used in unit files: %u, %h, %s
10222 resolve to the user name, user home directory resp. user
10223 shell. This is useful for running systemd user instances.
10224
10225 * We now automatically rotate journal files if their data
10226 object hash table gets a fill level > 75%. We also size the
10227 hash table based on the configured maximum file size. This
10228 together should lower hash collisions drastically and thus
10229 speed things up a bit.
10230
10231 * journalctl gained the new "--header" switch to introspect
10232 header data of journal files.
10233
10234 * A new setting SystemCallFilters= has been added to services
10235 which may be used to apply blacklists or whitelists to
10236 system calls. This is based on SECCOMP Mode 2 of Linux 3.5.
10237
10238 * nspawn gained a new --link-journal= switch (and quicker: -j)
10239 to link the container journal with the host. This makes it
10240 very easy to centralize log viewing on the host for all
10241 guests while still keeping the journal files separated.
10242
10243 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10244
10245 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Eelco Dolstra, Harald Hoyer, Kay
10246 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Paul Menzel, Rex
10247 Tsai, Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen, Ville Skyttä, Zbigniew
10248 Jędrzejewski-Szmek
10249
10250 CHANGES WITH 186:
10251
10252 * Several tools now understand kernel command line arguments,
10253 which are only read when run in an initial RAM disk. They
10254 usually follow closely their normal counterparts, but are
10255 prefixed with rd.
10256
10257 * There's a new tool to analyze the readahead files that are
10258 automatically generated at boot. Use:
10259
10260 /usr/lib/systemd/systemd-readahead analyze /.readahead
10261
10262 * We now provide an early debug shell on tty9 if this enabled. Use:
10263
10264 systemctl enable debug-shell.service
10265
10266 * All plymouth related units have been moved into the Plymouth
10267 package. Please make sure to upgrade your Plymouth version
10268 as well.
10269
10270 * systemd-tmpfiles now supports getting passed the basename of
10271 a configuration file only, in which case it will look for it
10272 in all appropriate directories automatically.
10273
10274 * udevadm info now takes a /dev or /sys path as argument, and
10275 does the right thing. Example:
10276
10277 udevadm info /dev/sda
10278 udevadm info /sys/class/block/sda
10279
10280 * systemctl now prints a warning if a unit is stopped but a
10281 unit that might trigger it continues to run. Example: a
10282 service is stopped but the socket that activates it is left
10283 running.
10284
10285 * "systemctl status" will now mention if the log output was
10286 shortened due to rotation since a service has been started.
10287
10288 * The journal API now exposes functions to determine the
10289 "cutoff" times due to rotation.
10290
10291 * journald now understands SIGUSR1 and SIGUSR2 for triggering
10292 immediately flushing of runtime logs to /var if possible,
10293 resp. for triggering immediate rotation of the journal
10294 files.
10295
10296 * It is now considered an error if a service is attempted to
10297 be stopped that is not loaded.
10298
10299 * XDG_RUNTIME_DIR now uses numeric UIDs instead of usernames.
10300
10301 * systemd-analyze now supports Python 3
10302
10303 * tmpfiles now supports cleaning up directories via aging
10304 where the first level dirs are always kept around but
10305 directories beneath it automatically aged. This is enabled
10306 by prefixing the age field with '~'.
10307
10308 * Seat objects now expose CanGraphical, CanTTY properties
10309 which is required to deal with very fast bootups where the
10310 display manager might be running before the graphics drivers
10311 completed initialization.
10312
10313 * Seat objects now expose a State property.
10314
10315 * We now include RPM macros for service enabling/disabling
10316 based on the preset logic. We recommend RPM based
10317 distributions to make use of these macros if possible. This
10318 makes it simpler to reuse RPM spec files across
10319 distributions.
10320
10321 * We now make sure that the collected systemd unit name is
10322 always valid when services log to the journal via
10323 STDOUT/STDERR.
10324
10325 * There's a new man page kernel-command-line(7) detailing all
10326 command line options we understand.
10327
10328 * The fstab generator may now be disabled at boot by passing
10329 fstab=0 on the kernel command line.
10330
10331 * A new kernel command line option modules-load= is now understood
10332 to load a specific kernel module statically, early at boot.
10333
10334 * Unit names specified on the systemctl command line are now
10335 automatically escaped as needed. Also, if file system or
10336 device paths are specified they are automatically turned
10337 into the appropriate mount or device unit names. Example:
10338
10339 systemctl status /home
10340 systemctl status /dev/sda
10341
10342 * The SysVConsole= configuration option has been removed from
10343 system.conf parsing.
10344
10345 * The SysV search path is no longer exported on the D-Bus
10346 Manager object.
10347
10348 * The Names= option has been removed from unit file parsing.
10349
10350 * There's a new man page bootup(7) detailing the boot process.
10351
10352 * Every unit and every generator we ship with systemd now
10353 comes with full documentation. The self-explanatory boot is
10354 complete.
10355
10356 * A couple of services gained "systemd-" prefixes in their
10357 name if they wrap systemd code, rather than only external
10358 code. Among them fsck@.service which is now
10359 systemd-fsck@.service.
10360
10361 * The HaveWatchdog property has been removed from the D-Bus
10362 Manager object.
10363
10364 * systemd.confirm_spawn= on the kernel command line should now
10365 work sensibly.
10366
10367 * There's a new man page crypttab(5) which details all options
10368 we actually understand.
10369
10370 * systemd-nspawn gained a new --capability= switch to pass
10371 additional capabilities to the container.
10372
10373 * timedated will now read known NTP implementation unit names
10374 from /usr/lib/systemd/ntp-units.d/*.list,
10375 systemd-timedated-ntp.target has been removed.
10376
10377 * journalctl gained a new switch "-b" that lists log data of
10378 the current boot only.
10379
10380 * The notify socket is in the abstract namespace again, in
10381 order to support daemons which chroot() at start-up.
10382
10383 * There is a new Storage= configuration option for journald
10384 which allows configuration of where log data should go. This
10385 also provides a way to disable journal logging entirely, so
10386 that data collected is only forwarded to the console, the
10387 kernel log buffer or another syslog implementation.
10388
10389 * Many bugfixes and optimizations
10390
10391 Contributions from: Auke Kok, Colin Guthrie, Dave Reisner,
10392 David Strauss, Eelco Dolstra, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering,
10393 Lukas Nykryn, Michal Schmidt, Michal Sekletar, Paul Menzel,
10394 Shawn Landden, Tom Gundersen
10395
10396 CHANGES WITH 185:
10397
10398 * "systemctl help <unit>" now shows the man page if one is
10399 available.
10400
10401 * Several new man pages have been added.
10402
10403 * MaxLevelStore=, MaxLevelSyslog=, MaxLevelKMsg=,
10404 MaxLevelConsole= can now be specified in
10405 journald.conf. These options allow reducing the amount of
10406 data stored on disk or forwarded by the log level.
10407
10408 * TimerSlackNSec= can now be specified in system.conf for
10409 PID1. This allows system-wide power savings.
10410
10411 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Kay Sievers, Lauri Kasanen,
10412 Lennart Poettering, Malte Starostik, Marc-Antoine Perennou,
10413 Matthias Clasen
10414
10415 CHANGES WITH 184:
10416
10417 * logind is now capable of (optionally) handling power and
10418 sleep keys as well as the lid switch.
10419
10420 * journalctl now understands the syntax "journalctl
10421 /usr/bin/avahi-daemon" to get all log output of a specific
10422 daemon.
10423
10424 * CapabilityBoundingSet= in system.conf now also influences
10425 the capability bound set of usermode helpers of the kernel.
10426
10427 Contributions from: Daniel Drake, Daniel J. Walsh, Gert
10428 Michael Kulyk, Harald Hoyer, Jean Delvare, Kay Sievers,
10429 Lennart Poettering, Matthew Garrett, Matthias Clasen, Paul
10430 Menzel, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Tom Gundersen
10431
10432 CHANGES WITH 183:
10433
10434 * Note that we skipped 139 releases here in order to set the
10435 new version to something that is greater than both udev's
10436 and systemd's most recent version number.
10437
10438 * udev: all udev sources are merged into the systemd source tree now.
10439 All future udev development will happen in the systemd tree. It
10440 is still fully supported to use the udev daemon and tools without
10441 systemd running, like in initramfs or other init systems. Building
10442 udev though, will require the *build* of the systemd tree, but
10443 udev can be properly *run* without systemd.
10444
10445 * udev: /lib/udev/devices/ are not read anymore; systemd-tmpfiles
10446 should be used to create dead device nodes as workarounds for broken
10447 subsystems.
10448
10449 * udev: RUN+="socket:..." and udev_monitor_new_from_socket() is
10450 no longer supported. udev_monitor_new_from_netlink() needs to be
10451 used to subscribe to events.
10452
10453 * udev: when udevd is started by systemd, processes which are left
10454 behind by forking them off of udev rules, are unconditionally cleaned
10455 up and killed now after the event handling has finished. Services or
10456 daemons must be started as systemd services. Services can be
10457 pulled-in by udev to get started, but they can no longer be directly
10458 forked by udev rules.
10459
10460 * udev: the daemon binary is called systemd-udevd now and installed
10461 in /usr/lib/systemd/. Standalone builds or non-systemd systems need
10462 to adapt to that, create symlink, or rename the binary after building
10463 it.
10464
10465 * libudev no longer provides these symbols:
10466 udev_monitor_from_socket()
10467 udev_queue_get_failed_list_entry()
10468 udev_get_{dev,sys,run}_path()
10469 The versions number was bumped and symbol versioning introduced.
10470
10471 * systemd-loginctl and systemd-journalctl have been renamed
10472 to loginctl and journalctl to match systemctl.
10473
10474 * The config files: /etc/systemd/systemd-logind.conf and
10475 /etc/systemd/systemd-journald.conf have been renamed to
10476 logind.conf and journald.conf. Package updates should rename
10477 the files to the new names on upgrade.
10478
10479 * For almost all files the license is now LGPL2.1+, changed
10480 from the previous GPL2.0+. Exceptions are some minor stuff
10481 of udev (which will be changed to LGPL2.1 eventually, too),
10482 and the MIT licensed sd-daemon.[ch] library that is suitable
10483 to be used as drop-in files.
10484
10485 * systemd and logind now handle system sleep states, in
10486 particular suspending and hibernating.
10487
10488 * logind now implements a sleep/shutdown/idle inhibiting logic
10489 suitable for a variety of uses. Soonishly Lennart will blog
10490 about this in more detail.
10491
10492 * var-run.mount and var-lock.mount are no longer provided
10493 (which previously bind mounted these directories to their new
10494 places). Distributions which have not converted these
10495 directories to symlinks should consider stealing these files
10496 from git history and add them downstream.
10497
10498 * We introduced the Documentation= field for units and added
10499 this to all our shipped units. This is useful to make it
10500 easier to explore the boot and the purpose of the various
10501 units.
10502
10503 * All smaller setup units (such as
10504 systemd-vconsole-setup.service) now detect properly if they
10505 are run in a container and are skipped when
10506 appropriate. This guarantees an entirely noise-free boot in
10507 Linux container environments such as systemd-nspawn.
10508
10509 * A framework for implementing offline system updates is now
10510 integrated, for details see:
10511 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/SystemUpdates
10512
10513 * A new service type Type=idle is available now which helps us
10514 avoiding ugly interleaving of getty output and boot status
10515 messages.
10516
10517 * There's now a system-wide CapabilityBoundingSet= option to
10518 globally reduce the set of capabilities for the
10519 system. This is useful to drop CAP_SYS_MKNOD, CAP_SYS_RAWIO,
10520 CAP_NET_RAW, CAP_SYS_MODULE, CAP_SYS_TIME, CAP_SYS_PTRACE or
10521 even CAP_NET_ADMIN system-wide for secure systems.
10522
10523 * There are now system-wide DefaultLimitXXX= options to
10524 globally change the defaults of the various resource limits
10525 for all units started by PID 1.
10526
10527 * Harald Hoyer's systemd test suite has been integrated into
10528 systemd which allows easy testing of systemd builds in qemu
10529 and nspawn. (This is really awesome! Ask us for details!)
10530
10531 * The fstab parser is now implemented as generator, not inside
10532 of PID 1 anymore.
10533
10534 * systemctl will now warn you if .mount units generated from
10535 /etc/fstab are out of date due to changes in fstab that
10536 have not been read by systemd yet.
10537
10538 * systemd is now suitable for usage in initrds. Dracut has
10539 already been updated to make use of this. With this in place
10540 initrds get a slight bit faster but primarily are much
10541 easier to introspect and debug since "systemctl status" in
10542 the host system can be used to introspect initrd services,
10543 and the journal from the initrd is kept around too.
10544
10545 * systemd-delta has been added, a tool to explore differences
10546 between user/admin configuration and vendor defaults.
10547
10548 * PrivateTmp= now affects both /tmp and /var/tmp.
10549
10550 * Boot time status messages are now much prettier and feature
10551 proper english language. Booting up systemd has never been
10552 so sexy.
10553
10554 * Read-ahead pack files now include the inode number of all
10555 files to pre-cache. When the inode changes the pre-caching
10556 is not attempted. This should be nicer to deal with updated
10557 packages which might result in changes of read-ahead
10558 patterns.
10559
10560 * We now temporaritly lower the kernel's read_ahead_kb variable
10561 when collecting read-ahead data to ensure the kernel's
10562 built-in read-ahead does not add noise to our measurements
10563 of necessary blocks to pre-cache.
10564
10565 * There's now RequiresMountsFor= to add automatic dependencies
10566 for all mounts necessary for a specific file system path.
10567
10568 * MountAuto= and SwapAuto= have been removed from
10569 system.conf. Mounting file systems at boot has to take place
10570 in systemd now.
10571
10572 * nspawn now learned a new switch --uuid= to set the machine
10573 ID on the command line.
10574
10575 * nspawn now learned the -b switch to automatically search
10576 for an init system.
10577
10578 * vt102 is now the default TERM for serial TTYs, upgraded from
10579 vt100.
10580
10581 * systemd-logind now works on VT-less systems.
10582
10583 * The build tree has been reorganized. The individual
10584 components now have directories of their own.
10585
10586 * A new condition type ConditionPathIsReadWrite= is now available.
10587
10588 * nspawn learned the new -C switch to create cgroups for the
10589 container in other hierarchies.
10590
10591 * We now have support for hardware watchdogs, configurable in
10592 system.conf.
10593
10594 * The scheduled shutdown logic now has a public API.
10595
10596 * We now mount /tmp as tmpfs by default, but this can be
10597 masked and /etc/fstab can override it.
10598
10599 * Since udisks does not make use of /media anymore we are not
10600 mounting a tmpfs on it anymore.
10601
10602 * journalctl gained a new --local switch to only interleave
10603 locally generated journal files.
10604
10605 * We can now load the IMA policy at boot automatically.
10606
10607 * The GTK tools have been split off into a systemd-ui.
10608
10609 Contributions from: Andreas Schwab, Auke Kok, Ayan George,
10610 Colin Guthrie, Daniel Mack, Dave Reisner, David Ward, Elan
10611 Ruusamäe, Frederic Crozat, Gergely Nagy, Guillermo Vidal,
10612 Hannes Reinecke, Harald Hoyer, Javier Jardón, Kay Sievers,
10613 Lennart Poettering, Lucas De Marchi, Léo Gillot-Lamure,
10614 Marc-Antoine Perennou, Martin Pitt, Matthew Monaco, Maxim
10615 A. Mikityanskiy, Michael Biebl, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10616 Schmidt, Nis Martensen, Patrick McCarty, Roberto Sassu, Shawn
10617 Landden, Sjoerd Simons, Sven Anders, Tollef Fog Heen, Tom
10618 Gundersen
10619
10620 CHANGES WITH 44:
10621
10622 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10623
10624 * Support optional initialization of the machine ID from the
10625 KVM or container configured UUID.
10626
10627 * Support immediate reboots with "systemctl reboot -ff"
10628
10629 * Show /etc/os-release data in systemd-analyze output
10630
10631 * Many bugfixes for the journal, including endianness fixes and
10632 ensuring that disk space enforcement works
10633
10634 * sd-login.h is C++ compatible again
10635
10636 * Extend the /etc/os-release format on request of the Debian
10637 folks
10638
10639 * We now refuse non-UTF8 strings used in various configuration
10640 and unit files. This is done to ensure we do not pass invalid
10641 data over D-Bus or expose it elsewhere.
10642
10643 * Register Mimo USB Screens as suitable for automatic seat
10644 configuration
10645
10646 * Read SELinux client context from journal clients in a race
10647 free fashion
10648
10649 * Reorder configuration file lookup order. /etc now always
10650 overrides /run in order to allow the administrator to always
10651 and unconditionally override vendor-supplied or
10652 automatically generated data.
10653
10654 * The various user visible bits of the journal now have man
10655 pages. We still lack man pages for the journal API calls
10656 however.
10657
10658 * We now ship all man pages in HTML format again in the
10659 tarball.
10660
10661 Contributions from: Dave Reisner, Dirk Eibach, Frederic
10662 Crozat, Harald Hoyer, Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Marti
10663 Raudsepp, Michal Schmidt, Shawn Landden, Tero Roponen, Thierry
10664 Reding
10665
10666 CHANGES WITH 43:
10667
10668 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10669
10670 * systems lacking /etc/os-release are no longer supported.
10671
10672 * Various functionality updates to libsystemd-login.so
10673
10674 * Track class of PAM logins to distinguish greeters from
10675 normal user logins.
10676
10677 Contributions from: Kay Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael
10678 Biebl
10679
10680 CHANGES WITH 42:
10681
10682 * This is an important bugfix release for v41.
10683
10684 * Building man pages is now optional which should be useful
10685 for those building systemd from git but unwilling to install
10686 xsltproc.
10687
10688 * Watchdog support for supervising services is now usable. In
10689 a future release support for hardware watchdogs
10690 (i.e. /dev/watchdog) will be added building on this.
10691
10692 * Service start rate limiting is now configurable and can be
10693 turned off per service. When a start rate limit is hit a
10694 reboot can automatically be triggered.
10695
10696 * New CanReboot(), CanPowerOff() bus calls in systemd-logind.
10697
10698 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Bill Nottingham,
10699 Frederic Crozat, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal
10700 Schmidt, Michał Górny, Piotr Drąg
10701
10702 CHANGES WITH 41:
10703
10704 * The systemd binary is installed /usr/lib/systemd/systemd now;
10705 An existing /sbin/init symlink needs to be adapted with the
10706 package update.
10707
10708 * The code that loads kernel modules has been ported to invoke
10709 libkmod directly, instead of modprobe. This means we do not
10710 support systems with module-init-tools anymore.
10711
10712 * Watchdog support is now already useful, but still not
10713 complete.
10714
10715 * A new kernel command line option systemd.setenv= is
10716 understood to set system wide environment variables
10717 dynamically at boot.
10718
10719 * We now limit the set of capabilities of systemd-journald.
10720
10721 * We now set SIGPIPE to ignore by default, since it only is
10722 useful in shell pipelines, and has little use in general
10723 code. This can be disabled with IgnoreSIPIPE=no in unit
10724 files.
10725
10726 Contributions from: Benjamin Franzke, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10727 Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt, Tom Gundersen,
10728 William Douglas
10729
10730 CHANGES WITH 40:
10731
10732 * This is mostly a bugfix release
10733
10734 * We now expose the reason why a service failed in the
10735 "Result" D-Bus property.
10736
10737 * Rudimentary service watchdog support (will be completed over
10738 the next few releases.)
10739
10740 * When systemd forks off in order execute some service we will
10741 now immediately changes its argv[0] to reflect which process
10742 it will execute. This is useful to minimize the time window
10743 with a generic argv[0], which makes bootcharts more useful
10744
10745 Contributions from: Alvaro Soliverez, Chris Paulson-Ellis, Kay
10746 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Olbrich, Michal Schmidt,
10747 Mike Kazantsev, Ray Strode
10748
10749 CHANGES WITH 39:
10750
10751 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10752 bugfixes.
10753
10754 * New systemd-cgtop tool to show control groups by their
10755 resource usage.
10756
10757 * Linking against libacl for ACLs is optional again. If
10758 disabled, support tracking device access for active logins
10759 goes becomes unavailable, and so does access to the user
10760 journals by the respective users.
10761
10762 * If a group "adm" exists, journal files are automatically
10763 owned by them, thus allow members of this group full access
10764 to the system journal as well as all user journals.
10765
10766 * The journal now stores the SELinux context of the logging
10767 client for all entries.
10768
10769 * Add C++ inclusion guards to all public headers
10770
10771 * New output mode "cat" in the journal to print only text
10772 messages, without any meta data like date or time.
10773
10774 * Include tiny X server wrapper as a temporary stop-gap to
10775 teach XOrg udev display enumeration. This is used by display
10776 managers such as gdm, and will go away as soon as XOrg
10777 learned native udev hotplugging for display devices.
10778
10779 * Add new systemd-cat tool for executing arbitrary programs
10780 with STDERR/STDOUT connected to the journal. Can also act as
10781 BSD logger replacement, and does so by default.
10782
10783 * Optionally store all locally generated coredumps in the
10784 journal along with meta data.
10785
10786 * systemd-tmpfiles learnt four new commands: n, L, c, b, for
10787 writing short strings to files (for usage for /sys), and for
10788 creating symlinks, character and block device nodes.
10789
10790 * New unit file option ControlGroupPersistent= to make cgroups
10791 persistent, following the mechanisms outlined in
10792 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/PaxControlGroups
10793
10794 * Support multiple local RTCs in a sane way
10795
10796 * No longer monopolize IO when replaying readahead data on
10797 rotating disks, since we might starve non-file-system IO to
10798 death, since fanotify() will not see accesses done by blkid,
10799 or fsck.
10800
10801 * Do not show kernel threads in systemd-cgls anymore, unless
10802 requested with new -k switch.
10803
10804 Contributions from: Dan Horák, Kay Sievers, Lennart
10805 Poettering, Michal Schmidt
10806
10807 CHANGES WITH 38:
10808
10809 * This is mostly a test release, but incorporates many
10810 bugfixes.
10811
10812 * The git repository moved to:
10813 git://anongit.freedesktop.org/systemd/systemd
10814 ssh://git.freedesktop.org/git/systemd/systemd
10815
10816 * First release with the journal
10817 http://0pointer.de/blog/projects/the-journal.html
10818
10819 * The journal replaces both systemd-kmsg-syslogd and
10820 systemd-stdout-bridge.
10821
10822 * New sd_pid_get_unit() API call in libsystemd-logind
10823
10824 * Many systemadm clean-ups
10825
10826 * Introduce remote-fs-pre.target which is ordered before all
10827 remote mounts and may be used to start services before all
10828 remote mounts.
10829
10830 * Added Mageia support
10831
10832 * Add bash completion for systemd-loginctl
10833
10834 * Actively monitor PID file creation for daemons which exit in
10835 the parent process before having finished writing the PID
10836 file in the daemon process. Daemons which do this need to be
10837 fixed (i.e. PID file creation must have finished before the
10838 parent exits), but we now react a bit more gracefully to them.
10839
10840 * Add colourful boot output, mimicking the well-known output
10841 of existing distributions.
10842
10843 * New option PassCredentials= for socket units, for
10844 compatibility with a recent kernel ABI breakage.
10845
10846 * /etc/rc.local is now hooked in via a generator binary, and
10847 thus will no longer act as synchronization point during
10848 boot.
10849
10850 * systemctl list-unit-files now supports --root=.
10851
10852 * systemd-tmpfiles now understands two new commands: z, Z for
10853 relabelling files according to the SELinux database. This is
10854 useful to apply SELinux labels to specific files in /sys,
10855 among other things.
10856
10857 * Output of SysV services is now forwarded to both the console
10858 and the journal by default, not only just the console.
10859
10860 * New man pages for all APIs from libsystemd-login.
10861
10862 * The build tree got reorganized and the build system is a
10863 lot more modular allowing embedded setups to specifically
10864 select the components of systemd they are interested in.
10865
10866 * Support for Linux systems lacking the kernel VT subsystem is
10867 restored.
10868
10869 * configure's --with-rootdir= got renamed to
10870 --with-rootprefix= to follow the naming used by udev and
10871 kmod
10872
10873 * Unless specified otherwise we will now install to /usr instead
10874 of /usr/local by default.
10875
10876 * Processes with '@' in argv[0][0] are now excluded from the
10877 final shut-down killing spree, following the logic explained
10878 in:
10879 https://www.freedesktop.org/wiki/Software/systemd/RootStorageDaemons
10880
10881 * All processes remaining in a service cgroup when we enter
10882 the START or START_PRE states are now killed with
10883 SIGKILL. That means it is no longer possible to spawn
10884 background processes from ExecStart= lines (which was never
10885 supported anyway, and bad style).
10886
10887 * New PropagateReloadTo=/PropagateReloadFrom= options to bind
10888 reloading of units together.
10889
10890 Contributions from: Bill Nottingham, Daniel J. Walsh, Dave
10891 Reisner, Dexter Morgan, Gregs Gregs, Jonathan Nieder, Kay
10892 Sievers, Lennart Poettering, Michael Biebl, Michal Schmidt,
10893 Michał Górny, Ran Benita, Thomas Jarosch, Tim Waugh, Tollef
10894 Fog Heen, Tom Gundersen, Zbigniew Jędrzejewski-Szmek